Home

PDF - Mazda Canada

1. Selection Selection button 3 button 8 Load button CD play button Selection pelection CD eject button ac a9 Selection Selection button 1 B S button 5 Selection a Selection button 2 button 6 Track up Folder up button button Track down Ya J Folder down button button Mi gt il MUTE TUNE aa aC SS Scan button File dial Text button Play Pause button Type Playable data Normal CD insertion Music MP3 WMA CD Music data CD DA levee e MP3 WMA file 1 Press the load button LOAD NOTE 2 When Please Insert a Disc is Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 WMA files playback of the two or three file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD The CD must be label side up when inserting The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE The CD will begin playback automatically after insertion A CD cannot be inserted while the display reads Please Wait There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 60 displayed insert the CD Inserting CDs into desired tray number 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD 2 Press the selection button for the desired tray number while Please Wait is displayed 3 When Please Insert a Disc is displayed insert the CD NOTE The CD cann
2. DE ate E E E nadie sie tive eshte desea ee iets page 3 33 Rear wiper blade cesses esc on these eters ae aes Ra age 8 28 p pag Chid salty 1OCk on a E NA page 3 32 E ETELE ANEA E EEE EASA TES EE E page 3 65 O TE auie a A EEE AE O A page 8 32 E A E FA E E E E E page 8 38 Rear vow mOn o aa a O a R eas page 6 177 1 6 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags E GAS ccs cecssesecciccecscbtescceseanissecesssees cdseasaseescnsssectassessssecsssesSesteSecesseccese 2 2 Front Seats Manually Operated Seats esesseeseeseereeteeees 2 2 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats cceseeseseeteeteeees 2 4 Second Row Seats eeescsssessessssseeseseeesseeceeeeecneeeessesseseeeaeens 2 9 Third ROW SCAT giikan ereas a alld ies esa 2 13 Head Restramts enone ir ti E i A 2 15 Seat Warmer ad hag teats E AA car ares 2 18 Seat Belt SysteMS sciscssccscicscovescoccesencseseceevasssenssssvesssveaseventeecseonsess 2 20 Seat Belt Precautions norinni nea aai 2 20 3 Point Type Seat Belt cecceceeseeeseeeeceeeeeeeeeeeesseneearens 2 24 Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems 2 26 Center Rear Position Seat Belt Second Row Seats 2 29 Seat Belt Extender si 2 3 2 inr a RE E a a Ea 2 33 Seat Belt Warning Light 0 0 cccce
3. 8 54 Exterior Cate iti cd dese epliga ta aia E ded pees 8 56 Interior Care nyien eade A a ook eleven the 8 60 8 1 Maintenance and Care Introduction Introduction Be extremely careful and prevent injury to yourself and others or damage to your vehicle when using this manual for inspection and maintenance If you are unsure about any procedure it describes we strongly urge you to have a reliable and qualified service shop perform the work preferably an Authorized Mazda Dealer Factory trained Mazda technicians and genuine Mazda parts are best for your vehicle Without this expertise and the parts that have been designed and made especially for your Mazda inadequate incomplete and insufficient servicing may result in problems This could lead to vehicle damage or an accident and injuries For expert advice and quality service consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The owner should retain evidence that proper maintenance has been performed as prescribed Claims against the warranty resulting from lack of maintenance as opposed to defective materials or authorized Mazda workmanship will not be honored Any auto repair shop using parts equivalent to your Mazda s original equipment may perform maintenance But we recommend that it always be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer using genuine Mazda parts 8 2 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Ri
4. ye ee Bottle Holder Bottle holders are on the inside of the doors ON g L SA A CAUTION Do not use the bottle holders for containers without caps The contents may spill when the door is opened or closed Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Storage Compartments A WARNING Keep storage boxes closed when driving Driving with the storage boxes open is dangerous To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep the storage boxes closed when driving CAUTION Do not leave lighters or eyeglasses in the storage boxes while parked under the sun A lighter could explode or the plastic material in eyeglasses could deform and crack from high temperature V Overhead Console This console box is designed to store accessories Push and release to open 6 193 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VY Coin Box To open press the release catch down and pull the lid downward VY Glove Compartment To open the glove compartment pull the latch toward you Insert the key auxiliary key and turn it clockwise to lock counterclockwise to unlock Advanced key equipped vehicle To close the glove compartment firmly press in the center of the glove compartment lid 6 194 Some models V Center Console To open push the button V Armrest Box To open pull the release catch as fo V Cargo Securing Loops A WARNING Mak
5. 9 15 Outside the United States and Cama av ccdidiesecscsecihestctssutccnsessaeseeds 9 16 Outside the United States 9 17 Outside Canada ececeseseeeeereeees 9 18 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canad renens ire ire aE ESS 9 19 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOT ES cceecscessscessecesseeesseeesees 9 20 Cell Phones s scccsssssssssssssscssscccsssssces 9 21 Cell Phones Warning ssseeeeeieeeeee 9 21 Event Data Recorder s cssssccssses Event Data Recorder Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOGS essssisisosirsisisssicssseiesserosssssessvess 9 23 Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTOG S aiheina ane a 9 23 Tire Information except Canada 9 25 Tire Labeling n se 9 25 Location of the Tire Label Placard sive ciissscnaid cscdscnececeetvess 9 31 Tire Maintenance eceeeseereeseeee 9 34 Vehicle Loading 0 eeceseeseereeeeee 9 37 Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit erso ee eceeseeseeseeseeseeseeeeeseeseeeens 9 44 Reporting Safety Defects cseesee0 9 45 Reporting Safety Defects U S A 9 45 Reporting Safety Defects Canada 9 46 Service Publications ccsssccsssssoees Service Publications 9 1 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance U S A Your complete and permanent satisfact
6. U S federal law requires that octane ratings be posted on gasoline station pumps Fuel with a rating lower than 87 octane 91 RON could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage CAUTION gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL Leaded fuel is harmful to the catalytic converter and oxygen sensors and will lead to deterioration of the emission control system and or failures gt Your vehicle can only use oxygenated fuels containing no more than 10 ethanol by volume Damage to your vehicle may occur when ethanol exceeds this recommendation or if the gasoline contains any methanol Stop using gasohol of any kind if your vehicle engine is performing poorly gt Never add fuel system additives Otherwise the emission control system could be damaged Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details Gasoline blended with oxygenates such as alcohol or ether compounds are generally referred to as oxygenated fuels The common gasoline blend that can be used with your vehicle is ethanol blended at no more than 10 Gasoline containing alcohol such as ethanol or methanol may be marketed under the name Gasohol Vehicle damage and drivability problems resulting from the use of the following may not be covered by the Mazda warranty e Gasohol containing more than 10 ethanol e Gasoline or gasohol containing methanol e Leaded fuel or leaded gasohol 4 2 Befor
7. JG No Name No Name RETURN button IPLAY button MENU button 2 Slow playback button ENTER Select button B POWER button STOP button KE SOURCE button PAUSE button Picture adjust mode button 6 Fast forward button 6 Picture adjust button D Rewind button KW SET UP button PREVIOUS Track down button Number keys NEXT Track up button KE DISPLAY MODE button DISPLAY button 6 83 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V Headphone Power button Volume dial R right side 6 84 Infrared receiver Before Operation VY Display Opening Closing A CAUTION gt Close the display while the Rear Entertainment System is not in use If the display is left open a passenger could be injured by hitting the display or the display could be damaged gt Do not press the monitor screen while opening the display It may cause a malfunction Opening the display Press the monitor screen release knob and open the display until it is in the lock position Monitor screen i release knob Closing the display Close and press the display until a clicking sound can be heard Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE e Ifthe display is closed while the power is on it automatically turns off The display locks in two positions when opened to 100 or 120 degrees V Disc Insertion Ej
8. 3 62 Service Publications ceceee 9 47 Shopping Bag Hook eee 6 195 Side Extension Sunvisors 6 183 Spare Tire and Tool Storage 7 3 Specifications ccceceseeeeseeeeetees 10 4 Speedometer ccececeeseeseeeeeteeteeees 5 40 S SRS Air Bags Driver and front passenger occupant classification system 006 2 69 How the SRS air bags work 2 62 Limitations to SRS air bag 2 67 Monitoring and maintenance 2 74 SRS air bag deployment CHET a sits desde dinette dette 2 66 Supplemental restraint system SRS precautions ceee 2 55 Supplemental restraint system COMPONENHS asessori iaria 2 61 Starting the Engine cece 5 4 Steering Wheel eeceeceeseeeeeees 3 65 Hossen toh haste ees 5 74 Storage Compartments 6 193 Armrest DOX n se 6 194 Cargo securing loops 6 194 Cargo sub compartment 6 195 Center console ceeeeeeeeees 6 194 CO DOK teeveet ass 6 194 Glove compartment 6 194 Overhead console e 6 193 Rear coat hooks eeeeeees 6 196 Shopping bag hook 6 195 S nshad mosii nean nnise 3 53 S NVISOTS oee are Teei aA eT aaea 6 183 T Tachometer cnnan n 5 41 Temporary Spare Tire 00 cece 8 35 Theft Deterrent System 000 3 62 Third Row Seat oseere 2 13 Tiedown Hok 1 3 sti inin oiiaaie 7 22 Tire Information
9. Transparent When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the discs Pick up the discs by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not write on or attach labels stickers or similar to discs Defective cracked or badly bent discs should never be used A new disc may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the unit will not play the disc Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the discs 6 76 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Disc cleaning Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the disc and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean discs Condensation Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the disc or optical components prism and lens in the unit may become clouded with condensation At this time the disc will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded disc can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for norm
10. eee 5 48 Check engine cece 5 48 Check fuel cap oo eee 5 50 DOOr ajat ceeeeceeeseeteeseeeeeeeeeees 5 50 Engine oil pressure 0e 5 48 Front seat belt pretensioner SYSLOM arcade EERE E Ri 5 49 KEY warning light red KEY indicator light STEEN aera elite eee ties 5 53 Low fuel i sec dente cen 5 50 Low washer fluid level 5 50 Powertrain malfunction reduced POWeR ike TEA E 5 49 Seat belt sinc cris ttaentnces 5 50 Tire pressure monitoring SYSTE E AEO ESKEA 5 51 Warranty ici EE AS 9 15 Washer Fluid 0 0 ce eeeeseeeeeereeeeeeeeees 8 24 Weights so scccccsicccevseectevavecsectesetestentee 10 5 Wheel Replacement c eee 8 36 Windows Power Windows sses 3 40 Windshield Washer s es 5 72 Windshield Wipers c cccereeees 5 68 Blades replacement 55 8 26 Winter Driving cceceeeeseeseeeeeeees 4 10 11 8
11. 13 Prompt Start pairing procedure on the device See the device manual for instructions 14 Using the device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 15 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the device 16 Input the 4 digit pairing code set in Step 9 to the device 17 Prompt Please say the name of the device after the beep 18 Say Beep XX XX Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Example Stan s device NOTE Speak a programmed device tag within 10 seconds If more than two devices are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar device tag 19 Prompt Adding XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag Is this correct 20 Say Beep Yes 21 Prompt Pairing complete Type B Navigation system 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 2 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Teleph
12. 6 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning 7 Say Beep No 6 152 Y DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the user s voice The receiver of a DTMF transmission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center When you send tone signals back according to the voice guidance recording 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep XXXX send Say DTMF code 3 Prompt Sending XXXX DTMF code Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Hands Free Setting V Device Device registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped device to Bluetooth Hands Free refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation page 6 138 Registered device read out Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the devices registered to its system NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Type A
13. CONSUM AV mpg a 0S Le Interior Comfort Interior Equipment CANADA CONSUM AV L 100km A tf jf l To clear the data being displayed press the INFO switch for more than 1 5 second After pressing the INFO switch L 100 km mpg will be displayed for about minute before the fuel economy is recalculated and displayed Distance to empty mode This mode displays the approximate distance you can travel on the remaining fuel based on the fuel economy The distance to empty will be calculated and displayed every second When this mode is selected REMNG will be displayed U S A REMNG mile crore Les 6 189 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment CANADA REMNG km an ay Cay wa rn a NOTE Even though the distance to empty display may indicate a sufficient amount of remaining mileage before refueling is required refuel as soon as possible if the fuel gauge needle nears E or the low fuel warning light illuminates The display won t change unless you add more than approximately 20 L 5 3 US gal 4 5 Imp gal of fuel Average vehicle speed mode This mode displays the average vehicle speed by calculating the distance and the time traveled since connecting the battery or resetting the data Average vehicle speed will be calculated and displayed every 10 seconds When this mode is selected AV will be displayed 6 190 U S A AV m
14. Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine California 92618 2922 or P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 Customer Assistance Center or toll free at 1 800 222 5500 If you live outside of the U S A please contact the nearest Mazda Distributor shown page 9 13 in this booklet 9 45 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Canada Canadian customers who wish to report a safety related defect to Transport Canada Defect Investigations and Recalls may telephone the toll free hotline 1 800 333 0510 or contact Transport Canada by mail at Transport Canada ASFAD Place de Ville Tower C 330 Sparks Street Ottawa ON K1A ONS For additional road safety information please visit the Road Safety website at http www tc gc ca roadsafety menu htm 9 46 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications Service Publications Factory authorized Mazda service publications are available for owners who wish to do some of their own maintenance and repair When requesting any of our publications through an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to the chart below If they do not have what you need in stock they can order it for you PUBLICATION ORDER NUMBER PUBLICATION DESCRIPTION 9999 95 003B 12 2012 WORKSHOP MANUAL English 9999 MX 003B 12 2012 WORKSHOP MANUAL Spanish 9999 95 009G 12 2012 WIRING DIAGRAM English 999
15. NOTE Changing to manual shift mode while driving will not damage the transaxle To return to automatic shift mode shift the lever from M to D NOTE Ifyou change to manual shift mode when the vehicle is stopped the gear will shift to M1 Ifyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range Sth gear the gear will shift to M4 Ifyou change to manual shift mode without depressing the accelerator pedal when driving in D range 6th gear the gear will shift to M5 5 13 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Indicators Manual shift mode indicator In manual shift mode the M of the shift position indicator in the instrument panel illuminates Gear position indicator The numeral for the selected gear illuminates Shift position indicator Gear position indicator __ SSS NOTE If the gears cannot be shifted down when driving at higher speeds the gear position indicator will flash twice to signal that the gears cannot be shifted down to protect the transaxle 5 14 Shifting Manually Shifting up M1 M2 M3 M4 M5 M6 To shift up to a higher gear tap the shift lever back once NOTE e When driving slowly the gears may not shift up e In manual shift mode gears do not shift up automatically Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE If the tachometer needle enters the RED
16. Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode Type B Navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is disabled Would you like to enable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Please say a 4 digit passcode Remember this passcode It will be required to use this system 8 Say Beep XXXX Say a desired 4 digit passcode PCode 6 157 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 9 Prompt Passcode XXXX Passcode PCode Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Passcode is enabled Using Bluetooth Hands Free with a passcode 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Prompt Hands Free system is locked State the passcode to continue 3 Say Beep XXXX Say the set passcode PCode 4 If the correct passcode is input voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Mary s device Device tag is connected is announced If the
17. Use the temporary spare tire only until the conventional tire is repaired which should be as soon as possible Except Mexico Maintain its pressure at 420 kPa 4 2 kgf cm or bar 60 psi Mexico Maintain its pressure at 250 kPa 2 5 kgf cm or bar 36 psi A CAUTION gt Do not use your temporary spare tire rim with a snow tire or a conventional tire Neither will properly fit and could damage both tire and rim gt The temporary spare tire has a tread life of less than 5 000 km The tread life may be shorter depending on driving conditions gt The temporary spare tire is for limited use however if the tread wear solid band indicator appears replace the tire with the same type of temporary spare page 8 34 8 35 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 25 V Replacing a Wheel A WARNING Always use wheels of the correct size on your vehicle Using a wrong sized wheel is dangerous Braking and handlin
18. 6 145 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 17 18 19 Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry Say Beep Yes or No If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the system returns to standby status Import contact Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered to your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 3 Say Beep Phonebook Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact Say Beep Import contact 6 146 o0 10 11 12 13 Type A Prompt Ready to receive a contact from the phone Only a home a work and a mobile number can be imported Type B Navigation system Prompt The hands free System is ready to receive a contact from a phone Only a home a work and a mobile number can be imported This process requires operation of a mobile phone Refer to the phone s manual for more information Dev
19. 8 If your child restraint system requires the use of a tether strap refer to the manufacturer s instructions to hook and tighten the tether strap after raising the head restraint 2 43 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Anchor bracket location Tether strap position Tether strap eae a A Forward Ae 2 44 A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child VY Third Row Seats Child Restraint System Installation The third row seats cannot accommodate LATCH type child restraint systems or tethers therefore these systems must be
20. 9 Say Beep No 6 153 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Device selection If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last connected If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off Type A Hands free phone 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XXXXX Ex device B 6 Say Beep X Say the number for the mobile phone to be connected 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag selected is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex device B Device tag selected returning to main menu Type B Navigation system Hands free phone 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system 6 154 NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or
21. Avoid full throttle starts Do not tow a trailer 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions How you operate your Mazda determines how far it will travel on a tank of fuel Use these suggestions to help save money on fuel and repairs e Avoid long warm ups Once the engine runs smoothly begin driving e Avoid fast starts e Keep the engine tuned Follow the maintenance schedule page 8 3 and have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform inspections and servicing e Use the air conditioner only when necessary Slow down on rough roads Keep the tires properly inflated Do not carry unnecessary weight Do not rest your foot on the brake pedal while driving e Keep the wheels in correct alignment Keep windows closed at high speeds Slow down when driving in crosswinds and headwinds A WARNING Never stop the engine when going down a hill Stopping the engine when going down a hill is dangerous This causes the loss of power steering and power brake control and may cause damage to the drivetrain Any loss of steering or braking control could cause an accident Hazardous Driving Y Driving on Slippery Surface A WARNING Be extremely careful if it is necessary to downshift on slippery surfaces Downshifting into lower gear while driving on slippery surfaces is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident Do not rely on ABS
22. The level normally drops with accumulated distance a condition associated with wear of brake linings If it is excessively low have the brake system inspected by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance V Adding Brake Fluid A WARNING Be careful not to spill brake fluid on yourself or on the engine Spilled brake fluid is dangerous If it gets in your eyes they could be seriously injured If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water and get medical attention Brake fluid spilled on a hot engine could cause a fire If the brake fluid level is low have the brakes inspected Low brake fluid levels are dangerous Low levels could signal brake lining wear or a brake system leak Your brakes could fail and cause an accident If the fluid level is low add fluid until it reaches MAX Before adding fluid thoroughly clean the area around the cap A CAUTION gt Brake fluid will damage painted surfaces If brake fluid does get on a painted surface wash it off with water immediately gt Using nonspecified brake fluids page 10 4 will damage the system Mixing different fluids will also damage it If the brake system frequently requires new fluid consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 8 23 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Power Steering Fluid V Inspecting Power Steering Fluid Level A CAUTION To avoid damage to the power steering pump don t opera
23. is displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs while trying to delete the link Error is displayed and then it returns to the link deletion screen NOTE If a device is deleted while it is being linked linking to other devices will not be possible Bluetooth audio device information display 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 6 to display the device information display screen If the device information is available the device name and Bluetooth address are displayed and then it returns to the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen If the device information is not available Failed to obtain device information is displayed and then it returns to the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen NOTE If the device name and Bluetooth address cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B Y How to Use the Bluetooth Audio System Switching to Bluetooth audio mode To listen to music or voice audio recorded to a Bluetooth audio device switch to the Bluetooth audio mode to operate the audio device using the audio system control panel Any Bluetooth audio device must be programmed to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be used Refer to Bluetooth audio device programming 1 Switch the ignition to ACC
24. 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls NOTE e To refuse an incoming call press the hang up button e After receiving a new incoming call the previous call is placed on hold Switching calls Switching back to the previous call can also be done Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Swap calls 3 Prompt Swapping calls Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Three way call function l 2 3 Press the talk button with a short press Say Beep Join calls Prompt Joining calls Making a call using a telephone number Type A 1 8 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex Prompt Number please 555 1234 Telephone number Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXKXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct Say Beep Yes or No When Yes is spoken the procedure proceeds to Step 8 When No is spoken the procedure returns to Step 3 Prompt Dialing Type B Navigation system 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system Say Beep Dial Pro
25. 4 16 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing A WARNING Always make sure the trailer hitch is securely attached before departure An unsecured trailer hitch is dangerous as it causes greater trailer sway from crosswinds rough roads or other causes resulting in loss of control and a serious accident Examine all trailer hitch mounting bolts regularly and tighten any that are loose If the hitch is removed seal any open mounting holes to prevent exhaust dust water dirt and other foreign elements from filtering in possibly endangering personal safety and damaging your vehicle Do not install a hitch that stiffens the bumper as it will reduce the bumper s performance Make sure there are no exhaust gas leaks into the passenger compartment if any mounting bolts are connected to the body Modifying your vehicle exhaust system is dangerous Exhaust gas entering the vehicle could cause loss of consciousness or even death When mounting the trailer hitch make no modifications to the vehicle exhaust system CAUTION gt Make all hitch adjustments with actual loads Do not load and unload vehicle while adjusting hitch This action will change the vehicle height gt Do not use an axle mounted hitch This may damage the axle and related parts YW Tires When towing a trailer make sure all tires are inflated to the recommended cold tire pressure as indicated on the tire pressure chart on the driver s door frame Trailer tire size loa
26. After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage or a fire leading to an unexpected accident 3 49 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks ee Check under the hood area to make certain all filler caps are in place and all loose items e g tools oil containers etc have been removed 2 Lift the hood grasp the padded area on the support rod and secure the support rod in the clip Verify that the support rod is secured in the clip before closing the hood Pad 3 50 3 Lower the hood slowly until it rests in the unlocked position and then remove your hands Push the front center edge of the hood downward until a latching sound is heard and the hood closes completely eC 4 Moonroof The moonroof can be opened or closed electrically only when the ignition is switched ON Slide switch Tilt switch AWARNING Do not let passengers stand up or extend part of their body through the open moonroof while the vehicle is moving Extending the head arms or other parts of the body through the moonroof is dangerous The head or arms could hit something while the vehicle is moving This could cause serious injury or death Make sure the opening is clear before closing the moonroof A closing moonroof is
27. Black out meter and dashboard illuminations When the headlight switch is in the 200 or D position the illumination of the instrument cluster and the information display dims When driving on snowy or foggy roads or in other situations when the instrument cluster or information display s visibility is reduced due to glare from surrounding brightness cancel the illumination dimmer and increase the illumination intensity Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators To cancel the illumination dimmer press the dashboard illumination knob NOTE e This symbol indicates the knob to adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination Ifthe illumination dimmer is cancelled the instrument cluster and the information display will not dim when the headlight switch is turned to the 200 or D position again Press the dashboard illumination knob to activate the illumination dimmer 5 43 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights Warning Indicator lights will appear in any of the highlighted areas Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page O Brake System Warning Light 5 46 BRAKE Charging System Warning Light 5 48 D mrg Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light 5 48 C4 Check Engine Light 5 48 E Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Warning Light 5 49 s ABS Warning Light 5 47 a A n X Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner Syste
28. Directing airflow You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled 6 12 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode For vehicles with rear full auto air conditioning the airflow mode can be selected according to the purpose of use Instrument panel Vents Floor Vents i Instrument panel and Floor Vents 7 6 13 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Fully Automatic Type Rear Front AUTO switch REAR switch PUSH O Rear Temperature control switch mo F Fan control switch RE AE OFF switch AUTO switch Mode selector switch V Control Switches AUTO switch Rear switch Press the rear switch to operate the rear air conditioning The indicator illuminates to indicate that AUTOON the rear air conditioning is operating By pressing the AUTO switch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the set temperature e Airflow temperature 6 14 e Amount of airflow e Selection of airflow mode OFF switch Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Temperature control switch This switch controls temperature Press A for hot and W for cold Fan control switch The fa
29. Interior Comfort Audio System Strong signal noise This occurs very close to a transmitter tower The broadcast signals are extremely strong so the result is noise and sound breakup at the radio receiver ON When a vehicle reaches the area of two strong stations broadcasting at similar frequencies the original station may be temporarily lost and the second station picked up At this time there will be some noise from this disturbance Station drift noise Station 2 88 3 MHz Station 1 88 1 MHz 6 19 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating Tips for CD Player In Dash CD Changer Condensation phenomenon Immediately after turning on the heater when the vehicle is cold the CD or optical components prism and lens in the CD player In dash CD changer may become clouded with condensation At this time the CD will eject immediately when placed in the unit A clouded CD can be corrected simply by wiping it with a soft cloth Clouded optical components will clear naturally in about an hour Wait for normal operation to return before attempting to use the unit Handling the CD player In dash CD changer The following precautions should be observed e Do not spill any liquid on the audio system e Do not insert any objects other than CDs into the slot 6 20 e The CD revolves at high speed within the unit Defective cracked or badly bent CDs should never be used e Do
30. Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000km_ 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R JR RI R R IRIRIRI _RIRIR Engine oil filter R R R R RIJ RI RIRIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I I Replace at first 190 000 km or 10 years after that eve Engine coolant FL22 type i 60 000 km or 3 coe pe Others R R R FUEL SYSTEM Air filter R R R R R R Fuel lines and hoses p r2 I Hoses and tubes for emission r 1 I Fuel filter R R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I I I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I Brake fluid R R R Disc brakes I I I I I I I I I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play l I I i i Rear differential oil AWD ie Driveshaft dust boots I I I I I Bolts and nuts
31. NOTE A beep sound can be heard for confirmation when the doors are unlocked using the advanced keyless transmitter If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation A door or the liftgate is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pressed Power liftgate button If your Mazda has a power liftgate page 3 35 the transmitter can open close the liftgate Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to brea
32. NOTE If English or Japanese is selected afterward the previously entered language code is cleared Rating If the disc has a parental lock code viewing can be restricted Also the setting can be protected by a password to prevent someone changing the setting Viewing can be restricted by setting the parent lock level For example if the level is set to 6 level 7 or higher viewing is locked and cannot be played NOTE e Parent lock is not available depending on the disc The initial password setting when purchased is 0000 Mark Audio Aspect Rating Change Level Country Change Xk kk Password Change Rating change Parent lock level setting Country change Setting for the country where the disc is being played Password change Registered password changes Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Changing the Rating setting 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the Rating change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it Mark Audio Aspect Level gt NoLimit lt 8 7 6 5 4 3 2 1 All Limit 3 Select the desired parent lock level and press the ENTER
33. Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to rock the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After returning the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place 2 13 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury NOTE Th
34. Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select phone 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXXXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device By 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected Music player 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Select music player 5 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to select Available devices are XXX XX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device
35. Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode Type B Navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Type A Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list Type B Navigation system Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep List 7 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex Device A device B device C The voice guidance reads out the device tags registered to the hands free system Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired device and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Select phone Selects device Mobile phone when the talk button is short pressed Type B Navigation system Select music player Selects device Music player when the talk button is short pressed Edit Edits device when the talk button is short pressed Continue Continues the list read out Delete Deletes the registered device when the talk button is short pressed Previous Returns to the previous device in read out when the talk button is short pressed 8 Prompt End of list would you like to start from the beginning
36. To activate the tutorial do the following 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Tutorial 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions V Useful Commands at Anytime Convenient Operations Help function use The help function informs the user of all the available voice commands under the current conditions 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Help 3 Follow the prompts to receive the appropriate voice guidance instructions Cancel The Bluetooth Hands Free system transitions to standby status if the following operation is performed while the system is activating Press the hang up button or the talk button with a long press Returning to previous operation Type B Navigation system This command is for returning to the previous operation while in the voice recognition mode Say Beep Go Back Voice guidance interrupt operation Voice guidance can be skipped by pressing the talk button with a short press while it is being heard A new voice input command can then be spoken by
37. To keep the fabric looking clean and fresh take care of it Otherwise its color will be affected it can be stained easily and its fire resistance may be reduced A CAUTION Use only recommended cleaners and procedures Others may affect appearance and fire resistance Piano black panel k The following parts are fitted with panels that have been treated with a special coating that resists scratching e Center panel e Steering wheel partial e Door trim panel When the panel needs to be cleaned use a soft cloth to wipe off dirt from the surface NOTE Scratches or nicks on the panels resulting from the use of a hard brush or cloth may not be repairable V Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing Clean the webbing with a mild soap solution recommended for upholstery or carpets Follow instructions Don t bleach or dye the webbing this may weaken it After cleaning the belts thoroughly dry the belt webbing and make sure there is no remaining moisture before retracting them Some models 8 61 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A WARNING Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer replace damaged seat belts immediately Using damaged seat belts is dangerous In a collision damaged belts cannot provide adequate protection V Cleaning the Window Interiors If the windows become covered with an oily greasy or waxy film clean them with glass cleaner Follow the directions on the container CAUTION
38. Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure Under inflation can cause serious failures and accidents Over inflation can produce a harsh ride and the greater possibility of damage from road hazards 9 32 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada VY Glossary of Terms Tire Placard A label indicating the OE tire sizes recommended inflation pressure and the maximum weight the vehicle can carry Tire Identification Number TIN A number on the sidewall of each tire providing information about the tire brand and manufacturing plant tire size and date of manufacture Inflation Pressure A measure of the amount of air in a tire kPa Kilopascal the metric unit for air pressure psi Pounds per square inch the English unit for air pressure B pillar The structural member at the side of the vehicle behind the front door Original Equipment OE Describes components originally equipped on the vehicle Vehicle Load Limit The maximum value of the combination weight of occupants and cargo Bead Area of the Tire Area of the tire next to the rim Sidewall Area of the Tire Area between the bead area and the tread Tread Area of the Tire Area on the perimeter of the tire that contacts the road when it s mounted on the vehicle Seating capacity means the total allowable number of vehicle occupants Seating capacity is described
39. gt Do not scrape or scratch the inside of the window glass It could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines gt When washing the inside of the window glass use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the thermal filaments and the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the thermal filaments and the antenna lines 8 62 V Cleaning the Floor Mats Rubber floor mats should be cleaned with mild soap and water only A WARNING Do not use rubber cleaners such as tire cleaner or tire shine when cleaning rubber floor mats Cleaning the rubber floor mats with rubber cleaning products makes the floor mats slippery This may cause an accident when depressing the accelerator or brake pedal or when getting in or out of the vehicle After removing the floor mats for cleaning always reinstall them securely Refer to Floor Mat on page 4 9 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Customer Assistance scssccssseseessees 9 2 Customer Assistance U S A 0 0 0 0 9 2 Customer Assistance Canada 9 7 Customer Assistance Puerto Rico 9 10 Customer Assistance Mexico 9 11 Mazda Importer Distributors 9 13 Importer Distributor eee 9 13 Distributor in Each Area 6 9 13 Warranty osorioi sass 9 15 Warranties for Your Mazda
40. gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight A CAUTION When starting the engine do not allow the following as the engine may not start due to the electronic signal from the ignition key not being transmitted correctly gt A key ring rests on the key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the key grip gt Spare keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the key grip cs gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the key Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE e The keys carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer Always keep a spare key in case one is lost Ifa key is lost contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose a key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 59 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity Immobilizer system U S A FCC WARNING
41. i 2012 MAZDA CxX F Owner s Manual 8CA9 Form No 8 A9 EC 1 1G Part No 9999 EC 01 1 12 a _ _ IN RAA Zoom Zoom All children instinctively know it A few adults still remember it One unique car company refuses to outgrow it In grown up language it means the exhilaration and liberation that come from experiencing sheer motion But as usual children put it much better and simply call it Go Zoom Zoom We practice it every day It s why we build the kind of cars we do Zoom Zoom Can we re awaken it in you today A Word to Mazda Owners Thank you for choosing a Mazda We at Mazda design and build vehicles with complete customer satisfaction in mind To help ensure enjoyable and trouble free operation of your Mazda read this manual carefully and follow its recommendations An Authorized Mazda Dealer knows your vehicle best So when maintenance or service is necessary that s the place to go Our nationwide network of Mazda professionals is dedicated to providing you with the best possible service We assure you that all of us at Mazda have an ongoing interest in your motoring pleasure and in your full satisfaction with your Mazda product Mazda Motor Corporation HIROSHIMA JAPAN Important Notes About This Manual Keep this manual in the glove box as a handy reference for the safe and enjoyable use of your Mazda Should you resell the vehicle leave this manual with it for the next owne
42. of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to change to the AUX mode Type B Press the AUX button CD AUX of the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel to change to the AUX mode Audio Unit Audio Control Switches NOTE e Set the volume of the portable audio unit to the maximum within the range that the sound does not become distorted then adjust the volume using the power volume dial of the audio unit or the up down switch of the audio control switch e Audio adjustments other than audio volume can only be done using the portable audio device e Ifthe connection plug is pulled out from the auxiliary jack while in AUX mode noise may occur 6 70 Interior Comfort Audio System Safety Certification This CD player is made and tested to meet exacting safety standards It meets FCC requirements and complies with safety performance standards of the U S Department of Health and Human Services A CAUTION gt This CD player should not be adjusted or repaired by anyone except qualified service personnel If servicing is required contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Use of controls or adjustments or performance of procedures other than those specified herein may result in hazardous laser exposure Never operate the CD player with the top case of the unit r
43. 1 Loosen the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise one turn each but do not remove any lug nuts until the tire has been raised off the ground 2 Place the jack on the ground 3 Turn the jack screw in the direction shown in the figure and adjust the jack head so that it is close to the jack up position Jack head In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 4 Place the jack under the jack up position closest to the tire being changed with the jack head squarely under the jack up point 5 Continue raising the jack head gradually by rotating the screw with your hand until the jack head is inserted into the jack up position Tire blocks N Kr SN 7 10 A WARNING Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Attempting to jack the vehicle in positions other than those recommended in this manual is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure or even kill someone Use only the front and rear jacking positions recommended in this manual Do not jack up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or place any objects on or under the jack Jacking up the vehicle in a position other than the designated jack up position or placing objects on or under the jack is dangerous as it could deform the vehicle body or the vehicle could fall off the jack resulting in an accident Use only the jack provided with your Mazda Using a
44. 1 Move the cursor to the playback mode by operating the select button to the left or right 6 103 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Change the display mode by operating the select button up or down Display Playback mode ALL All files are played repeatedly 1 The current file is played repeatedly NON All files are played once and the playback stops All files in the current folder are RPF played repeatedly Files in the current folder are NOF played once and the playback stops RND All files are played randomly RNF Files in the current folder are played randomly NOTE If RND or RNF is selected during a playlist playback files on the playlist are played randomly Refer to Playlist File Playback on page 6 104 Selection file While in FOLDER display mode 1 Move the cursor to the folder file information display window by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Move the cursor to the desired folder file by operating the select button up or down 3 Press the ENTER button to play the selected file or to move to the selected folder NOTE To return to an upper hierarchy move the cursor to the PARENT FOLDER and press the ENTER button 6 104 While in TREEIDX display mode 1 Move the cursor to the folder file information display window by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Move the cursor to the folder where the d
45. 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 8 NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately V Parking Brake Reminder If the parking brake has not been completely released and the vehicle is driven at about 5 km h 3 mph or faster a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the parking brake has not been released V Anti Lock Brake System ABS The ABS control unit continuously monitors the speed of each wheel If one wheel i
46. 12 mph the warning light will flash and a beep sound will be heard After a short time the warning light stops flashing but remains illuminated and the beep sound stops Until a seat belt is fastened or a given period of time has elapsed the beep sound will not stop even if the vehicle speed falls below 20 km h 12 mph Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems NOTE The warning light flashes and a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds if the driver s seat belt is not fastened when the ignition is switched ON e Ifa driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened after the beep sound turns off and the vehicle speed exceeds 10 km h 6 mph the warning light flashes and beep sound activates again e Placing heavy items on the front passenger seat may cause the front passenger seat belt warning function to operate depending on the weight of the item To allow the front passenger seat weight sensor to function properly do not place and sit on an additional seat cushion on the front passenger seat The sensor may not function properly because the additional seat cushion could cause sensor interference When a small child sits on the front passenger seat it is possible that the warning light will not operate 2 35 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child Restraint Precautions Mazda strongly urges the use of child restraint systems for children small enough to use them Yo
47. 4 6 7 or 8 NOTE Six stations can be stored in each bank SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 for convenient access to your favorite stations Preset channel call up Press selection button 2 3 4 6 7 or 8 NOTE In the initial setting all channels are preset to 184 Category change Press the category button A W and select the desired category 6 53 Interior Comfort Audio System Category up Press the category up button A Category down Press the category down button Every time the category up button A is pressed the category is changed over in the order shown below At this time the lowest smallest number channel within the category indicated is received When the highest or lowest category is reached the category is changed over in the order shown below Highest category Lowest category gt XXX category Category set Category lock Press selection button 1 to lock the category of the channel being received Press selection button again to clear the lock NOTE A category can be set only when a channel which belongs to a category is being received Channel selection within a category To select a radio station in a set category turn the manual tuning dial NOTE The channel number needs to be indicated in the display to use the manual tuning dial for this function To select a radio station other than one in a set category turn the manual tuning dial
48. Avoid continuous application of the brakes Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected CAUTION gt Do not drive with your foot held on the brake pedal Doing so could result in the following gt The brake parts will wear out more quickly gt The brakes can overheat and adversely affect brake performance gt Always depress the brake pedal with the right foot Applying the brakes with the unaccustomed left foot could slow your reaction time to an emergency situation resulting in insufficient braking operation gt Wear shoes appropriate for driving in order to avoid your shoe contacting the brake pedal when depressing the accelerator pedal V Parking Brake A WARNING Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the d
49. CD AUX on the audio unit or the mode switch MODE of the audio control switches on the steering wheel AUX is displayed on the display and the audio system changes to Rear Entertainment System sound Adjust the volume with the dial on the audio unit Vehicles with navigation system Change the navigation system to the Rear Entertainment System mode Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers For navigation system operation refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM Press the SOURCE button SOURCE select the AUX2 mode RSES is displayed on the information display and it changes to the Rear Entertainment System sound Adjust the volume with the dial on the navigation unit V Using the Headphone Speakers A CAUTION gt For safety reasons the driver should never wear the headphones while driving Not being able to hear sound outside of the vehicle could result in a serious accident gt Use the headphones with the volume set at moderate level Listening at an excessive volume level for extended periods of time will have an adverse effect on your hearing ability gt If the headphone arms are spread excessively is could result in damage gt Do not apply excessive force to the headphones or get them wet Also do not leave the headphones in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature It could cause a malfunction 6 91 Interior Comfort
50. Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 3 60 Y Operation Arming The system is armed when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every two seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the igni
51. English en 1413 Lingala In 2113 Esperanto eo 1414 Lithuanian It 2119 Estonian et 1419 Macedonian mk 2210 Faroese fo 1514 Malagasy mg 2206 Fiji fj 1509 Malay ms 2218 Finnish fi 1508 Malayalam ml 2211 French fr 1517 Maltese mt 2219 Friesian fy 1524 Maori mi 2208 Galician gl 1611 Marathi mr 2217 German de 1304 Moldavian mo 2214 Gorgian ka 2000 Mongolian mn 2213 6 114 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Language Code Language Code Nauru na 2300 Tigrinya ti 2908 Nepali ne 2304 Tonga to 2914 Norwegian no 2314 Tsonga ts 2918 Occtian oc 2402 Tukmen tk 2910 Oriya or 2417 Turkish tr 2917 Oromo om 2412 Twi tw 2922 Panjabi pa 2500 Ukrainian uk 3010 Pashto Pushto ps 2518 Urdu ur 3017 Persian fa 1500 Uzbek uz 3025 Polish pl 2511 Vietnamese vi 3108 Portuguese pt 2519 Volapuk vo 3114 Quechua qu 2620 Welsh cy 1224 Rhaeto Romance rm 2712 Wolof wo 3214 Romanian ro 2714 Xhosa xh 3307 Russian ru 2720 Yiddish ji 1908 Samoan sm 2812 Yoruba yo 3414 Sangho sg 2806 Zulu zu 3520 SanSkrit sa 2800 Scots Gaelic gd 1603 Serbian Sr 2817 Serbo Croatian sh 2807 Sesotho st 2819 Setswana tn 2913 Shona sn 2813 Sindhi sd 2803 Singhalese si 2808 Siswaiti ss 2818 Slovak sk 2810 Slovenian sl 2811 Somali so 2814 Spanish es 1418 Sundanese su 2820 Swahili sw 2822 Swedish sv 2821 Tagalog tl 2911 Tajik tg 2906 Tami
52. Mazda Dealer to reset Starting the vehicle with a key that has not been reset is not possible 3 55 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Declaration of Conformity Immobilizer system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 02 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 614 Sistema inmovilizador Modelo IMB111 03 Sistema inmovilizador con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 935 3 56 Y Operation Arming The system is ar
53. NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are unknown Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M The system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to six stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the radio tunes into the station with the strongest frequency and its frequency is displayed Press the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time and its frequency will be displayed NOTE Ifany of the following operations is performed auto memory mode is cleared and the normal display appears Band selector button FM AM is pressed Manual tuning dial is turned Seek tuning button A W is pressed e Return button RETURN is pressed e Ifthe radio is unable to tune into any station after the scanning operation is completed No Channel will be displayed Mute Press the mute button MUTE once to mute the audio Press it again to resume audio output Radio Data System RDS Radio text information display A maximum of 64 characters of radio t
54. Rear Entertainment System NOTE e To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 81 When the headphones are not in use turn them off e DTS formatted sound cannot be generated through the headphones Use the vehicle s speakers e If there is no sound produced from a signal for 3 minutes or longer after the headphone power is turned on or there is no signal reception the headphone power turns off automatically Ifthe headphones are continuously used for 4 hours or more after the sound signal is received the headphone power turns off automatically The acceptable range for signals infrared rays from the Rear Entertainment System is as follows Rear Entertainment System Wireless headphone signal infrared rays transmitter The signals infrared rays can be received in any location on the rear seats However the rear of the transmitter is out of the acceptable range A wireless headphone can be used in any position on the rear seats however the sound may skip under the following conditions because the acceptable range varies or the signals are blocked e When affected by intense light such as direct sunshine 6 92 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e When the wireless headphone receiver does not point to the Rear Ente
55. The device is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle The device s battery is weak The device is turned off The device is placed where radio reception is difficult e The ignition is switched off 6 175 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC09 IC 279B MBLUEC09 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance 6 176 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service e U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www MazdaUSA com bluetooth e Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www mazdahandsfree c
56. Vent Operation Front D Open p Close V Adjusting the Vents Directing airflow You can direct air flow by moving the adjustment knob Opening closing vents The two outside vents can be opened and closed with wheel NOTE When using the air conditioner mist may come out from the vents This is not a sign of trouble but a result of humid air being suddenly cooled 6 4 Interior Comfort Climate Control System V Selecting the Airflow Mode Dashboard Vents Defroster and Floor Vents W o iJ 6 5 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Fully Automatic Type Climate control information is displayed on the information display Information display Air intake display AIC AUTO DUAL OUTSIDE p PASS IPH Zie IEF Airflow display Mode selector display Ambient temperature Temperature Temperature setting display driver setting display ront passenger Windshield defroster switch Air intake selector Driver temperature control dial m Fan control dial Passenger temperature control dial AUTO switch OFF switch DUAL switch Ve Ve F N w F A PUSH AUTO ON UAI Ero p a ae Rear window defroster switch A C switch OUTSIDE Ambient Mode selector switch temperature switch 6 6 V Control Switches AUTO switch PrN AUTO ON t By pressing the AUTO swit
57. e Always use a sponge or soft cloth to clean the wheels Rinse the wheels thoroughly with lukewarm or cold water Also be sure to clean the wheels after driving on dusty or salted roads to help prevent corrosion e Avoid washing your vehicle in an automatic car wash that uses high speed or hard brushes Ifyour aluminum wheels lose luster wax the wheels With Tire Pressure Monitoring System Check special requirements for Tire Pressure Monitoring System Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 32 VY Plastic Part Maintenance e When cleaning the plastic lenses of the lights do not use gasoline kerosene rectified spirit paint thinner highly acidic detergents or strongly alkaline detergents Otherwise these chemical agents can discolor or damage the surfaces resulting in a significant loss in functionality If plastic parts become inadvertently exposed to any of these chemical agents flush with water immediately e If plastic parts such as the bumpers become inadvertently exposed to chemical agents or fluids such as gasoline oil engine coolant or battery fluid it could cause discoloration staining or paint peeling Wipe off any such chemical agents or fluids using a soft cloth immediately 8 59 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care e High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of high pressure car washer device If the car washer nozzle is put too clos
58. fair and free method such as the BBB AUTO LINE to ensure Mazda delivers on our commitment to do the right thing for our customers VY California Customers 1 Mazda North American Operations participates in BBB AUTO LINE a mediation arbitration program administered by the Council of Better Business Bureaus 4200 Wilson Boulevard Arlington Virginia 22203 through local Better Business Bureaus BBB AUTO LINE and Mazda have been certified by the Arbitration Certification Program of the California Department of Consumer Affairs 2 If you have a problem arising under a Mazda written warranty we encourage you to bring it to our attention If we are unable to resolve it you may file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE Claims must be filed with BBB AUTO LINE within six 6 months after the expiration of the warranty 3 To file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE call 1 800 955 5100 There is no charge for the call 4 In order to file a claim with BBB AUTO LINE you will have to provide your name and address the brand name and vehicle identification number VIN of your vehicle and a statement of the nature of your problem or complaint You will also be asked to provide the approximate date of your acquisition of the vehicle the vehicle s current mileage the approximate date and mileage at the time any problem s were first brought to the attention of Mazda or one of our dealers and a statement of the relief you are seeking 5 BBB AUTO LINE staff may t
59. new one e The same tire pressure sensor is used with the same wheel Only the tire is replaced Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e A new tire pressure sensor is installed to a new wheel NOTE e The tire pressure sensor ID signal code must be registered when a new tire pressure sensor is purchased For purchase of a tire pressure sensor and registration of the tire pressure sensor ID signal code consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer When reinstalling a previously removed tire pressure sensor to a wheel replace the grommet seal between valve body sensor and wheel for the tire pressure sensor 5 33 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System The Blind Spot Monitoring BSM system is designed to assist the driver by monitoring blind spots on both sides of the vehicle to the rear in certain situations such as when changing lanes on roads and freeways The BSM system monitors the detection areas on both sides of the vehicle to the rear when the vehicle speed is about 32 km h 20 mph or more and notifies the driver of vehicles in the detection area by illuminating the BSM warning light If the turn signal lever is operated in the direction the BSM warning light is illuminated the system warns the driver of the vehicle in the detection area with a beep sound SS Sa SS SS SS Ss ss as Detection areas A WARNING Do not rely completely on th
60. or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems and the corresponding tether anchor Always secure a child in a proper child restraint system Holding a child in your arms while the vehicle is moving is extremely dangerous No matter how strong the person may be he or she cannot hold onto a child in a sudden stop or collision and it could result in serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Even in a moderate accident the child may be exposed to air bag forces that could result in serious injury or death to the child or the child may be slammed into an adult causing injury to both child and adult Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child 2 37 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Some vehicles with a front passenger air bag have a warning label attached as shown below The warning label reminds you not to put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat at any time On BAN X Do not install a front facing child res
61. setting function menu on the monitor screen NOTE e The initial setting can be performed with no disc inserted e After setting the initial setting the playback starts from the first chapter track Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English Other kkk lt q Japanese English POtherr kkk lt q Sub Title Japanese Language English POther xxx xq Menu Language Audio Language 2 Move the cursor to the desired menu by operating the select button up down or left right Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 3 Press the ENTER button The selected menu is highlighted to indicate that the menu is selected Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese English gt Other xxx aq Japanese English Other x xx lt q Sub Title Japanese Language English B Other xxxxd Menu Language Audio Language 4 Select the item to be set by operating the select button up or down Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other KKK Audio Language gt Japanese Menu Language English Other Xk KK Sub Title Language Japanese gt English lt Other 2 ok ok k 6 105 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 5 Press the ENTER button The highlighted color returns to the previous color to indicate that the selected item is set Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other kk kk Audio Language Japanese Menu Language English Other Kk kk Sub Title Japanese
62. the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected When using a high water pressure car wash High water temperature and high water pressure car washers are available depending on the type of car wash machine If the car washer nozzle is put too close to the vehicle the force of the spray could damage or deform the molding affect the sealability of parts and allow water to penetrate the interior Keep a sufficient space 30 cm or more between the nozzle and the vehicle In addition do not spend too much time spraying the same area of the vehicle and be very careful when spraying between gaps in doors and around windows Waxing Your vehicle needs to be waxed when water no longer beads on the finish Always wash and dry the vehicle before waxing it In addition to the vehicle body wax the metal trim to maintain its luster 1 Use wax which contains no abrasives Waxes containing abrasive will remove paint and could damage bright metal parts 8 57 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care 2 Use a good grade of natural wax for metallic mica and solid colors 3 When waxing coat evenly with the sponge supplied or a soft cloth 4 Wipe off the wax with a soft cloth NOTE A s
63. the mode will be canceled Shifting specification Shifting up If the vehicle speed is lower than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted up to a higher gear Gear Vehicle speed MI gt M2 You can shift up to M2 whether the vehicle is stopped or moving M2 gt M3 15 km h 10 mph M3 gt M4 29 km h 19 mph M4 M5 _ 40 km h 25 mph M5 M6 50 km h 32 mph Shifting down If the vehicle speed is higher than the speed specified for each gear the gear cannot be shifted to a lower gear so as to protect the transaxle Gear Vehicle speed M6 gt M5 230 km h 142 mph M5 M4 201 km h 124 mph M4 gt M3 150 km h 93 mph M3 gt M2 96 km h 59 mph M2 gt MI 49 km h 30 mph NOTE Regarding the vehicle speed at the highest gear indicated above achieving this speed may not actually be possible depending on various driving conditions such as the wind upslope and road surface 5 15 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving During deceleration the gears shift down automatically when speed is reduced to the following Gear Vehicle speed M6 gt M5 47 km h 29 mph M5 gt M4 37 km h 22 mph M4 gt M3 26 km h 16 mph M3 or M2 M1 7 km h 4 mph NOTE The gear does not shift down to M1 automatically while in the second gear fixed mode If the vehicle is kicked down at the following speed
64. windows to let warm air escape then run the climate control system V Not Using for a Long Period Run the air conditioner about 10 minutes at least once a month to keep internal parts lubricated V Check the Refrigerant before the Weather Gets Hot Have the air conditioner checked before the weather gets hot Lack of refrigerant may make the air conditioner less efficient Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for refrigerant inspection The air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that will not damage the ozone layer If the air conditioner is low on refrigerant or has a malfunction consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Replacement of the Cabin Air Filter Your vehicle is equipped with an air filter for the air conditioner It is necessary to change the filter periodically as indicated in scheduled maintenance page 8 3 Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer for replacement of the cabin air filter V Sunlight Temperature Sensor The fully automatic air conditioner function measures inside and outside temperatures and the intensity of direct sunlight It then sets temperatures inside the passenger compartment accordingly A CAUTION Do not obstruct either sensor otherwise the automatic air conditioner will not operate properly Sunlight sensor Interior temperature sensor Interior Comfort Climate Control System 6 3 Interior Comfort Climate Control System
65. with P245 50R20 specification tires could cause interference with the vehicle body and scratching If tire chains are to be used replace both front and rear tires with P 245 60R18 tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Ifyour vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tire chains Install the chains on the front tires Do not use chains on the rear tires Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Installing the chains 1 Secure the chains on the front tires as tightly as possible Always follow the chain manufacturer s instructions 2 Retighten the chains after driving 1 2 1 km 1 4 1 2 mile 4 11 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving In Flooded Area A WARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance returns to normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected CAUTION Do not drive the vehicle on flooded roads as it could cause short circuiting of electrical electronic parts or engine damage or stalling from water absorption If the vehicle has been immersed in water consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Overloading A WARNING
66. 5 4 Engine Compartment Overview 8 18 Engine Coolant Overheating 0 0 0 eects 7 16 Engine Coolant Temperature GAUSS sesstexcoreesvese aa E R rea suaveense 5 41 Event Data Recorder ce eseee 9 22 Exhaust Gas cachet haath Genet 4 4 Exterior Caterinan naai 8 56 F Flasher Hazard warning ssseseeseseeseeeesee 5 75 Headlights 2 0 0 ceeseeseseeeeeerees 5 60 Flat Tite sivicccavcavdicveanies 7 3 Changing cc eececeeseeeeeteeseeeees 7 8 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Fluids Classification c ceceseseereee 10 4 Owner maintenance 6 8 16 Fog Lights teccnrcciinniaakatnked 5 67 Foot Brake caiiad nas 5 5 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats 2 4 Front Seats Manually Operated Seats 2 2 Fuel Filler lid and cap eeeeeeeee 3 47 GaU Sisters Hone inns a e a eei 5 42 Requirements cesceseseeeeeees 4 2 Tank capacity 0 10 5 Fisen eranen ited ieee 8 47 Panel description ecee 8 49 Replacement c eects 8 47 G Glove Compartment c cece 6 194 H Hazard Warning Flasher 0 5 75 Hazardous Driving ccceseeeeeeees 4 7 Headlights Control iea ranea 5 60 Flashing eccitare nriran 5 64 High low beam eeeeeee 5 63 Leveling enrenar ee 5 65 On reminder eceeeeeseereeees 5 63 H HomeLink Wireless Control SYSTEM 27 4 nesir e E aaa 5 75 Hood Release ner
67. Adjuster Adjust the height of the shoulder belt if the seat belt touches your neck or if it crosses your arm instead of your shoulder To raise the shoulder belt adjuster push the adjuster up To lower the shoulder belt adjuster pull the adjuster and slide it down Make sure the adjuster is locked To raise To lower ee q A WARNING Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 2 25 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Front Seat Belt Pretensioner and Load Limiting Systems For optimum protection the driver and front passenger seat belts are equipped with pretensioner and load limiting systems For both these systems to work properly you must wear the seat belt properly Pretensioners The front seat belt retractors remove slack quickly as the air bags are expanding Any time the air bags and seat belt pretensioners have deployed they must be replaced For deployment details refer to the SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 66 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the pretensioner system for the front passenger like the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance wit
68. Avoid driving over obstacles Also do not drive through an automatic car wash This tire s diameter is smaller than a conventional tire so the ground clearance is reduced about 25 mm 1 in gt Do not use a tire chain on this tire because it will not fit properly gt Do not use your temporary spare tire on any other vehicle it has been designed only for your Mazda gt Use only one temporary spare tire on your vehicle at the same time NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 30 To remove the spare tire 1 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 2 Open the cargo sub compartment Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on page 6 195 7 5 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 3 Remove the cover 4 Attach the socket to the spare tire carrier bolt the jack lever to the socket and the lug wrench to the opposite end of the jack lever l lt Lug wrench z I 5 Slowly turn the lug wrench counterclockwise until the spare tire reaches the ground and the cable becomes loose A CAUTION Do not loosen the cable too much as this may cause damage to the spare tire carrier 6 Rotate the small lever on top of the retaining plate and pull the retaining plate out from the center hole of
69. CAUTION Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again 5 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal f Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 8 29 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A WARNING Wash hands after handling the battery and related accessories Battery posts terminals and related accessories contain lead and lead compounds chemicals known to the State of California to cause cancer and reproductive harm Read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting to ensure safe and correct handling am Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes or on the skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious
70. CD audio CD and MP3 WMA CD playback functions Moreover the system is equipped with input terminals for video picture and audio sound and AV equipment such as a video game player or a video camera can be connected and displayed on the monitor screen 6 72 Some models Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Vv Proper Operation of Rear Entertainment System For safe driving read the following warnings and cautions before starting operation and use the system properly A WARNING gt Do not disassemble or modify this unit It may cause an accident fire or electrical shock gt Do not use if there is a malfunction condition such as no screen image or sound It may cause an accident fire or electrical shock Follow the procedures in Symptoms and Actions page 6 122 and if the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer gt Do not use if some problem has occurred If any problem occurs such as a foreign material penetration spilled liquid smoking from internal burning or other abnormal smells stop operation immediately and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If operation is continued it may cause an accident fire or electrical shock gt Lower the volume to minimum before turning off the power If the volume is set high loud sound will be produced when turning on the power causing auditory problems or an accident gt Adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard I
71. Comfort Rear View Monitor V Rear View Monitor Operation The operation of the rear view monitor when reversing the vehicle varies depending on the traffic road and vehicle conditions The amount of steering and the timing also varies depending on conditions so confirm the surrounding conditions directly with your eyes and steer the vehicle in accordance with the conditions Be well aware of the above cautions prior to using the rear view monitor NOTE Images displayed on the monitor from the rear view parking camera are reversed images mirror images 1 Shift the shift lever to R to switch the display to the rear view monitor display 2 Confirming the surrounding conditions reverse the vehicle Screen display Actual view P Check surroundings for safety D ZIS Sa 3 When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position the screen returns to the previous display NOTE Because there may be a difference between the displayed image such as indicated below and the actual conditions when parking always verify the safety at the rear of the vehicle and the surrounding area directly with your eyes 6 180 Interior Comfort Rear View Monitor V Variance Between Actual Road Conditions and Displayed Image Some variance occurs between the actual road and the displayed road Such variance in distance perspective could lead to an accident Note the following conditions that may cause a variance
72. F or less the protective circuit function is cleared and the operation is restored HOT PROTECT RSES SHUTDOWN Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 6 121 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptoms and Actions If any malfunction is suspected verify the following before requesting a repair If the problem cannot be solved after performing the procedure have the system inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Some functions are not available depending on the disc Read the instruction manual attached to the disc before operating Symptom Cause Action The ignition is switched off Switch the ignition to ACC or ON The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones weak Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 89 System Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction cannot be pointed in the wrong direction Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 89 turned on The vehicle battery is weak Recharge or replace the vehicle battery The cabin temperature Rear Entertainment System unit tem Retry after the temperature has lowered perature is high The ignition is switched off Switch the ignition to ACC or ON No disc is inserted Insert a disc magr Insert a disc which can be played by this unit cannotbe An invalid disc is inserted 5 3 D VAVREK n ae oe Py displayed efer to Operating Tips for Disc on page 6 74 Selec
73. Free Panel Operation 6 When the link change is completed a symbol and Link Changed are displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs while trying to change the link Error is displayed and then it returns to the link change screen NOTE Ifa link error occurs check the programming status of the Bluetooth Hands Free device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again e Device Music player selection can also be done by operating the panel button page 6 127 Registered device Mobile phone deletion An individually registered device can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective e Ifthe device name and Bluetooth address cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed 1 Press selection button 6 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 4 to display the pair link deletion screen and the current pairing programming device name 3 Press selection button 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 to select the name of the device you would like to change 6 174 4 The link delete confirmation screen is displayed and then Delete select device the device name and the Bluetooth address
74. HomeLink system To program a device to HomeLink using a HomeLink button previously trained follow these steps 1 Press and hold the desired HomeLink button DO NOT release the button 2 The indicator light will begin to flash after 20 seconds Without releasing the HomeLink button proceed with Programming step 2 V Erasing Programmed HomeLink Buttons To erase the existing programming from all three operating channels press and hold the two outside buttons 1 on the auto dimming mirror until the HomeLink indicator light begins to flash after approximately 20 seconds Verify that the programming has been erased when you resell the vehicle Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system Climate Control System scssscsseeees 6 2 Operating Tips c ce eeeeeeeseeteeteeeeees 6 2 Vent Operation Front Fully Automatic Type Vent Operation Rear Fully Automatic Type Rear 6 14 Audio System 6 17 ANENA sausose one vavste 6 17 Operating Tips for Audio System 6 17 Types of the Audio Set 6 27 Audio Set Type A 0 eceseseseeseeeees 6 29 Audio Set Type B sesser 6 39 Audio Control Switch Operation 6 65 AUX Mode Auxiliary input 6 68 Safety Certification 0 6 71 Rear Entertainment System 00 6 72 Rear Entertainment System ete On 6 72 Part Names osses
75. ISO 9660 level 1 e ISO 9660 level 2 e Joliet extended format e Romeo extended format This unit handles MP3 files conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames e This unit can play multi session recorded discs that have up to 40 sessions This unit can play MP3s with sampling frequencies of 16 22 05 24 32 44 1 48 kHz This unit can play MP3 files that have been recorded in bit rates of 8 kbps to 320 kbps Nonetheless to insure enjoyment of music with consistent sound quality it is recommended to use discs that have been recorded at a bit rate of 128 kbps or more If a disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Packet written discs cannot be played on this unit This unit does not play CDs recorded using MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF MP3 formats About folders and files The order of hierarchy for MP3 files and folders during playback or other functions is from shallow to deep The arrangement and playing order of a recorded disc containing MP3 files is as follows e File number A numerical file number is assigned to each file in a folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep e Folder number A numerical folder number is assigned to each folder in the order of hierarchy from shallow to deep NOTE Folders and tracks files within the same hierarchy play in the order they were w
76. If the driver accelerates rapidly or accelerates and decelerates rapidly by operating the accelerator and brake pedal for a certain period of time while the shift lever is in the D position AAS mode could activate When cornering the vehicle AAS mode will hold the transaxle in the gear the vehicle was in before entering the curve allowing the vehicle to be accelerated from the same gear after exiting the curve AAS mode will maintain the transaxle in the optimum gear and the driver may sense that the transaxle is not shifting however this does not indicate an abnormality Y Shift Lock System The shift lock system prevents shifting out of P unless the brake pedal is depressed To shift from P 1 Depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Start the engine 3 Move the shift lever NOTE e When the ignition is switched off the shift lever cannot be shifted from P e To be sure the vehicle is in park the ignition key cannot be removed unless the shift lever is in P e With Advanced Key The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF when the shift lever is not in P Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Y Manual Shift Mode This mode gives you the feel of driving a manual transaxle vehicle by operating the shift lever and allows you to control engine rpm and torque to the drive wheels much like a manual transaxle when more control is desired To change to manual shift mode shift the lever from D to M
77. Insert a new fuse of the same amperage rating and make sure it fits tightly If it does not fit tightly have an expert install it We recommend an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you have no spare fuses borrow one of the same rating from a circuit not essential to vehicle operation such as the ROOM circuit A CAUTION Always replace a fuse with one of the same rating Otherwise you may damage the electric system 7 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed Replacing the fuses under the hood If the headlights or other electrical components do not work and the fuses in the cabin are normal inspect the fuse block under the hood If a fuse is blown it must be replaced Follow these steps 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Remove the fuse block cover or the relay box cover Fuse block 8 48 Relay box 3 If any fuse but the MAIN fuse is blown replace it with a new one of the same amperage rating A WARNING Do not replace the main fuse by yourself Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform the replacement Replacing the fuse by yourself is dangerous because the MAIN fuse is a high current fuse Incorrect replacement could cause an electrical shock or a short circuit resulting in a fire 4 Reinstall the cover and make sure that it is securely installed V Fuse Panel Description Fuse block Engine compartment Maintenance and C
78. Mazda dealership in Mexico can be found here E mail click on Contactanos at the top of the page at www MazdaMexico com mx By phone at 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa de Morelos Tel Customer Assistance 01 800 01 MAZDA 62932 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 9 11 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 9 12 Importer Distributor VUS A Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 U S A P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 U S A TEL 1 800 222 5500 in U S A 949 727 1990 outside U S A Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Distributor in Each Area Y CANADA Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 in Canada 905 787 7000 outside Canada V PUERTO RICO USS Virgin Island Plaza Motors Corp Maz
79. ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is most likely that the engine is left running gt Do not spray water in the engine compartment Otherwise it could result in engine starting problems or damage to electrical parts 8 56 To help protect the finish from rust and deterioration wash your Mazda thoroughly and frequently at least once a month with lukewarm or cold water If the vehicle is washed improperly the paint surface could be scratched Here are some examples of how scratching could occur Scratches occur on the paint surface when e The vehicle is washed without first rinsing off dirt and other foreign matter e The vehicle is washed with a rough dry or dirty cloth e The vehicle is washed at a car wash that uses brushes that are dirty or too stiff e Cleansers or wax containing abrasives are used NOTE e Mazda is not responsible for scratches caused by automatic car washes or improper washing e Scratches are more noticeable on vehicles with darker paint finishes To minimize scratches on the vehicle s paint finish e Rinse off any dirt or other foreign matter using lukewarm or cold water before washing Use plenty of lukewarm or cold water and a soft cloth
80. PH 2507 Tajikistan TJ 2909 Pitcairn PN 2513 Tanzania United Republic TZ 2925 Poland PL 2511 Thailand TH 2907 Portugal PT 2519 Togo TG 2906 Puerto Rico PR 2517 Tokelau TK 2910 Qatar QA 2600 Tonga TO 2914 Reunion RE 2704 Trinidad and Tobago TT 2919 Romania RO 2714 Tunisia TN 2913 Russian Federation RU 2720 Turkey TR 2917 Rwanda RW 2722 Turkmenistan TM 2912 Saint Helena SH 2807 Turks and Caicos Islands TC 2902 Saint Kitts and KN 2013 Tuvalu TV 2921 Saint Lucia LC 2102 Uganda UG 3006 Saint Pierre and Miquelon PM 2512 Ukraine UA 3000 Saint Vincent and the United Arab Emirates AE 1004 Grenadines ye as United Kingdom GB 1601 Samoa WS 3218 United States US 3018 San Marino SM 2812 United States Minor Outlying UM 3012 Sao Tome and Principe ST 2819 Islands Saudi Arabia SA 2800 Uruguay UY 3024 Senegal SN 2813 Uzbekistan UZ 3025 Seychelles SC 2802 Vanuatu VU 3120 Sierra Leone SL 2811 a City State See Holy VA 3100 Singapore SG 2806 V i Ta z104 Slovakia Slovak Republic SK 2810 a 2 IN Ts Slovenia SI 2808 Iet Nam Solomon Islands SB 801 Virgin Islands British VG 3106 Somalia SO 2814 Virgin Islands U S VI 3108 Country Code Wallis and Futuna Islands WF 3205 Western Sahara EH 1407 Yemen YE 3404 Yugoslavia YU 3420 BO ig a Zambia ZM 3512 Zimbabwe ZW 3522 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 6 119 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Error Message V Message Disc mode
81. Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 11 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km Engine oil R R R IR RIR IRIRIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R IR RIR IRIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I ME FL22 type Replace at first O ee aa after that every Others R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C Fuel lines and hoses ig Hoses and tubes for emission 1 Fuel filter R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid R Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Rear dif
82. See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat the previous step and also this one NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode Seat your child safely in the child restraint system and secure the child according to the instructions from the child restraint system manufacturer 2 48 7 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates aft
83. Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be weakened if rotated from side to side 9 34 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 25 Y Safety Practices The way you drive has a great deal to do with your tire mileage
84. V Shift Position Indicator Light This indicates the selected shift position when the ignition is switched ON AOOO Gear position indicator 5 55 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Gear position indicator When the shift lever is in the D or M position the numeral for the selected gear displays Vv TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC RSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on 5 56 VTCS OFF Indicator Light TCS OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the TCS OFF switch is pressed and TCS is switched off Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 25 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS OFF indicator l
85. ZONE you may feel engine braking because the fuel delivery will be stopped to protect the engine However this does not indicate an abnormality e When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Manually Shifting down M6 M5 M4 M3 M2 M1 To shift down to a lower gear tap the shift lever forward once A WARNING Do not use engine braking on slippery road surfaces or at high speeds Shifting down while driving on wet snowy or frozen roads or while driving at high speeds causes sudden engine braking which is dangerous The sudden change in tire speed could cause the tires to skid This could lead to loss of vehicle control and an accident NOTE When driving at high speeds the gear may not shift down e During deceleration the gear may automatically shift down depending on vehicle speed When depressing the accelerator fully the transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Second gear fixed mode When the shift lever is tapped back while the vehicle is stopped or driven at about 15 km h 9 3 mph or less the transaxle is set in the second gear fixed mode The gear is fixed in second while in this mode for easier starting and driving on slippery roads If the shift lever is tapped back or forward while in the second gear fixed mode
86. accordance with a certified physician you can reach Mazda North American Operations by one of the following ways Log on at www mazdaUSA com Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local Mazda dealership in the U S can be found here E mail click on Contact Us located on the Inside Mazda tab or at the bottom of the page at www mazdaUSA com By phone at 1 800 222 5500 9 2 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance By letter at Attn Customer Assistance Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 2922 P O Box 19734 Irvine CA 92623 9734 In order to serve you efficiently and effectively please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on the upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s If you live outside the U S A please contact your nearest Mazda Distributor VSTEP 3 Contact Better Business Bureau BBB Mazda North American Operations realizes that mutual agreement on some issues may not be possible As a final step to ensure that your concerns are being fairly considered Mazda North American Operations has agreed to participate in a dispute settlement
87. after any collision which caused them to deploy or damage them Only a trained Authorized Mazda Dealer can fully evaluate these systems to see that they will work in any subsequent accident Driving with an expended or damaged air bag or pretensioner unit will not afford you the necessary protection in the event of any subsequent accident which could result in serious injury or death Do not remove interior air bag parts Removing any components such as the front seats front dashboard the steering wheel or parts on the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge containing air bag parts or sensors is dangerous These parts contain essential air bag components The air bag could accidentally activate and cause serious injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer remove these parts Dispose of the air bag properly Improper disposal of an air bag or a vehicle with live air bags in it can be extremely dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury can result Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer how to safely dispose of an air bag or how to scrap an air bag equipped vehicle NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer refer to Customer Assistance U S A page 9 2 2 75 2 76 Knowing Your Mazda Expla
88. all the wheels are connected to the drive train proper transporting of the vehicle is absolutely essential to avoid damaging the drive system Government and local laws must be followed A towed 2WD vehicle should have its drive wheels front wheels off the ground If excessive damage or other conditions prevent this use wheel dollies When towing a 2WD vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground release the parking brake A towed AWD vehicle must have all its wheels off the ground In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A CAUTION Do not tow the vehicle pointed backward with driving wheels on the ground This may cause internal damage to the transaxle A CAUTION Do not tow with sling type equipment This could damage your vehicle Use wheel lift or flatbed equipment 7 21 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A WARNING Always tow a AWD vehicle with all four wheels off the ground Towing a AWD vehicle with either the front or rear wheels on the ground is dangerous as the drive train could be damaged or the vehicle could trail away from the tow truck and cause an accident If the drive train has been damaged transport the vehicle on a flat bed truck 7 22 Tiedown Hooks A CAUTION Do not use the front and rear tiedown eyelets for towing the vehicle They have been designed only for securing the vehicle
89. and fasten the lap portion of the belt Seat Belt Extender If your seat belt is not long enough even when fully extended a seat belt extender may be available to you at no charge from your Authorized Mazda Dealer This extender will be only for you and for the particular vehicle and seat Even if it plugs into other seat belts it may not hold in the critical moment of a crash When ordering an extender only order one that provides the necessary additional length to fasten the seat belt properly Please contact your Authorized Mazda Dealer for more information A WARNING Do not use a seat belt extender unless it is necessary Using a seat belt extender when not necessary is dangerous The seat belt will be too long and not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Only use the extender when it is required to fasten the seat belt properly Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not use an improper extender Using a seat belt extender that is for another person or a different vehicle or seat is dangerous The seat belt will not provide adequate protection and the user could be seriously injured in an accident Only use the extender provided for you and for the particular vehicle and seat NEVER use the extender in a different vehicle or seat If you sell your Mazda do not leave your seat belt extender in the vehicle It could be us
90. and slide the seat to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward V Seat Recline AWARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the front passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your front passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection ina vehicle Leaving the seatback unlo
91. button to set 6 107 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country change NOTE It is necessary to set the country code because the parent lock level is different depending on the country When using the unit in U S A set the country code to 3018 The parent lock function is disabled without the country code setting page 6 116 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password B k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the password change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it 6 108 3 Enter the country code by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit country code H k k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 4 Press the ENTER button to set the country of the entered country code Changing the password 1 Enter the password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down Mark Audio Aspect Please input a 4 digit password H k k Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 2 Press the ENTER button If the password is confirmed the password change mode is displayed NOTE The setting cannot be changed without the
92. car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 15 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Schedule The owner or a qualified service technician should make these vehicle inspections at the indicated intervals to ensure safe and dependable operation Bring any problem to the attention of an Authorized Mazda Dealer or qualified service technician as soon as possible Y When Refueling e Brake fluid level page 8 23 e Engine coolant level page 8 21 e Engine oil level page 8 20 e Washer fluid level page 8 24 Vv At Least Monthly Tire inflation pressures page 8 32 Y At Least Twice a Year For Example Every Spring and Fall e Power steering fluid level page 8 24 You can do the following scheduled maintenance items if you have some mechanical ability and a few basic tools and if you closely follow the directions in this manual e Engine coolant page 8 21 e Engine oil page 8 19 8 16 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Owner Maintenance Precautions Improper or incomplete service may result in problems This section gives instructions only for items that are easy to perform As explained in the Introduction page 8 2 several procedures can be done only by a qualified service technician
93. changes in the order of 1 NON RPF NOF RND RNF ALL 1 ALL Repeats all tracks 1 Repeats the current track RPF Repeats all tracks in the current group NOF Stops playback after all tracks in the current group are played RND Randomly selects and plays a track from all tracks RNF Randomly selects and plays a track from the current group 2 During video CD and audio CD Each time the button is pressed the mode changes in the order of 1 NON RND ALL 1 ALL Repeats all tracks Returns to the beginning of the disc after all tracks are played 1 Repeats the current track NON Stops playback after all tracks in the disc are played RND Randomly plays a track 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu NOTE The function menu is displayed during audio CD playback and it cannot be canceled by pressing the DISPLAY button during playback V Assist Functions MP3 WMA CD Folders and files The order of MP3 WMA file playback is as follows e A folder number is assigned to each folder on a disc e For example the folder numbers for folders 1 3 and 5 in the figure are not displayed because they do not contain MP3 WMA files e Folders and files in a hierarchy are played in the order that they are recorded on the disc by the writing software e Up to 255 files in 8 hierarchies can be played e The loading time may be longer depending on t
94. compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Windows Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries Interior Comfort Audio System Playable WMA file specification CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Windows Media Audio Version 7 0 8 0 9 0 32kHz 32 40 48 kbps 44 1kHz 32 48 Bit rate 64 80 96 128 160 192 256 320 kbps 48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbp Supported Specification Sampling frequency VBR Variable Bit Rate Channel mode Stereo Monaural Title artist name WMA tag album name CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction In a WMA file the track name artist name and album name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software o
95. compression format used by Microsoft Audio data can be created and stored at a higher compression ratio than MP3 Microsoft and Window Media are registered trademarks of Microsoft Corporation U S in the United States and other countries 6 79 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Playable WMA file specification CD R and CD RW including WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Playable WMA files are as follows Item Content Specification Windows Media Audio Version7 0 22 05kHz 32 kbps 32kHz 48 64 kbps Sampling frequency Bit rate 44 1kHz 48 64 80 96 128 160 192 256 320 kbps 48kHz 64 96 128 160 192 kbps VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Monaural WMA tag Title artist name album name WMA A CAUTION This unit plays files with the wma file extension as a WMA file Do not use the WMA file extension for files other than WMA files It may cause noise or a malfunction e Ina WMA file the track name artist name album name and category name are recorded with data called WMA Tag and the information can be displayed on the monitor e WMA files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly e The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating
96. dangerous The hands head or even neck of a person especially a child could be caught in it as it closes causing serious injury or even death Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Before washing your Mazda make sure the moonroof is completely closed so that water does not get inside the cabin area After washing your Mazda or after it rains wipe the water off the moonroof before operating it to avoid water penetration which could cause rust and water damage to your headliner V Tilt Operation The rear of the moonroof can be tilted open to provide more ventilation To fully tilt automatically momentarily press the tilt switch To fully close automatically momentarily pull the tilt switch or press the front of the slide switch To stop tilting partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch Ss Tilt d 1 own Close Tilt down Tilt up Some models 3 51 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Slide Operation To fully open automatically momentarily press the rear of the slide switch To fully close automatically momentarily press the front of the slide switch or pull the tilt switch To stop sliding partway press any part of the tilt or slide switch Tilt down Close Power Moonroof Re set Procedure If the battery is disconnected the moonroof will not operate The moonroof will not operate correctly until it is re set Carry out the following procedure to re s
97. deactivation indicator light does not illuminate after installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat first re install your child restraint system according to the procedure in this owner s manual Then if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still does not illuminate install the child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates when an adult is seated in the front passenger seat have the passenger re adjust their posture by sitting with their feet on the floor and then re fastening the seat belt If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light still illuminates move the passenger to the rear seat If sitting in the rear seat is not possible slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible Y Driver and Front Passenger Buckle Switches The buckle switches on the front seat belts detect whether or not the front seat belts are securely fastened and further control the deployment of the air bags 2 73 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Monitoring and Maintenance V Constant Monitoring The following components of the air bag systems are monitored by a diagnostic system Crash sensors and diagnostic module SAS unit Front air bag sensor Air bag modules Side crash sensors Air bag Front seat belt pretensioner system warning light Front seat belt pre
98. default 0000 code Master code input preparation 1 Press selection button 5 to display the settings screen 2 Press selection button 4 to display the ID code initial screen 3 Enter Pin and are displayed and input of the registered ID code is possible 6 57 Interior Comfort Audio System Master code input 4 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number and then press the enter button ENTER to input the number NOTE Master code The Master Code is used to initialize or re initialize the ID code in the event that the code is not set to 0000 and or the personalized ID code is not known The initialization process resets the ID code to 0000 The master code can potentially defeat the intent of the security of the parental lock if it is located by persons not authorized by the owner to access certain channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio Master Code 0913 Master code input confirmation 5 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to confirm the four digits 6 If the four digits match the master code Pin Cleared appears If they do not match the master code Error appears and the display returns to 7 The ID code returns to the default 0000 code 6 58 MEMO 6 59 Interior Comfort Audio System Vv Operating the In Dash CD Changer
99. detect all types of vehicles around your vehicle especially the following types of vehicles e Motorcycles Vehicles with body shapes that radar may not reflect such as a flatbed trailer with no cargo e Vehicles with lower body height such as sports cars Have the radar sensors inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer if any shock is applied to the rear bumper even in a minor accident If the vehicle is driven with a damaged radar sensor the system may not operate properly resulting in an accident For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The radar sensors of the BSM system may be regulated under the radio wave related laws of the country where the vehicle is driven The sensors in this system are approved for use in the U S A including territories Canada and Mexico If a vehicle with a BSM system is driven in a country other than the U S A Canada or Mexico the system has to be turned off using the BSM OFF switch The detection area of the system has been determined based on the lane width of general freeways Therefore on a road with a narrower lane width the system may detect vehicles on a lane next to the adjacent lane and operate the warning light beep On a road with wider lane width the system may not detect vehicles on the adjacent lane and may not operate the warning light beep Operation of the warning light beep may be delayed or the sys
100. driving so that ambient sound can be heard NOTE Do not use the Rear Entertainment System for a long period with the engine off The vehicle battery could run down e To listen to the Rear Entertainment System sound from the vehicle speakers change the audio or navigation system sound to the Rear Entertainment System sound Refer to Sound Output from Vehicle Speakers on page 6 91 e To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Headphones page 6 81 The cooling fan of this unit may activate if the temperature of the unit is high however this does not indicate a malfunction 6 96 Y Basic Operation Power ON OFF Turning on the power The Rear Entertainment System automatically turns on when any of the following operations are done with the ignition switched to ACC or ON e The display is open and a disc is inserted e The POWER button on the remote controller is pressed Turning off The Rear Entertainment System turns off when any of the following operations are done e The POWER button on the remote controller is pressed e The ignition is switched off e The display is closed Playback The top menu or disc menu may be displayed on the monitor screen when a disc is played From these menus the disc functions can be performe
101. end collision the active head restraints use the force applied by the occupant on the seatback to instantaneously move the head restraints in the forward direction reducing excessive rearward tilting of the head and reducing the load on the neck The active head restraints are also highly effective at reducing whip lash injuries which commonly occur in rear end collisions at low to mid range vehicle speeds A WARNING gt Always adjust the head restraints properly as specified in this section Failure to do so can reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint gt Do not attach any accessories such as a TV screen to a front seatback and or a front head restraint Also do not place heavy items or thick items or both in the seatback pocket Doing so could reduce the effectiveness of the active head restraint in a rear end collision NOTE The active head restraints operate in a rear end collision The head restraints return to their original position after the collision The method for adjusting the active head restraints is the same as non active head restraint V Foldable Head Restraints The third row seats are equipped with foldable head restraints NOTE The foldable head restraints cannot be adjusted or removed Essential Safety Equipment Seats To fold the head restraint pull the strap and fold the head restraint downward To return the head restraint to its upright position lift it up
102. es E Ls a m L a x If the needle is near H it indicates overheating A CAUTION Driving with an overheated engine can cause serious engine damage page 7 16 5 41 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Fuel Gauge The fuel gauge shows approximately how much fuel is remaining in the tank when the ignition is switched ON We recommend keeping the tank over 1 4 full When the low fuel warning light illuminates or when the needle is near E refuel as soon as possible Q Full Low fuel Approx 1 4 Full warning light NOTE e After refueling it may require some time for the needle to stabilize In addition the needle may deviate while driving on a slope or curve since the fuel moves in the tank The direction of the arrow m next to the low fuel warning light indicates that the fuel filler lid is on the left side of the vehicle 5 42 Dashboard Illumination Rotate the knob to adjust the brightness of the instrument cluster and other illuminations in the dashboard NOTE e The brightness of dashboard illuminations can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in the 00 or EO position e When the dashboard illumination brightness cannot be adjusted any more a beep sound will be heard e Black out meter The brightness of the instrument cluster illumination can be adjusted when the headlight switch is in any position Canceling the illumination dimmer
103. exceed the available cargo and luggage load capacity calculated in Step 4 6 If your vehicle will be towing a trailer the load from your trailer will be transferred to your vehicle Consult this manual to determine how this reduces the available cargo and luggage load capacity of your vehicle 5 9 44 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects Reporting Safety Defects U S A If you believe that your vehicle has a defect which could cause a crash or could cause injury or death you should immediately inform the National Highway Traffic Safety Administration NHTSA in addition to notifying Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor If NHTSA receives similar complaints it may open an investigation and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles it may order a recall and remedy campaign However NHTSA cannot become involved in individual problems between you your dealer or Mazda Motor Corporation Your Mazda Importer Distributor To contact NHTSA you may call the Vehicle Safety Hotline toll free at 1 888 327 4236 TTY 1 800 424 9153 go to http www safercar gov or write to Administrator NHTSA 1200 New Jersey Avenue SE Washington DC 20590 You can also obtain other information about motor vehicle safety from http www safercar gov NOTE If you live in the U S A all correspondence to Mazda Motor Corporation should be forwarded to
104. four digits match the registered ID code Parental lock appears and mute is turned on If they do not match the registered ID code Error appears and then the display returns to Parental unlock Channels locked using the parental lock function can be unlocked Channel unlocking 1 Select a channel to be unlocked by turning the manual tuning dial Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press selection button 5 to display the settings screen 3 Press selection button 2 to display the parental unlock screen 4 Enter Pin and are displayed and input of the registered ID code is possible Registered ID code input 5 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number and press the enter button ENTER to input the number Registered ID code input confirmation 6 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to confirm the four digits If the four digits match the registered ID code Parental unlock appears and mute is canceled If they do not match the registered ID code Error appears and then the display returns to Parental lock ID change When changing the ID code the new ID code is input after the previous one is input first Registered ID code input preparation 1 Press selection button 5 to display the settings screen P
105. front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the increased total seated weight which could result in the unexpected deployment of the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system in an accident and may cause serious injury Increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system deployment in an accident under the following conditions for example gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage push or pull down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger steps on the front passenger seat rails with their feet gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The seat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the front passeng
106. hit and cause an accident Locking Unlocking with Key The driver s door can be locked unlocked with the key Turn the key toward the front to unlock toward the back to lock V Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Y Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The doors can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 V Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob To lock any door from the inside press the door lock knob To unlock pull it outward This does not operate the other door locks Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks To lock any door with the door lock knob from the outside press the door lock knob to the lock position and close the door This does not operate the other door locks NOTE When locking the doors this way be careful not to leave the key inside the vehicle With advanced key The driver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside With retractable type key The dri
107. in distance perspective When the vehicle is tilted due to the weight of passengers and load When the vehicle rear is lowered the object displayed on the screen appears farther than the actual distance a ESS Object Variance 6 181 Interior Comfort Rear View Monitor When there is a steep grade behind the vehicle When there is a steep upgrade downgrade behind the vehicle the object displayed on the screen appears farther downgrade closer than the actual distance Appears farther than w gt LP uy actual Object at actual position Object on screen A Distance between the vehicle and object displayed on the screen distance B Appears A closer than eet actual distance Object on screen Object at actual B Actual distance between the vehicle and object position V Image Quality Adjustment Image quality adjustment can be done while the shift lever is in reverse R and the rear view monitor is displayed For detailed information refer to the audio section or the screen adjustment related information in the NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner s Manual While the shift lever is in reverse R always check the vehicle s surroundings adequately before performing the image quality adjustment 6 182 Sunvisors When you need a sunvisor lower it for use in front or swing it to the side Sunvisor Y Side Extension Sunvisors The visor extender extends
108. installed on the other seat positions such as the second row seat If this not possible LATCH type child restraint systems should be installed to a third row seat using the seat belt depending on whether the child restraint manufacturer allows their use without LATCH attachments and tether anchors Follow these manufacturer s instructions when using a child restraint system NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully Depending on the type of child restraint system it may not employ seat belts which are in automatic locking mode e With foldable head restraints The third row outboard head restraints cannot be adjusted 1 Without foldable head restraints Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15 2 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 3 To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor 4 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible Clicking from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock
109. instead page 3 20 3 12 NOTE In the following cases the KEY warning light red illuminates and the engine will not start The advanced key battery is dead The advanced key is out of operational range The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range 8 Switch the ignition to ACC while pushing the start knob in 9 Switch the ignition from ACC to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 10 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE e In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Turning the engine off 1 Move the shift lever to the P position 2 Switch the ignition from ON to ACC NOTE When the engine is turned off and the ignition is switched from ACC to OFF LOCK the KEY indicator light green flashe
110. is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set 5 20 V Activation Deactivation To activate the system press the ON switch The cruise main indicator light illuminates To deactivate the system press the OFF switch The cruise main indicator light turns off A WARNING Always turn off the cruise control system when it is not in use Leaving the cruise control system in an activation ready state while the cruise control is not in use is dangerous as the cruise control could unexpectedly activate if the activation button is accidentally pressed and result in loss of vehicle control and an accident V To Set Speed 1 Activate the cruise control system by pressing the ON switch 2 Accelerate to the desired speed which must be more than 30 km h 19 mph 3 Set the cruise control by pressing the cruise control SET SET switch up or down at the desired speed The cruise control is set at the moment the cruise control SET SET switch is pressed up or down Release the accelerator pedal simultaneously VO Cruise control switch NOTE e Release the cruise control switch at the desired speed otherwise the speed will continue increasing while the switch is pressed up and continue decreasing while it is pressed down except when the accelerator pedal is depressed Ona steep grade the vehicle ma
111. jack that is not designed for your Mazda is dangerous The vehicle could slip off the jack and seriously injure someone Never place objects under the jack Jacking the vehicle with an object under the jack is dangerous The jack could slip and someone could be seriously injured by the jack or the falling vehicle 6 Insert the jack lever and attach the lug wrench to tire jack 7 Turn the lug wrench clockwise and raise the vehicle high enough so that the spare tire can be installed Before removing the lug nuts make sure your Mazda is firmly in position and that it cannot slip or move In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Do not jack up the vehicle higher than is necessary Jacking up the vehicle higher than is necessary is dangerous as it could destabilize the vehicle resulting in an accident Do not start the engine or shake the vehicle while it is jacked up Starting the engine or shaking the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could cause the vehicle to fall off the jack resulting in an accident Never go under the vehicle while it is jacked up Going under the vehicle while it is jacked up is dangerous as it could result in death or serious injury if the vehicle were to fall off the jack 8 Remove the lug nuts by turning them counterclockwise then remove the wheel and center cap 7 11 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Y Locking Lug Nuts If your vehicle has opt
112. key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s e When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the Ignition Key Reminder page 5 3 overrides the lights on reminder V Headlight High Low Beam door is opened NOTE e With advanced key When the advanced keyless function is used and the ignition is switched to ACC the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 18 overrides the lights on reminder Press the lever forward to turn on the high beams Pull the lever back to its original position for the low beams Some models 5 63 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Type A High beam Low beam Low beam 5 64 V Flashing the Headlights To flash the headlights pull the lever fully towards you the headlight switch does not need to be on The lever will return to the normal position when released Type A eee Flashing V Headlight Leveling The number of passengers and weight of cargo in the luggage compartment change the angle of the headlights The headlight leveling switch is used to adjust the angle of the headlights manually oO Select the proper headlight angle from the following chart Front seat Rear seat Second Third Load Switch Driver Passenger Senna ged Position row row 0 X X es 0 X
113. may require true snow tires those with very deeply cut tread These tires should only be used in pairs or placed on all four wheels Make sure you purchase snow tires that are the same size and construction type as the other tires on your vehicle SAFETY WARNING The following safety warning appears on the tire s sidewall SERIOUS INJURY MAY RESULT FROM e EXPLOSION OF TIRE RIM ASSEMBLY DUE TO IMPROPER MOUNTING MATCH TIRE DIAMETER TO RIM DIAMETER NEVER EXCEED 40 psi 275 kPa TO SEAT BEADS ONLY SPECIALLY TRAINED PERSONS SHOULD MOUNT TIRES e TIRE FAILURE DUE TO UNDER INFLATION OVERLOADING DAMAGE FOLLOW OWNER S MANUAL AND PLACARD IN VEHICLE FREQUENTLY CHECK INFLATION PRESSURE AND INSPECT FOR DAMAGE 9 28 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada V Information on Temporary Tires Please refer to the sample below S S Ay 93 09 OL aN J Temporary tires Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Diagonal Rim diameter code NH nO A UU N e Load index amp speed symbol T115 70D 16 90M is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example T Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and R
114. miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission I IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 12 000 km 7 500 miles Steering operation and linkages I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play I I Rear differential oil AWD SIA Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges L L L L L L L L 8 4 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM F Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles S 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to
115. mode retractor Third row seat 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor This belt has retractors with an inertia lock that keep the belt retracted when not in use The lock allows the belt to remain comfortable on the user but it will lock in position during a collision Refer to Emergency Locking Mode on page 2 22 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor automatic locking mode retractor In addition to the emergency locking mode function this belt has retractors that operate in another mode the automatic locking mode for the child restraint system Refer to Automatic Locking Mode on page 2 23 Refer to Installing Child Restraint Systems on page 2 42 We recommend you put all children in the rear seats if you must use the front passenger seat for a child slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible and make sure any child restraint system is secured properly 2 20 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems AWARNING Always wear your seat belt and make sure all occupants are properly restrained Not wearing a seat belt is extremely dangerous During a collision occupants not wearing seat belts could hit someone or things inside the vehicle or even be thrown out of the vehicle They could be seriously injured or even killed In the same collision occupants wearing seat belts would be much safer Do not wear twisted seat belts Twisted seat belts are dangero
116. mode will be indicated If or the battery is disconnected the preset FM stereo is being received ST will be channels will be erased displayed Manual tuning NOTE Turning the manual tuning dial will If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak change the frequency higher or lower reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the Seek tuning ST indicator will no longer display Pressing the seek tuning button A V will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically 6 46 NOTE If you continue to press and hold the seek tuning button A W the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample stations with the strongest frequencies Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel tuning The six preset channels can be used to store six AM and twelve FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Press and hold selection button 2 3 4 6 7 or 8 The station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune into one stored in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its selection button The station frequency will be displayed
117. off the jack and seriously injure someone No person should place any portion of their body under a vehicle that is supported by a jack Never allow anyone inside a vehicle supported by a jack Allowing someone to remain in a vehicle supported by a jack is dangerous The occupant could cause the vehicle to fall resulting in serious injury A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors NOTE e Make sure the jack is well lubricated before using it With Tire Pressure Monitoring System e Be sure to register the tire pressure sensor ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed page 5 32 1 Park on a level surface off the right of way and firmly set the parking brake 2 Shift into Park P and turn off the engine 3 Turn on the hazard warning flasher 4 Have everyone get out of the vehicle and away from the vehicle and traffic 5 Remove the jack tool and spare tire page 7 3 6 Block the wheel diagonally opposite the flat tire When blocking a wheel place a tire block both in front and behind the tire NOTE When blocking a tire use rocks or wood blocks of sufficient size if possible to hold the tire in place In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire V Removing a Flat Tire
118. or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child 2 52 V LATCH Child Restraint System Installation Procedure Second Row Center Seat The LATCH lower anchors at the center of the rear seat are much further apart than the sets of LATCH lower anchors for child restraint system installation at other seating positions Child restraint systems with rigid LATCH attachments cannot be installed on the center seating position Some LATCH equipped child restraint systems can be placed in the center position and will reach the nearest LATCH lower anchors which are 500 mm 19 7 in apart LATCH compatible child restraint systems with attachments on belt webbing can be used at this seating position only if the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions state that
119. passcode is incorrect voice guidance XXXX 4 digit passcode Pcode incorrect passcode please try again is announced Canceling the passcode NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 6 158 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Type A Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode Type B Navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Passcode 5 Prompt Passcode is enabled Would you like to disable it 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Passcode is disabled Confirmation Prompts The confirmation prompt confirms the command content to the user before advancing to the operation requested by the user When this function is turned on the system reads out the voice input command previously received and confirms whether the command is correct before advancing to the command execution When t
120. place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer and have your code number ready Some types of key chains cannot be attached to the retractable type key In this case use the key ring provided with the transmitter which has the key code number plate attached Key ring 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Key extend retract method Retractable type key To extend the key press the release button To retract the key rotate it into the holder while pressing the release button 3 22 Some models Keyless Entry System This system remotely locks and unlocks the doors and the liftgate and opens the power windows and the moonroof It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully A CAUTION To avoid damage to the transmitter do not gt Drop the transmitter gt Get the transmitter wet gt Disassemble the transmitter gt Expose the transmitter to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the transmitter to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the key is in the ignition switch e If the transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operation range becomes
121. program administered by the Better Business Bureau BBB system at no cost to you the consumer BBB AUTO LINE works with consumers and the manufacturer in an attempt to reach a mutually acceptable resolution of any warranty related concerns If the BBB is not able to facilitate a settlement they will provide an informal hearing before an arbitrator You are required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies under the Federal Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C 2301 et seq To the extent permitted by the applicable state Lemon Law you are also required to resort to BBB AUTO LINE before exercising any rights or seeking remedies under the Lemon Law If you choose to seek remedies that are not created by the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act or the applicable state Lemon Law you are not required to first use BBB AUTO LINE 9 3 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance The whole process normally takes 40 days or less The arbitration decision is not binding on you or Mazda unless you accept the decision For more information about BBB AUTO LINE including current eligibility standards please call 1 800 955 5100 or visit the BBB website at www lemonlaw bbb org Being truly committed to customer satisfaction is more than a phrase with Mazda We hope to satisfy every customer directly but if there is ever a question about our decision Mazda believes in providing a fast
122. registered to a location Ex Work the prompt will only read out Number please 12 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 5678 Say the new phone number to be registered 13 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 5678 The new phone number to be registered Is this correct 14 Say Beep Yes 15 Prompt Number changed returning to main menu Phonebook data deletion Erasing individual phonebook data Individual data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be cleared NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition ji Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Delete 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to delete or say 9999 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXxX Ex John s phone Say the registered voice tag to be deleted fr
123. selector button Seek tuning buttons Radio ON Press a band selector button FM AM to turn the radio on Band selection Successively pressing the band selector button FM AM switches the bands as follows FM1 gt FM2 AM The selected mode will be indicated If FM stereo is being received ST will be displayed NOTE If the FM broadcast signal becomes weak reception automatically changes from STEREO to MONO for reduced noise and the ST indicator will go out 6 32 Manual tuning dial Auto memory button Channel preset buttons Tuning The radio has the following tuning methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The easiest way to tune stations is to set them on preset channels NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Manual tuning Turning the manual tuning dial will change the frequency higher or lower Seek tuning Pressing the seek tuning button A V will cause the tuner to seek a higher or lower frequency automatically NOTE If you continue to press and hold the button the frequency will continue changing without stopping Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample strong stations Scanning stops at each station for about 5 seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval Preset channel t
124. shock that is similar to something blocking it The moonroof s jam safe function does not function while the moonroof is initializing Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Y Sunshade The sunshade can be opened and closed by hand The sunshade opens automatically when the moonroof is opened but must be closed by hand Sunshade ay A CAUTION gt The sunshade does not tilt To avoid damaging the sunshade do not push up on it gt Do not close the sunshade while the moonroof is opening Trying to force the sunshade closed could damage it 3 53 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Immobilizer System with Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with an advanced key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized advanced key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the advanced key including auxiliary key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key gt Get the key wet gt Expose the key to any kind of magnetic field gt Expose the key to hig
125. system version software or settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc Operating tips for Dolby Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories Dolby MLP Lossless and the double D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories DO pay DIGITAL 6 80 Operating tips for dts Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems Inc DIGITAL SURROUND V Operation Tips for Headphones To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the Rear Entertainment System it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included Specification Item Content Transmission system Infrared light Modulation system Frequency modulation Carrier frequency Right channel 2 8 MHz left channel 2 3 MHz 6 81 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V Rear Entertainment System Main Unit Monitor screen release knob DISC IN indicator light Disc slot Eject button DVD ii os AUDIO VIDEO DIGITAL Wireless headphone signal transmitter Remote control signal receiver Monitor screen 6 82 Remote Controller Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System prs RETURN C To za C gt
126. system This includes installing trim badges or anything else over the air bag modules It also includes installing extra electrical equipment on or near system components or wiring An Authorized Mazda Dealer can provide the special care needed in the removal and installation of front seats It is important to protect the air bag wiring and connections to assure that the bags do not accidentally deploy the driver seat slide position sensor and front passenger seat weight sensors are not damaged and that the seats retain an undamaged air bag connection NOTE e When an air bag deploys a loud inflation noise can be heard and some smoke will be released Neither is likely to cause injury however the texture of the air bags may cause light skin injuries on body parts not covered with clothing through friction Should you sell your Mazda we urge you to tell the new owner of its air bag systems and that familiarization with all instructions about them from the Owner s Manual is important e On some models a highly visible label is displayed which warns against the use of rear facing child restraint systems on the front passenger seat Os BAN X 2 60 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Supplemental Restraint System Components Driver Front passenger inflators and air bags Crash and roll over sensor and diagnostic module SAS unit Front seat belt pretensioner and load limiting systems page 2 26
127. system ao Gee Caookmilemianpy DISCIN ST RPT RDM AUTO M OUTSIDE p PASS Without navigation HHH eal EEA E 15 ot sfa ggg Ae system Type A Clock Trip computer Audio display Hands free display Without navigation system Type A With navigation system V Information Display Functions The information display has the following functions e Clock e Ambient Temperature Display Outside Temperature Display e Climate Control Display e Audio Display e Trip Computer e Bluetooth Hands Free Display Refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition on page 6 133 6 186 Some models VY Clock NOTE Without navigation system Type A When the trip computer is displayed press the CLOCK button to change the display to the time With navigation system Without navigation system Type B When the trip computer is displayed press the INFO button consecutively until the time is displayed When the ignition is switched to ACC or ON the time is displayed sri an w ka Without navigation system Time setting Type A 1 Press the CLOCK button until the beep sounds and the displayed time flashes 2 Press the H button to set the hour 3 Press the M button to set the minutes then press the CLOCK button Time setting Type B 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 2 Adjust the ti
128. the child restraint system can be installed to LATCH lower anchors that are 500 mm 19 7 in apart Do not attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor If your child restraint system has a tether it must also be used for your child s optimum safety AWARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken or damage the tether or tether anchor and result in injury Always route the tether strap between the head restraint and the seatback Routing the tether strap on top of the head restraint is dangerous Ina collision the tether strap could slide off the head restraint and loosen the child restraint system The child restraint system could move which may result in death or injury to the child Always attach the tether strap to the correct tether anchor position Attaching the tether strap to the incorrect tether anchor position is dangerous In a collision the tether strap could come off and loosen the child restraint system If the child restraint system moves it could result in death or injury to the child Slide the second row seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the se
129. the advanced key may affect medical equipment such as pacemakers Before using the advanced key near people who use medical equipment ask the medical equipment manufacturer or your physician if radio waves from the advanced key will affect the equipment NOTE The driver must carry the advanced key to ensure the system functions properly e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 54 for information regarding keys and engine starting e With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 62 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft 3 2 Some models Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System With power liftgate button Lock button Unlock button Power liftgate button Panic button Operation indicator light Auxiliary key G__ Key code number plate Without power liftgate button Lock button Unlock button Panic button Operation indicator light Auxiliary key o__ Key code number plate A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key Also write down the code number and keep it in another safe and handy place but not in the vehicle If your key is lost consult your Authorized Mazda Dealer with the code number ready 3 3 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTI
130. the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Edit 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to edit Available devices are XX XXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be edited 9 Prompt New name please 10 Say Beep XXXXX Ex device C Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device 11 Prompt XXXXX Ex device C Device tag is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt New name saved V Security Setting If a passcode is set the system cannot be activated unless the passcode is input NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Passcode setting 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Type A Prompt
131. the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE If turning the key is difficult move the steering wheel left and right Leaving the key or start knob in any position but the OFF LOCK position also disables some of the security features and may run the battery down Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started Some indicator lights warning lights should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 44 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality NOTE Vibration of the brake pedal may be felt when the ignition is switched ON however this is a normal operation of the DSC RSC and does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you release the key It then returns to the ON position V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be hea
132. the seat belt guide Seat belt guide Y Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue C 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 3 Insert the seat belt tongue C into the seat belt buckle D until you hear a click sound B A WARNING Fastening the Center Rear Seat Belt with Only One Buckle Fastening the center rear seat belt with only one buckle is dangerous If only one pair of seat belt tongues and buckles is fastened either seat belt tongue C and seat belt anchor buckle D or seat belt tongue A and seat belt buckle B then the seat belt cannot provide full protection In a sudden stop or collision the user could slide under the belt and suffer serious injuries Always make sure that both pairs of seat belt tongues and buckles are fastened properly Positioning the Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 2 30 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body gt Take up slack Keep low on hip bone Y Too high A WARNING Positioning the
133. the seat down tight repeat this step 2 45 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts V If You Must Use the Front Seat for Children If you cannot put all children in the rear seats at least put the smallest children in the rear and be sure the largest child up front uses the shoulder belt over the shoulder NEVER put a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat whether your vehicle is equipped with a seat weight sensor or not This seat is also not set up for tethered child restraint systems put them in one of the rear seat positions set up with tether anchors Likewise the LATCH child restraint system cannot be secured in the front passenger s seat and should be used in the second row seats Do not allow anyone to sleep against the side window if you have optional side and curtain air bags it could cause serious injuries to an out of position occupant As children more often sleep in cars it is better to put them in the rear seat If installing the child restraint system on the front seat is unavoidable follow these instructions when using
134. the wheel studs and lug nuts on your Mazda have metric threads using a non metric nut is dangerous On a metric stud it would not secure the wheel and would damage the stud which could cause the wheel to slip off and cause an accident 5 Open the cargo sub compartment Refer to Cargo Sub Compartment on page 6 195 6 Remove the cover 7 13 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 7 Remove the belt for securing the flat tire 8 Return the third row seatback to its original position Refer to Split Folding the Third Row Seat on page 2 14 9 Remove the tire blocks and store the tools and jack 10 Place the flat tire in the cargo sub compartment 11 Thread the belt through the wheel as shown in the figure then attach the belt clips to the attachment loop 7 14 NOTE Attach location 1 of the belt to the attachment loop on the right Buckle Belt clips 12 Pull the belt end to secure the flat tire 13 Check the tire inflation pressure Refer to Tires on page 10 6 14 Have the flat tire repaired or replaced as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with any tires that have incorrect air pressure Driving on tires with incorrect air pressure is dangerous Tires with incorrect pressure could affect handling and result in an accident When you check the regular tires air pressure check the spare tire too NOTE With Tire Pressure
135. to a transport vessel during shipping Using the eyelets for any other purpose could result in the vehicle being damaged VY Tiedown Hooks 1 Remove the tiedown eyelet and the lug wrench from the trunk page 7 3 Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to a painted bumper and open the cap located on the front or rear bumper Remove the front bumper cap by pulling it from the position shown in the figure Front Rear In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing Rear A CAUTION gt Do not use excessive force as it may damage the cap or scratch the painted bumper surface gt The rear bumper cover cannot be removed completely Attempting to forcefully remove the rear bumper cover could result in it being damaged NOTE Remove the front bumper cover completely and store it so as not to lose it 3 Securely install the tiedown eyelet using the lug wrench Front Lug wrench 4 Hook the tying rope to the tiedown eyelet Front Rear 7 23 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Towing A CAUTION Recreational Towing If the tiedown eyelet is not securely An example of recreational towing is tightened it may loosen or disengage towing your vehicle behind a motorhome from the bumper when tying down The transaxle is not designed for towing the vehicle Make sure that the this vehicle on all 4 wheels tiedown eyelet is securely tighten
136. to return to the previous screen Next page display Press selection button 1 Previous page display Press selection button 5 Initialization Returns all of the audio setting items to their initial setting Press selection button 8 Setting item Setting value Bass Down Up Treble Down Up Fader Rear Front Balance Left Right Beep Off On AudioPilot 2 Off On Centerpoint Off On Rear Seat Surround Off On Surround Volume Down Up Bass low pitch sound Low pitch enhancement Press selection button 6 Low pitch attenuation Press selection button 2 Treble treble sound Treble enhancement Press selection button 7 Treble attenuation Press selection button 3 Fader front back volume balance Rear speaker volume reduction Press selection button 6 Front speaker volume reduction Press selection button 2 Balance left right volume balance Left side volume reduction Press selection button 7 Right side volume reduction Press selection button 3 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE Continuous adjustment of the bass treble fader and balance can be done by long pressing the selection button for each adjustment item Beep setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off Beep on Press selection button 6 Beep off Press selection button 2 AudioPilot 2 AudioPilot 2 automatically adjusts audio volume
137. to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be edited NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Edit 5 Prompt Please say the name of the entry you would like to edit or say 9909 List names 6 Say Beep XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Say the voice tag for the registered name to be edited in the phonebook 7 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 6 150 8 Say Beep Home Say the registered location to be edited Home Work Mobile or Other 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag XXXX Ex Home Registered location Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt The current number is XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Currently registered number New number please NOTE If there was no previous phone number
138. too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 25 e Additional transmitters can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 3 transmitters can be used with the keyless entry system per vehicle Bring all transmitters to an Authorized Mazda Dealer when additional transmitters are required VY Transmitter Lock button Unlock button Panic button NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows and the moonroof but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to Opening Closing the Power Windows and the moonroof from Outside page 3 44 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound and the hazard warning lights will flash once Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Doors and the liftgate can be locked by pressing the lock button while any other door or the liftgate is open Also the hazard warning lights will not flash and the horn will not sound Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent syst
139. two trips One is recorded in trip meter A and the other is recorded in trip meter B For instance trip meter A can record the distance from the point of origin and trip meter B can record the distance from where the fuel tank is filled When trip meter A is selected pressing the selector again within one second will change to trip meter B mode When trip meter A is selected TRIP A will be displayed When trip meter B is selected TRIP B will be displayed Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators The trip meter records the total distance the vehicle is driven until the meter is again reset Return it to 0 0 by holding the selector depressed for 1 second or more Use this meter to measure trip distances and to compute fuel consumption NOTE Only the trip meters record tenths of kilometers miles The trip record will be erased when The power supply is interrupted blown fuse or the battery is disconnected The vehicle is driven over 999 9 km mile YW Tachometer The tachometer shows engine speed in thousands of revolutions per minute rpm prn 3 fo 3 x1000r min O 2 iT i Red zone f e a A CAUTION Do not run the engine with the tachometer needle in the RED ZONE This may cause severe engine damage V Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge The engine coolant temperature gauge shows the temperature of the engine coolant HIZ eo
140. user s voice If the recognition of the voice input commands to the system is not adequate this function can largely improve the system s voice recognition of the user If your voice can be recognized sufficiently without using this function you may not realize the added benefit of the function To register your voice the voice input command list must be read out Read out the list when the vehicle is parked Perform the registration in as quiet a place as possible page 6 135 The registration must be performed completely The required time is a few minutes The user needs to be seated in the driver s seat with the voice input command list for voice recognition learning open to the page indicated below When voice recognition learning is done for the first time 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Voice training 6 159 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 3 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup but
141. will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62 NOTE Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if one of the doors or the liftgate is not opened within about 30 seconds Panic button If you witness from a distance someone attempting to break into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button once will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm Press any button on the transmitter 3 24 VY Transmitter Maintenance If the buttons on the transmitter are inoperable and the operation indicator light does not flash the battery may be dead Replace with a new battery before the transmitter becomes unusable A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the positive pole facing down Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to touch any of the internal circuitry and electrical terminals bend the electrical terminals or get dirt in the transmitter as the transmitter could be damaged gt There is the danger of explos
142. with the local Mazda Service Representative will review the case to determine if everything possible has been done to ensure your satisfaction 9 7 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Please recognize that the resolution of service problems in most cases requires the use of your Mazda dealer s service facilities personnel and equipment We urge you to follow the above three steps in sequence for most effective results V Mediation Arbitration Program Occasionally a customer concern cannot be resolved through Mazda s Customer Satisfaction Program If after exhausting the procedures in this manual your concern is still not resolved you have another option Mazda Canada Inc participates in an arbitration program administered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP will advise you about how your concern may be reviewed and resolved by an independent third party through binding arbitration Your complete satisfaction is the goal of Mazda Canada Inc and our dealers Mazda s participation in CAMVAP makes a valuable contribution to our achieving that goal There is no charge for using CAMVAP CAMVAP results are fast fair and final as the award is binding on both you and Mazda Canada Inc VY Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP If a specific item of concern arises where a solution cannot be reached between an owner Mazda and or one of its dealers that all partie
143. you are moving to Canada permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in the United States could be eligible for exportation to Canada with specific vehicle modifications to comply with the Canadian Motor Vehicle Safety Standards CMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of the United States e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 17 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside Canada Government regulations in Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety regulations Therefore vehicles built for use in Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside Canada However in the event that you are moving to the United States permanently Mazda vehicles built for use in Canada could be eligible for exportation to the United States with specific vehicle modific
144. 6 or 7 to select the name of the device you would like to change The symbol disappears and the device name and Connection is in progress are displayed NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the link change screen 4 When the link change is completed a symbol and Link Changed are displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs while trying to link a device Error is displayed and the display returns to the link change screen NOTE If a link error occurs check the programming status of the Bluetooth Hands Free device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again Changing the link to a Bluetooth Hands Free and Bluetooth audio device 1 Press selection button 6 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 3 to display the link change screen and the present pairing programming device name 3 Press selection button 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 to select the name of the device you would like to change 4 The device name and Please Select Device are displayed 5 Press selection button 2 to select Phone The symbol disappears and then Connection is in progress is displayed NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the link change screen 6 173 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands
145. 821 Bouvet Island BV 1121 Equatorial Guinea GQ 1616 Brazil BR 1117 Eritrea ER 1417 British Indian Ocean 10 1814 Estonia EE 1404 Territory Ethiopia ET 1419 Brunei BN 1113 Falkland Islands Malvinas FK 1510 Bulgaria BG 1106 Faroe Islands FO 1514 Burkina Faso BF 1105 Fiji FJ 1509 Burundi BI 1108 Finland FI 1508 Cambodia KH 2007 France FR 1517 Cameroon CM 1212 French Guiana GF 1605 Canada CA 1200 French PF 2505 6 116 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code Country Code French Southern Territories 2905 Lao People s Democratic 2100 Gabon 1600 Latvia 2121 Gambia 1612 Lebanon 2101 Georgia 1604 Lesotho 2118 Germany 1304 Liberia 2117 Ghana 1607 Libyan Arab Jamahiriya 2124 Gibraltar 1608 Liechtenstein 2108 Greece 1617 Lithuania 2119 Greenland 1611 Luxembourg 2120 Grenada 1603 Macau 2214 Guadeloupe 1615 Macedonia the Former 2210 Guam 1620 Yugoslav Republic of Guatemala 1619 Madagascar 2206 Guinea 1613 Malawi 2222 Guinea Bissau 1622 Malaysia 2224 Guyana 1624 Maldives 2221 Haiti 1719 Mali 2211 Heard and McDonald Islands 1712 Malta 2219 Holy See Vatican City State 3100 Marshall Islands 2207 Honduras 1713 Martinique 2216 Hong Kong 1710 Mauritania 2217 Hungary 1720 Mauritius 2220 Iceland 1818 Mayotte 3419 India 1813 Mexico 2223
146. 9 MX 009G 12 2012 WIRING DIAGRAM Spanish 9999 95 011C 12 U S A only 2012 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 011C 12 Canada only 2012 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 011C 12 Puerto Rico Mexico only 2012 OWNER S MANUAL 9999 95 011C 12NAV U S A only 2012 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 EC 011C 12NAV Canada only 2012 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL 9999 PR 011C 12NAV Puerto Rico Mexico only 2012 NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL Y WORKSHOP MANUAL Covers recommended maintenance and repair procedures of the drive train body and chassis Y WIRING DIAGRAM Provides electrical schematics as well as component location for the entire electrical system VOWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper care and operation of your vehicle This is not a technician s manual V SERVICE HIGHLIGHTS Provides description and operation of the many systems of your Mazda 9 47 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Service Publications YV NAVIGATION SYSTEM OWNER S MANUAL This booklet contains information regarding the proper operation and use of the navigation system This is not a technician s manual 9 48 Specifications Technical information about your Mazda Identification Numbers cccssssssssssessccssccccecessscssscsesssseees 10 2 Vehicle Information Labels 00 ccccccccccessecesssecessseeeeseeeees 10 2 Specificatio
147. ATION WEIGHT OF OCCUPANTS AND CARGO SHOULD NEVER EXCEED XXX kg or XXX Ibs for your maximum payload The payload listed on the tire label is the maximum payload for the vehicle as built by the assembly plant If any aftermarket or dealer installed equipment has been installed on the vehicle the weight of the equipment must be subtracted from the payload listed on the tire label in order to be accurate SAMPLE aN TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT Fj SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total des occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE Peete SIZE PRESSION DES PNEU DIM NSIONS PNEUS A FROID MANUAL FOR FRONT ADDITIONAL AVANT P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi lojidi MM VOIR LE MANUEL AREARE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DEL USAGER POUR PLUS DE pe Secours 7125 70D15 420 kPa 60 psi KASEI TIRE 9 38 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Cargo Weight includes all weight added to the Base Curb Weight including cargo and optional equipment When towing trailer tongue load or king pin weight is also part of cargo weight The cargo weight limit decreases depending on the number of vehicle occupants The cargo weight limit can be calculated by
148. Advanced Key Maintenance on page 3 5 When the KEY warning light red remains illuminated in the instrument cluster 3 20 The advanced key is malfunctioning Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move NOTE e Refer to Immobilizer System page 3 58 for information regarding keys and engine starting e With theft deterrent system Refer to Theft Deterrent System page 3 62 for information regarding keys and the prevention of vehicle and vehicle contents theft The keys operate all locks Retractable type key G __ Key code number plate Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A code number is stamped on the plate attached to the key set detach this plate and store it in a safe place not in the vehicle for use if you need to make a replacement key NOTE Write down the code number and keep it in a separate safe and convenient
149. B XXXXX Ex device C Which device please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Device By 7 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes or No 9 If Yes go to Step 10 If No the procedure returns to Step 5 10 Prompt XXXXX Ex Device B selected NOTE Type B Device Music player selection can also be done by operating the panel button page 6 127 Registered device Mobile phone deletion Registered devices Mobile phone can be deleted individually or collectively NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Type A 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list NOTE A registered device Mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete 7 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XXXXX Ex device B The device tag of the registered device is read out by the HFP 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all devices Mobile p
150. Be careful not to overload your vehicle The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR of your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Exceeding these ratings can cause an accident or vehicle damage You can estimate the weight of your load by weighing the items or people before putting them in the vehicle Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Driving on Uneven Road Your vehicle s suspension and underbody can be damaged if driven on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or over speed bumps Use care not to damage the vehicle s underbody bumpers or muffler s when driving under the following conditions e Ascending or descending a slope with a sharp transition angle e Ascending or descending a driveway or trailer ramp with a sharp transition angle Your vehicle is equipped with low profile tires allowing class leading performance and handling As a result the sidewall of the tires are very thin and the tires and wheels can be damaged if driven through potholes or on rough uneven roads at excessive speeds Use care and reduce speed when traveling on rough uneven roads or through potholes 4 13 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Trailer Towing U S A and Canada Your Mazda was designed and built primarily to carry passengers and cargo If you tow
151. CANADA INC CENTRAL ATLANTIC REGION 55 VOGELL ROAD RICHMOND HILL ONTARIO ONTARIO L4B 3K5 905 787 7000 MAZDA CANADA INC QUEBEC REGION QUEBEC 6111 ROUTE TRANS NEW BRUNSWICK CANADIENNE NOVA SCOTIA POINTE CLAIRE QUEBEC PRINCE EDWARD ISLAND HOR 5A5 NEWFOUNDLAND 514 694 6390 9 9 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Puerto Rico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business That is why all Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps VSTEP 1 Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER V STEP 2 If after following STEP 1 you feel the need for further assistance please contact your area s Mazda representative Indicated on the next page Please help us by providing the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle 3 Vehicle Identification Number 17 digits noted on your registration or title or located on t
152. CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales incluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de acceso normal sin llave Modelo SKE125 01 Sistema de acceso normal sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RCPMAIM05 615 3 27 Knowing Your Mazda Doors a
153. Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition V Refusing an Incoming Call For incoming call refusal refer to Receiving an incoming call page 6 143 Vv Mute The microphone can be muted during a call 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute 3 Prompt Microphone muted Canceling mute 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Mute off 3 Prompt Microphone unmuted V Transferring a Call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a device Mobile phone Communication between the hands free unit and a device Mobile phone is canceled and the line can be switched to a standard call using a device Mobile phone 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 3 Prompt Transferred call to phone Transferring a call from a device Mobile phone to Hands Free Communication between devices Mobile phone can be switched to Bluetooth Hands Free 1 Press the talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Transfer call 6 148 3 Prompt Transferred call to Hands Free system VY Multi Call Functions Call waiting A call can be interrupted to receive an incoming call from a third party Call interrupt A call can be switched to a new incoming call Method 1 1 Press the pick up button 2 Prompt Swapping calls Method 2 1 Press the talk button with a short press
154. Control RSC sensors Y TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the light stays on the TCS DSC RSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not operate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 27 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire Pressure Monitoring System The tire pressure monitoring system TPMS monitors the pressure for each tire If tire pressure is too low in one or more tires the system will inform the driver via the warning light in the instrument panel and by the warning beep sound The tire pressure sensors installed on each wheel send tire pressure data by radio signal to the receiver unit in the vehicle Tire pressure sensors NOTE When the ambient temperature is low due to seasonal changes tire temperatures are also lower When the tire temperature decreases the air pressure decreases as well The TPMS warning light may illuminate more frequently Visually inspect the tires daily before driving and check tire pressures monthly with a tire pressure gauge When checking tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended TPMS does not alleviate your need to check the pressure and condition of all four tires regularly 5 28 Some models Drivin
155. Convenient Use of the Hands Free SYSUCM eai enee iaae dens 6 144 Hands Free Setting 0 6 153 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service ccccce 6 163 Safety Certification 0 6 162 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used suisiecnnciiccnavanins 6 162 Body Lubrication cesesceeeees 8 25 Bottle Holder cccccccesceseeseeees 6 193 Brake i E EET AAE E E tages 8 23 Brakes Anti lock brake system ABS 5 8 Brakes assist ccccccccescesseeeeee 5 10 Foot brake ccccccesceseeeseeeseeeses 5 5 Pad wear indicator ce 5 10 Parking brake n se 5 7 Warning light ce eeeeeeseeeeeeees 5 8 Break In Period c ccccccsseeeseeeseeenes 4 6 Bulb Replacement eee 8 38 Index C Capacities iuern nei ienai eenei 10 5 Carbon Monoxide ssssessesseseeseseeseeee 4 4 Cargo Securing Loops 0 6 194 Cargo Sub Compartment 6 195 Catalytic Converter cece 4 3 Cell Phoe irain n 9 21 Center Console s ssssesseseeseseeseesesee 6 194 Child Restraint Child restraint precautions 2 36 Child restraint system installation position oo eeceeeeeeeteesseeeeeeeeees 2 41 Installing child restraint SYSTEMS ee T RIE ERE AEE 2 42 LATCH child restraint SYSLEMS e a E 2 50 Child Safety Locks for Rear Doors 3 32 Climate Control System 6 2 Gas specifications ceeee 10 5 CloCk iniri
156. D system e Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high e Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel rotation such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface or when trying to extricate the vehicle from mud sand or similar conditions If the AWD warning light illuminates If the AWD warning light illuminates contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the AWD warning light flashes Park the vehicle in a safe place After a few moments if the warning light stops flashing you can resume driving If the light does not stop flashing contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Never spin a wheel that is off the ground Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating oil leakage and a fire V Tire Pressure Monitoring System TPMS Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Some models 5 51 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressu
157. Front air bag sensor Side crash sensors Air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light page 2 65 Side and curtain inflators and air bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light page 2 69 Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 69 Front passenger seat weight sensor control module Driver and front passenger seat belt buckle switches page 2 73 2 Driver seat slide position sensor page 2 69 NOTE 2 are equipped only on models with the driver and front passenger occupant classification system 2 61 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags How the SRS Air Bags Work Your Mazda is equipped with the following types of SRS air bags SRS air bags are designed to work together with the seat belts to help to reduce injuries during an accident The SRS air bags are designed to provide further protection for passengers in addition to the seat belt functions Be sure to wear seat belts properly VW Front Seat Belt Pretensioners The front seat belt pretensioners are designed to deploy in moderate or severe frontal near frontal collisions or roll over accidents V Driver Air Bag The driver s air bag is mounted in the steering wheel When air bag crash sensors detect a frontal impact of greater than moderate force the driver s air bag inflates quickly helping to reduce injury mainly to the driver s head or chest caused by directly hitting the steering wheel For more details about air ba
158. Ifthe entire title cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed If title information is not available NO TITLE is displayed e If there are any undisplayable characters in the title is displayed Pause Press the Play Pause button PII Press the button again to resume playback 6 132 File track search File track up Press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise File track down Press the track down button W or turn the file dial counterclockwise Fast forward Reverse only AVRCP Ver 1 3 Fast forward Press and hold the track up button A Reverse Press and hold the track down button Y Display scroll If each title cannot be fully displayed at one time press the text button TEXT to display the rest of the characters If the last character of the title is displayed press the text button TEXT to return the beginning of the title Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Bluetooth Hands Free Y What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible using the talk button pick up button and hang up button located on the steering wheel and saying the voice commands A WARNING Perform phonebook reg
159. Indonesia 1803 Micronesia Federated States 1512 Iran Islamic Republic of 1817 Moldova Republic 2203 Iraq 1816 Monaco 2202 Ireland 1804 Mongolia 2213 Israel 1811 Montserrat 2218 Italy 1819 Morocco 2200 Jamaica 1912 Mozambique 2225 Japan 1915 Myanmar Burma 2212 Jordan 1914 Namibia 2300 Kazakstan 2025 Nauru 2317 Kenya 2004 Nepal 2315 Kiribati 2008 Netherlands 2311 Netherlands Antilles 1013 eee ase eal sr a New Caledonia 2302 Korea South Republic of KR 2017 New Zealand 2325 Kuwait KW 2022 Nicaragua 2308 Kyrgyzstan KG 2006 Niger 2304 6 117 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 6 118 Country Code Country Code Nigeria NG 2306 South Africa ZA 3500 Niue NU 2320 South Georgia and the South Sandwich Islands GS 1618 Norfolk Island NF 2305 am Northern Mariana Islands MP 2215 Spain ES 1418 Norway NO 2314 Sri Lanka LK 2110 Oman OM 2412 Sudan SD 2803 Pakistan PK 2510 Suriname SR 2817 Palau PW 2522 Te and Jan Mayen sJ 2809 Palestinian Territory Occupied 2i PS 2518 Swaziland SZ 2825 Panama PA 2500 Sweden SE 2804 Papua New Guinea PG 2506 Switzerland CH 1207 Paraguay PY 2524 Syrian Arab Republic SY 2824 Peru PE 2504 Taiwan Province of China TW 2922 Philippines
160. Language B English lt Other Kk k k 6 To finish the function menu on the monitor display press the SET UP MENU or STOP button Lang Language Sound and subtitles can be changed to the desired language Rating Mark Audio Aspect Japanese gt English Other xk kk Audio Language Japanese Menu Language English Other kok k Sub Title Japanese Language English lt Other x kk k Menu language Language used for top menu disc menu Sound language Language used for movie sound voice Subtitle language Language used for subtitles 6 106 Changing to a language other than English and Japanese NOTE e Languages other than English and Japanese can be set by entering the language code in the language code list Refer to Language Code List on page 6 114 e Ifthe selected language is not recorded in the disc the language is not available 1 Move the cursor to Other by operating the select button up or down 2 Press the ENTER button and then operate the select button to the right Rating Mark Audio Aspect Menu Language Japanese English gt Other Cee Japanese P English lt q Other OK k k Sub Title Japanese Language gt English lt Other Kk k k Audio Language 3 Enter the desired language code by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down 4 Press the ENTER button to set the language of the entered language code
161. Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts p LA Tum NOTE If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Retracting the Center Seat Belt Middle Row to Lower the Seatbacks for Carrying Cargo To retract the center belt and lower the seatbacks for carrying cargo insert a small object such as a key in the seat belt anchor buckle B slot Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Always unfasten the lap portion of the belt before folding the left rear seatback Leaving the lap portion of the belt fastened could cause damage to the seat belt seat belt buckle and seatback Y Stowing and pulling out the Center Rear Position Seat Belt The center rear position seat belt can be stowed using the following procedure A CAUTION When stowing the seat belt make sure the belt is locked securely into the recess If the seat belt is not properly stowed it might get
162. Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures e After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or
163. Monitoring System A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used page 5 30 NOTE To prevent the jack and tool from rattling store them properly In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire 7 15 In Case of an Emergency Overheating If the temperature gauge indicates overheating the vehicle loses power or you hear a loud knocking or pinging noise the engine is probably too hot A WARNING ey 3 Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured i a Y Do not remove either cooling system caps when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury Open the hood ONLY after steam is no longer escaping from the engine Steam from an overheated engine is dangerous The escaping steam could seriously burn you If the temperature gauge indicates overheating 1 Drive safely to the side of the road and park off the right of way 2 Shift into park P 7 16 3 Apply the parking brake 4 Turn off the a
164. NOTE e Ifpairing cannot be completed try 1234 instead Refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device for the right PIN code e Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed Changing the link to a Bluetooth audio device If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last programmed If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B NOTE e Ifa hands free type mobile phone has been the most recently programmed device the Bluetooth unit links this device If you would like to use a Bluetooth audio type device which has been previously programmed to the Bluetooth unit the link must be changed to this device e Ifthe device name cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed Changing the link to only a Bluetooth audio device 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 3 to display the link change screen and the current pairing programming device name 3 Press selection button 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 to select the name of the device you would like to change The 7 symbol disappears and the device name an
165. ON gt Because the advanced key uses low intensity radio waves it may not function correctly under the following conditions gt The advanced key is carried with communication devices such as cellular phones gt The advanced key contacts or is covered by a metal object gt The advanced key is near electronic devices such as personal computers or cell phones gt Non Mazda genuine electronic equipment is installed in the vehicle gt There is equipment which discharges radio waves near the vehicle gt If the vehicle is near equipment such as wireless pay devices installed at certain gas stations gt The advanced key may consume battery power excessively if it receives high intensity radio waves Do not place the advanced key near electronic devices such as televisions or personal computers gt To avoid damage to the advanced key DO NOT gt Drop the advanced key gt Get the advanced key wet gt Disassemble the advanced key gt Expose the advanced key to high temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight gt Place heavy objects on the advanced key gt Put the advanced key in an ultrasonic cleaner gt Put any magnetized objects close to the advanced key NOTE e Battery life is about one year Be sure to replace the battery as soon as you see the green KEY indicator light in the instrument cluster begin flashing for 30 seconds after turning off the engine otherwise you will not be able t
166. OTE e When TCS is on and you attempt to free the vehicle when it is stuck or drive it out of freshly fallen snow the TCS will activate Depressing the accelerator will not increase engine power and freeing the vehicle may be difficult When this happens turn off the TCS If the TCS is off when the engine is turned off it automatically activates when the ignition is switched ON Leaving the TCS on will provide the best traction If the TCS is OFF when the vehicle speed is more than 15 km h 9 mph it automatically activates and the TCS OF F indicator light will turn off If the TCS OFF switch is pressed and held for 10 seconds or more the TCS OFF switch malfunction detection function operates and the TCS and DSC RSC system activates automatically The TCS OFF indicator light turns off while the TCS system is operative 5 25 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC The Dynamic Stability Control DSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control side slip when driving on slippery surfaces or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enhancing vehicle safety The Roll Stability Control RSC automatically controls braking and engine torque in conjunction with systems such as ABS and TCS to help control rolling when cornering at a higher speed or during sudden or evasive maneuvering enh
167. Picture adjust button A Higher e Picture adjust button V Lower CONTRAST SIs V Screen Size Setting The size of the screen can be changed Press the DISPLAY MODE button to set the desired screen size The screen size changes in the order of Full Normal Wide Cinema each time the button is pressed 6 87 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Full screen Image is displayed on the full screen A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure Normal screen A 4 3 screen ratio image is the standard display and black bands appear on each side of the screen A 16 9 screen ratio image is scaled to a 4 3 screen ratio Wide screen The center part of the image is compressed toward the center and the surrounding area is enlarged toward the edge A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure 6 88 Cinema screen The image is enlarged upward and downward A 4 3 and 16 9 screen ratio image are displayed with the upper lower part of the image cut off NOTE Because images are enlarged lengthwise for display a horizontal streak may be seen however it does not indicate a malfunction A 16 9 screen ratio image is shown in the above figure NOTE The display varies depending on the style of the image recorded on the disc Refer to the following table and set the screen size Image style Recommendation 4 3 Normal or wide screen 16 9 Full
168. R CD RW data recording Multi session refers to the existence of data from two or more sessions on a single disc Sampling Refers to the process of encoding analog audio data at regular intervals and converting it to digital data The sampling rate refers to the number of times a sample is taken in one second and is expressed in Hz units Increasing the sampling rate improves the sound quality but also increases the data size Bit rate Refers to the volume of data per second expressed in bps bits per second Generally the larger the number of the transfer bit rate when compressing an MP3 file the more information regarding musical reproduction it carries and therefore the better the sound quality Packet writing A general term for the method similar to that used for floppy discs or hard drives of recording the required file in a single increment on a CD R and similar ID3 Tag ID3 tag is a method for storing information related to the music in an MP3 file Information such as track artist and album name can be stored This content can be freely edited using ID3 editing function software VBR Abbreviation for Variable Bit Rate While CBR Constant Bit Rate is generally used VBR varies the bit rate for audio compression according to compression conditions and this allows for compression with preference given to sound quality Y Operating Tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio
169. R or GAWR Specifications Exceeding the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label is dangerous Exceeding any vehicle rating limitation could result in a serious accident injury or damage to the vehicle Do not use replacement tires with lower load carrying capacities than the originals because they may lower the vehicle s GVWR and GAWR limitations Replacement tires with a higher limit than the originals do not increase the GVWR and GAWR limitations Never exceed the GVWR or the GAWR specified on the certification label 9 43 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Steps for Determining the Correct Load Limit Steps for Determining Correct Load Limit 1 Locate the statement The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed XXX kg or XXX lbs on your vehicle s placard 2 Determine the combined weight of the driver and passengers that will be riding in your vehicle 3 Subtract the combined weight of the driver and passengers from XXX kg or XXX lbs 4 The resulting figure equals the available amount of cargo and luggage load capacity For example if the XXX amount equals 1400 Ibs and there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 Ibs 1400 750 5 x 150 650 Ibs Determine the combined weight of luggage and cargo being loaded on the vehicle That weight may not safely
170. Scan tuning Press the scan button SCAN to automatically sample stations Scanning stops at each station for about five seconds To hold a station press the scan button SCAN again during this interval 6 54 NOTE e Unsubscribed channels invalid channels parental lock channels and channel 0 are not subject to the scan therefore these channels will skip automatically Ifa category is set scan channels in the category If a category is not set scan all channels Channel number channel name category name artist name song titles and information display The information regarding the channel which is currently being received is displayed NOTE e Ifthe entire title cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed Ifa channel other than a parental locked channel is received channel name category name artist name song title and information are displayed Channel number display The channel number for the channel currently being received is displayed Channel name display e The channel name for the channel currently being received is displayed e A channel name may have a full title and an abbreviated title In this case the full title is displayed If the channel only has an abbreviated title it is displayed e Ifthere is no channel name No Ch Name is displayed Category name display e The category name for the channel cur
171. Screen Mark and Angle Mark is off Mode Priority The priority of the inserted discs CD R CD RW can be selected Audio Digital Output Not used with this unit Audio DRC The audio dynamic range can be adjusted to reduce the difference between the maximum and minimum audio output Audio compression of the DVD video playback can be selected or deselected during playback using the following modes Mode Function NONE Playback with normal volume Lower volume is increased to LINE 3 A reduce difference in volume range Use when it is still difficult to hear RF sound while using LINE Sound quality is reduced while using RF NOTE Only sound output from the headphones is available 6 110 Auxiliary Input AUX mode In AUX mode AV equipment such as a video game player or a video camera can be used by connecting the image and sound cables to the auxiliary terminals NOTE Before operating read the instruction manual accompanying the AV equipment to be used e To listen to the Rear Entertainment System sound from the vehicle speakers change the audio or navigation system sound to the Rear Entertainment System sound Refer to Sound Output from Vehicle Speakers on page 6 91 To listen to audio other than from the speakers of the rear entertainment system it is necessary to use the wireless headphones that are included For headphone specification refer to Operation Tips for Head
172. Shoulder Portion of the Seat Belt Improper positioning of the shoulder portion of the seat belt is dangerous Always make sure the shoulder portion of the seat belt is positioned across your shoulder and near your neck but never under your arm on your neck or on your upper arm 4 Position the lap belt as low as possible not on the abdominal area then adjust the shoulder belt so that it fits snugly against your body gt Take up slack Keep low on hip bone Y A WARNING Positioning the Lap Portion of the Seat Belt The lap portion of the seat belt worn too high is dangerous In a collision this would concentrate the impact force directly on the abdominal area causing serious injury Wear the lap portion of the belt snugly and as low as possible V Unfastening the Seat Belt Depress the button on the seat belt buckle If the belt does not fully retract pull it out and check for kinks or twists Then make sure it remains untwisted as it retracts p LA Tum NOTE When using the center rear seat belt refer to Center Rear Position Seat Belt page 2 29 If a belt does not fully retract inspect it for kinks and twists If it is still not retracting properly have it inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer To secure the outboard third row seat belts when not in use insert the belts into their seat belt retainers Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Front Shoulder Belt
173. Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident A CAUTION gt The seat bottom power adjustment is operated by motors Avoid extended operation because excessive use can damage the motors gt To prevent the battery from running down avoid using the power adjustment when the engine is stopped The adjuster uses a large amount of electrical power gt Do not use the switch to make more than one adjustment at a time gt Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury Y Seat Slide To slide the seat move the slide lifter switch on the outside of the seat to
174. Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 30 3 DISC FOLDER Audio control dial Audio sound adjustment 1 Press the audio control dial to select the function The selected function will be indicated ALC OFF EKT BASS Z TREE Z FADE Vv BAL Vv BEEP OH Vv ILLM EFT 0H 1 2 Lr 4 24H E Depending on the mode selected the indication changes 2 Depending on the model this function may not be available 3 The function may appear on the display but is only adjustable in the European market models 2 Turn the audio control dial to adjust the selected functions as follows Indication ALC BASS is bo Decrease Increase T F E E treble treble Turn Left Turn Right Select mode Shift the Shift the F A E E sound to the sound to the front rear Shift the Shift the E A L sound to the sound to the left right EEEF off On ILLM EFT o o t Hr lt 4 bo tHe Pee Ponca The fu
175. System does not alleviate the need to check the tire condition every day including whether the tires all look inflated properly Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride handling and minimum tire wear When checking the tire pressures use of a digital tire pressure gauge is recommended ee Oe Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE e Always check tire pressure when tires are cold Warm tires normally exceed recommended pressures Don t release air from warm tires to adjust the pressure e Underinflation can cause reduced fuel economy uneven and accelerated tire wear and poor sealing of the tire bead which will deform the wheel and cause separation of tire from rim e Overinflation can produce a harsh ride uneven and accelerated tire wear and a greater possibility of damage from road hazards Keep your tire pressure at the correct levels If one frequently needs inflating have it inspected YW Tire Rotation A WARNING Rotate tires periodically Irregular tire wear is dangerous To equalize tread wear for maintaining good performance in handling and braking rotate the tires according to the scheduled maintenance charts Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 8 3 Some models 8 33 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance During rotati
176. The TPMS malfunction indicator is combined with the low tire pressure telltale When the system detects a malfunction the telltale will flash for approximately one minute and then remain continuously illuminated This sequence will continue upon subsequent vehicle start ups as long as the malfunction exists When the malfunction indicator is illuminated the system may not be able to detect or signal low tire pressure as intended TPMS malfunctions may occur for a variety of reasons including the installation of replacement or alternate tires or wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly Always check the TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more tires or wheels on your vehicle to ensure that the replacement or alternate tires and wheels allow the TPMS to continue to function properly gt To avoid false readings the system samples for a little while before indicating a problem As a result it will not instantaneously register a rapid tire deflation or blow out NOTE This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 5 29 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving VY Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition
177. Use of any tire or wheel other than those specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous Use of such wheels will prevent the vehicle s accident detections system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries gt Do not overload your vehicle Overloading your vehicle is dangerous as it could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries The gross axle weight rating GAWR and the gross vehicle weight rating GVWR for your vehicle are on the Motor Vehicle Safety Standard Label on the driver s door frame Do not exceed these ratings gt Do not drive the vehicle off road Driving your Mazda off road is dangerous because the vehicle has not been designed to do so Driving the vehicle off road could prevent the air bag crash sensor system from accurately detecting a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries 2 59 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not modify the supplemental restraint system Modifying the components or wiring of the supplemental restraint system is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable Do not make any modifications to the supplemental restraint
178. VD video track video CD audio CD DVD audio or MP3 WMA CD when the PLAY button is pressed Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Pausing the playback Press the PAUSE button to pause the playback Press the PAUSE or PLAY button to resume the playback Fast forward Reverse Fast forward Image and sound is fast forwarded while the FWD button BP is pressed Reverse Image and sound is reversed while the REW button lt lt is pressed Slow playback DVD video and video CD Press the SLOW button to slow the playback Press the SLOW or PLAY button to return to normal playback speed NOTE e Slow playback is not available for audio CD DVD audio and MP3 WMA CD The unit is muted while in slow playback Skipping the chapter track Chapter DVD video or track video CD DVD audio audio CD and MP3 WMA CD can be skipped changed Fast forward skip Press the NEXT button PPI to skip to the next chapter track Reverse skip Press the PREV button K to return to the beginning of the current chapter track 6 97 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE To return to the beginning of the previous chapter track press the PREV button 44 again within 2 seconds after the button is pressed Skipping to desired chapter track The playback can be started from the desired chapter DVD video track video CD DVD audio and audio CD by entering the chapter track numbe
179. a Interior Comfort Rear View Monitor Rear View Monitor The rear view monitor is a visual assist system when reversing the vehicle that provides images from the rear of the vehicle A WARNING The rear view monitor is only a visual assist device when reversing the vehicle The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions Always drive carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes Reversing the vehicle by only looking at the screen may cause an accident or a collision with an object A CAUTION gt Do not use the rear view monitor if the trunk is not fully closed Using the rear view monitor under such a condition is dangerous and could result in injury or vehicle damage or both gt When the display is cold images may course across the monitor or the screen and may be dimmer than usual which could cause difficulty in confirming the surrounding conditions of the vehicle Always drive carefully confirming the safety of the rear and the surrounding conditions by looking directly with your eyes gt Do not apply excessive force to the camera The camera position and angle may deviate gt Do not disassemble modify or remove it as it may no longer be waterproof gt The camera cover is made of plastic Do not apply degreasing agents organic solvents wax or glass coating agents to the camera cover If any are spilled on the cover wipe off wit
180. a front facing child restraint system in the front passenger s seat 2 46 NOTE To check if your front seats have side air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with side air bag will have a SRS AIRBAG tag on the outboard shoulder of the front seats To check if your vehicle has curtain air bags Mazda vehicles equipped with curtain air bag will have an SRS AIRBAG marking on the window pillars along the roof edge A WARNING Always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible if installing a front facing child restraint system on it is unavoidable As your vehicle has front air bags and doubly so because your vehicle has side air bags a front facing child restraint system should be put on the front passenger seat only when it is unavoidable Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the seat as far back as possible because the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved vi
181. a trailer follow these instructions because driver and passenger safety depends on proper equipment and safe driving habits Towing a trailer will affect handling braking durability performance and economy Never overload vehicle or trailer Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if you need further details CAUTION Do not tow a trailer during the first 11000 km 600 miles of your new Mazda If you do you may damage the engine transaxle differential wheel bearings and other power train components V Weight Limits TTW and GCWR The total trailer weight TTW gross combination weight rating GCWR gross axle weight rating GAWR trailer load and trailer tongue load must be within the prescribed limits e The total trailer weight TTW is the sum of the weights of the trailer load trailer weight plus cargo trailer hitch vehicle passengers and vehicle load Never allow the total trailer weight TTW to exceed specifications in the Trailer Towing Load Table The maximum GCWR is the combination weight of the trailer and load plus the towing vehicle including trailer hitch vehicle passengers and load It must not exceed specifications in the load table GAWR and GVWR Do not exceed front and rear GAWR gross axle weight rating and GVWR gross vehicle weight rating If you do vehicle handling braking and performance will be affected These values are also on the Motor Vehicle Safety Certification Label posted on the d
182. acoustic field when selecting the 5 1 channel sound mode Rear Seat Surround can be set on or off NOTE Rear seat optimized is only effective if a CD or a DVD inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit is 5 1 Dolby Digital DTS audio Rear Seat Surround on Press selection button 7 Rear Seat Surround off Press selection button 3 Surround Volume Surround Volume up Press selection button 6 6 44 Surround Volume down Press selection button 2 NOTE Surround Volume adjustment is available if Centerpoint or Rear Seat Surround is on MEMO 6 45 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Radio Band selector button Ooo Selection Selection button 2 MPa oe button 5 Seek tuning Selection buttons 3 button 6 Selection Selection button 3 button 7 Selection Selection ia C Yel PII vure iF button 8 S Scan button Return button Mute button Auto memory button Manual tuning dial Radio ON Tuning Press a band selector button FM AM to The radio has the following tuning turn the radio on methods Manual Seek Scan Preset channel and Auto memory tuning The Band selection easiest way to tune stations is to set them Successively pressing the band selector on preset channels button FM AM switches the bands as NOTE follows FM1 FM2 gt AM _ If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows The selected
183. ad light Center Rear Luggage compartment light Courtesy lights Vanity mirror lights 1 Wrap a small flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with the flathead screwdriver 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out Overhead light Map lights Front P 8 45 Maintenance an d Care Owner Maintenance Overhead light Center Rear Vanity mirror lights 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Fuses Your vehicle s electrical system is protected by fuses If any lights accessories or controls don t work inspect the appropriate circuit protector If a fuse has blown the inside element will be melted If the same fuse blows again avoid using that system and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Fuse Replacement Replacing fuses located behind the glove compartment If an electrical system is inoperative inspect the fuses located behind the glove compartment 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and other switches are off 2 Open the glove compartment 3 Remove the cover Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 4 Pull the fuse straight out with the fuse puller provided on the fuse block located in the engine compartment 5 Inspect the fuse and replace it if it s blown 8 47 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6
184. ada Government regulations in the United States and Canada require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States its territories and Canada may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside these areas You may have these problems if you do e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available The Mazda warranty applies only to Mazda vehicles registered and normally operated in the United States its territories and Canada 9 16 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States Government regulations in the United States require that automobiles meet specific emission regulations and safety standards Therefore vehicles built for use in the United States may differ from those sold in other countries The differences may make it difficult or even impossible for your vehicle to receive satisfactory servicing in other countries We strongly recommend that you NOT take your Mazda outside the United States However in the event that
185. adphones The headphones optical receiver is not Point the headphones optical receiver towards the main pointed towards the main unit s unit s transmitter The main unit s transmitter is located transmitter near the disc insertion area There is an obstruction between the Avoid the obaimidtion headphones and the main unit No audio The headphones batteries are depleted Replace the batteries with new ones output from The headphones batteries have not been the correctly inserted in the Insert the batteries correctly headphones directions The h eadphones are exposed to direct Use the headphones while avoiding direct sunlight sunlight If there is no sound for 3 minutes or longer or if the Power turns off automaticall headphones are continuously used for 4 hours there is a y function which automatically turns the power off Turn the power to headphones back on The headphones optical A n The headphones batteries are weak Replace the batteries with new ones reception range is too narrow 6 123 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptom Cause Action There is excessive noise in the The headphones batteries are weak Replace the batteries with new ones headphone audio 6 124 Bluetooth Audio Type B Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B Selection button 5 Selection button 6 Selecti
186. advanced keyless functions consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your advanced key is lost or stolen bring all remaining advanced keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen advanced key inoperative A CAUTION Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions V Operational Range The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried NOTE When the battery power is low or in places where there are high intensity radio waves or noise the operational range may become narrower or the system may not operate Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate The operational range for locking unlocking the doors is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the front door handles The operational range for locking unlocking the liftgate is an area of up to 80 cm 31 in from the center of the liftgate Exterior transmitter __ Operational range NOTE The system may not operate if you are too close to the windows door handles or liftgate 3 7 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Starting the engine The operational range for s
187. after Updating channels XXX complete is displayed After the initialization display it may take as long as ten seconds or more to receive channel 184 NOTE Do not perform the following operation while Updating is displayed Otherwise the updating procedure will be canceled Turning off the audio power e Switching to other modes e Switching the ignition off When the SIRIUS mode is switched to another mode or when the power is turned off the present channel which is being received is stored as the last channel Channel selection Turning the manual tuning dial allows you to select the desired receiving channel Channel up Turn the manual tuning dial clockwise Channel down Turn the manual tuning dial counterclockwise Interior Comfort Audio System Unsubscribed channel When a selected station has not been subscribed to the display indicates the following Call 888 539 7474 To Subscribe NOTE When the subscription contract is canceled all of the channels including channel 184 appear as unsubscribed Invalid channel When a selected channel is not broadcasting Invalid is displayed NOTE If the last channel selected has become unavailable because of a channel update the above indication is displayed until any button is pressed Preset channel programming 1 Turn the manual tuning dial and select the desired channel 2 Press and hold selection button 2 3
188. al means Do not do this or Do not let this happen Index A good place to start is the Index an alphabetical listing of all information in your manual You ll find several WARNINGs CAUTIONS and NOTEs in the manual A WARNING A WARNING indicates a situation in which serious injury or death could result if the warning is ignored CAUTION A CAUTION indicates a situation in which bodily injury or damage to your vehicle or both could result if the caution is ignored NOTE A NOTE provides information and sometimes suggests how to make better use of your vehicle The symbol below located on some parts of the vehicle indicates that this manual contains information related to the part Please refer to the manual for a detailed explanation Table of Contents Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Essential Safety Equipment Use of safety equipment including seats seat belt system child restraint systems and SRS air bags Knowing Your Mazda Explanation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Before Driving Your Mazda a Important information about driving your Mazda Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Interior Comfort Use of various features for drive comfort including air conditioning and audio system In Case of an Emergency Helpful informa
189. al operation to return before attempting to use the unit Operating tips for DVD video Region code The playback restriction area is set in a DVD video The playback restriction area is indicated by a region code and a DVD video can be played only in its indicated area The region code for U S A and Canada are 1 DVD videos bearing region code including 1 or ALL on the package or the instruction manual can be played by this unit The region code setting for this unit has been set to 1 DVD videos bearing any of the following logos on the package or instruction manual can be played 6 77 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Playable DISC specification CD R and CD RW including MP3 WMA files can be played with this unit Discs which conform to the following formats can be played Name Standard Explanation Level 1 ISO9660 Level 2 CD R CD RW format Joliet ISO9660 extension Romeo Multi session Supported Maximum hierarchy number 8 hierarchies Including root Maximum folder 256 folders number 512 files Total capacity included in a disc Files other than MP3 or WMA are not Maximum file number included Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real tim
190. ancing vehicle safety Refer to ABS page 5 8 and TCS page 5 23 DSC RSC operation is possible at speeds greater than 15 km h 9 mph 5 26 A WARNING Do not rely on the dynamic stability control as a substitute for safe driving The dynamic stability control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving under bad road conditions lower the vehicle speed and drive carefully Reckless driving and excessive speed under any road conditions is dangerous as it reduces vehicle stability and operability which could result in an accident A CAUTION gt The DSC RSC may not operate correctly unless the following are observed gt Use tires of the correct size specified for your Mazda on all four wheels gt Use tires of the same manufacturer brand and tread pattern on all four wheels gt Do not mix worn tires gt The DSC RSC may not operate correctly when tire chains are used or a temporary spare tire is installed because the tire diameter changes gt Do not modify the suspension steering wheel and tires It may affect the DSC RSC gt Do not install non genuine speakers since their vibration may affect the Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability
191. and dashboard illumination may not turn off immediately even if the surrounding area becomes well lit because the light sensor determines that it is nighttime if the surrounding area is continuously dark for several minutes such as inside long tunnels traffic jams inside tunnels or in indoor parking lots In this case the light turns off if the light switch is turned to the OFF position The dashboard illumination can be adjusted by rotating the knob in the instrument cluster Also the day night mode can be changed by pressing the knob To adjust the brightness of the dashboard illumination Refer to Dashboard Illumination on page 5 42 e The sensitivity of the AUTO lights may be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Xenon fusion headlight bulbs The low beam bulbs of the headlights have xenon fusion bulbs that produce a bright white beam over a wide area A WARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary NOTE If the headlights flicker or the brightness weakens the bulb life may be depleted and a replacement is necessary Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off or the
192. and safety So cultivate good driving habits for your own benefit e Observe posted speed limits e Avoid fast starts stops and turns e Avoid potholes and objects on the road e Do not run over curbs or hit the tire against the curb when parking 9 35 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A CAUTION If you feel a sudden vibration or ride disturbance while driving or you suspect your tire or vehicle has been damaged immediately reduce your speed Drive with caution until you can safely pull off the road Stop and inspect the tire for damage If the tire is under inflated or damaged deflate it remove the tire and rim and replace it with your spare tire If you cannot detect a cause have the vehicle towed to the nearest vehicle or tire dealer to have the vehicle inspected 9 36 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Vehicle Loading This section will guide you in the proper loading of your vehicle and or trailer to keep your loaded vehicle weight within its design rating capability with or without a trailer Properly loading your vehicle will provide maximum return of vehicle design performance Before loading your vehicle familiarize yourself with the following terms for determining your vehicle s weight ratings with or without a trailer from the vehicle s Safety Certification Label and Tire and Load Information Label A WARNING Ov
193. and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 3 Say Beep Phonebook Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact Say Beep New entry Prompt Name please 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Other for the desired location to be registered Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Say the phone number to be registered Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Phone number registration After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to save the number Registration Press the pick up button or say Enter then go to Step 17 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 15 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 13
194. and sound quality in accordance with the level of noise entering the vehicle interior while driving When AudioPilot 2 is turned on the system automatically calculates the conditions for optimum hearing of sound which may be difficult to hear depending on exterior noise AudioPilot 2 can be set on or off AudioPilot 2 on Press selection button 7 AudioPilot 2 off Press selection button 3 AudioPilot 2 is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Centerpoint Centerpoint offers you the experience of 5 1 channel surround sound in your vehicle even with your conventional 2 channel stereo DVDs inserted in the Rear Entertainment System main unit or 2 channel stereo CDs Centerpoint can be set on or off 6 43 Interior Comfort Audio System Centerpoint on Press selection button 6 Centerpoint off Press selection button 2 NOTE e Centerpoint operates optimally with a 2 channel stereo CD MP3 audio files can be played however MP3 audio files encoded with high compression may result in poor sound quality Centerpoint is available for 2 channel stereo audio except for AM radio F M radio SIRIUS digital satellite radio AUX BT audio Centerpoint is a registered trademark of Bose Corporation Rear Seat Surround Rear Entertainment System equipped model The rear seat optimized function allows passengers to optimize the audio output to the rear for a more pleasurable
195. and turn signals yourself before each trip V Trailer Brakes If the total trailer weight exceeds 450 kg 1 000 1b trailer brakes are required If your trailer has brakes make sure they comply with all federal state and local regulations A WARNING Do not connect a hydraulic trailer brake system to your vehicle s brake system Connecting a hydraulic trailer brake system directly to the vehicle brake system is dangerous and will result in inadequate braking and possible injury Y Trailer Towing Tips e Verify that your Mazda maintains a near normal attitude when a loaded or unloaded trailer is connected Do not drive if it has an abnormal front up or front down position Inspect for incorrect tongue load worn suspension parts and trailer overloading e Make sure the trailer is properly loaded and the cargo is secure to prevent it from shifting e Make sure the mirrors conform to all government regulations If they do not install required rear view mirrors appropriate for towing purposes 4 18 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing The three main causes of vehicle trailer accidents are driver error excessive speed and improper trailer loading Before driving e Have your cooling and braking system checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Before starting out inspect the operation of all vehicle and trailer lights and all vehicle to trailer connections Stop and re inspect all lights and connections after driving a short dista
196. anging or replacing a tire not removing dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and hub bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident 2 Mount the spare tire 3 Install the lug nuts with the beveled edge inward tighten them by hand A WARNING Do not apply oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts and do not tighten the lug nuts beyond the recommended tightening torque Applying oil or grease to lug nuts and bolts is dangerous The lug nuts could loosen while driving and cause the tire to come off resulting in an accident In addition lug nuts and bolts could be damaged if tightened more than necessary 4 Turn the lug wrench counterclockwise and lower the vehicle Use the lug wrench to tighten the nuts in the order shown In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire If you are unsure of how tight the nuts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Nut tightening torque 107 8 147 0 11 0 14 9 79 6 108 4 A WARNING Always securely and correctly tighten the lug nuts Improperly or loosely tightened lug nuts are dangerous The wheel could wobble or come off This could result in loss of vehicle control and cause a serious accident N m kgfm ft lbf Be sure to reinstall the same nuts you removed or replace them with metric nuts of the same configuration Because
197. are Owner Maintenance DESCRIPTION ene PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 MAIN 150A For protection of all circuits 2 ENGINE 20A Engine control system 3 R HEATER 40 A Heater 4 P SEAT R 30A Power seat RH 5 HEATER 50 A Heater 6 IGKEY2 40 A For protection of various circuits 30 A 7 FANI x Cooling fan 40 A 8 P SEAT L 40A Power seat LH 9 DEFOG 30A Rear window defroster 10 BTN SOA For protection of various circuits 11 FUEL PUMP 30A Fuel pump 12 IGKEY 1 30A For protection of various circuits 13 FOG 15A Fog lights 14 ABS SOL 30A JABS 15 D L 25A Power door locks 16 ROOM ISA Overhead light 8 49 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 17 OUTLET CTR 15A Accessory socket Center 18 OUTLET RR ISA Accessory socket Rear 19 AC PWR 15A Moonroof DC AC inverter 20 S WARM 15A Seat warmer 21 A C MAG 10A Air conditioner 22 BOSE 25A Audio system Bose Sound System equipped model 30A 23 FAN2 x Cooling fan 40 A 24 ABS 50A JABS 25 IG COIL 25A Engine control system 26 H L LOW L ISA Headlight left Low beam 27 H L LOW R 15A Headlight right Low beam 28 H L HIGH 20 A Headlight high High beam 29 HAZARD ISA Hazard warning flashers 30 ENG B 10A PCM 31 HORN 15A Horn 32 STOP 7 5A Brake lights 33 EGI INJ 10 A Engine c
198. are displayed 5 Press selection button 1 to delete the selected device NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the previous display 6 When the link deletion is completed Deleted is displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs while trying to delete the link Error is displayed and then it returns to the link deletion screen NOTE If a device is deleted while it is being linked linking to other devices will not be possible Bluetooth Hands Free device information display 1 Press selection button 6 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 6 to display the device information display screen If the device information is available the device name and Bluetooth address are displayed and then it returns to the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen If the device information is not available Failed to obtain device information is displayed and then it returns to the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation NOTE If the device name and Bluetooth address When Bluetooth Hands cannot be displayed is added at the end Free Cannot be Used to the part of the title which can be displayed Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions e The device is outside of the communication area e The device has a malfunction
199. arental lock parental unlock parental lock ID change and parental lock ID reset can be set NOTE e Press the return button RETURN during all the settings to return to the previous display e Turn the manual tuning dial during the ID code or master code input to select CLR and then press the enter button ENTER to delete an input number e If there is no input for ten seconds during the ID code or master code input the system returns to the settings screen Ifonly a four digit ID code or master code is input OK can be selected e Ifthe registered ID code has been forgotten reset the code in Parental lock ID reset to 0000 Parental lock If a channel is locked the channel is muted Channel locking 1 Turn the manual tuning dial to select the desired channel Registered ID code input preparation 2 Press selection button 5 to display the settings screen 3 Press selection button 1 to display the parental lock settings screen 4 Enter Pin and are displayed and input of the registered ID code is possible 6 56 Registered ID code input 5 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number and press the enter button ENTER to input the number Registered ID code input confirmation 6 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to confirm the four digits 7 If the
200. arning light remains on do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light ee PoS If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death 5 49 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Low Fuel Warning Light _ ary Low fuel im warning light ue This warning light in the fuel gauge signals that the fuel tank will soon be empty Refuel as soon as possible V Check Fuel Cap Warning Light A This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates w
201. ary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Use a commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details Refer to Auxiliary Input page 6 68 6 63 Interior Comfort Audio System YW Error Indications If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Indication Cause Solution Acquiring Signal Depending on the surrounding conditions such as large trees build ings or tunnels and special weather conditions SIRIUS radio reception may be diminished or temporarily interrupted Improve reception by moving away from possible obstructions If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Antenna Fail Satellite radio antenna malfunction Check the satellite radio antenna antenna cable and DLP antenna connector If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Check Disc CD is inserted upside down Insert the CD properly If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CD is defective Insert another CD properly If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Ifa broken DLP unit is replaced with a new unit cancel the license for the br
202. ase the start knob then it returns to the ON position The brake warning light can be checked after the engine is started page 5 44 Starting the engine NOTE e Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise The advanced key must be carried because the advanced key carries an immobilizer chip that must communicate with the engine controls at short range When starting the engine be sure the start knob is securely attached before trying to operate it If the knob becomes detached from the ignition switch re attach it by pushing it on to the ignition switch 3 11 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System ee Make sure the advanced key is being carried 2 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 3 Make sure the parking brake is on 4 Depress the brake pedal 5 Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 6 Push the start knob slowly all the way 7 Verify that the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster The KEY warning light red means you cannot continue to start the engine using the Advanced Keyless System You may have to use the auxiliary key
203. ash if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds A door or the liftgate is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch with advanced key The key is inserted in the ignition switch The start knob is pushed with advanced key The system will disarm if one of the following operations takes place within 20 seconds after closing the hood and locking all the doors and the liftgate e Pressing the unlock button on the transmitter Any door or the liftgate is opened e Unlocking a door with the inside door lock knob Unlocking a door with the door lock switch Unlocking the driver s door with the key The hood is opened The key is inserted in the ignition switch The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch With advanced key The start knob is pressed into the ignition switch or a request switch is pressed With advanced key The ignition is switched ON To rearm the system do the arming procedure again When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter or request switch on the front doors or using the key while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Knowing Your Mazda Security System V To Turn off an Armed System An armed system can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door with the key e Press the
204. at belt pretensioner classification system system Empty Not occupied Off Deactivated Deactivated Child or child restraint On Deactivated Deactivated system Adult Off Ready Ready Ifthe front passenger seat belt is buckled the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates however this does not indicate a malfunction 2 Ifa larger child sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the child as being an adult depending on the child s physique 3 Ifa smaller adult sits on the front passenger seat the sensors might detect the person as being a child depending on the person s physique The curtain air bag is ready for inflating despite the chart above If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON and does not illuminate as indicated in the above chart do not allow a child to sit in the front passenger seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not work properly in an accident 2 70 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags AWARNING Do not decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an adult or large child sits on the front passenger seat decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat required for air bag deployment is dangerous The front passenger seat weight sensors will detect the reduced total seated weight con
205. at firmness pull the lever forward Push the lever backward to decrease firmness K Electrically operated The amount of lumbar support can be adjusted by pressing the switch To increase the seat firmness press and hold the front part of the switch to the desired position then release it Press the rear part of the switch to decrease firmness Second Row Seats AWARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback Adjustable seats that are not securely latched are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Adjust the seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Sudden braking or a collision could cause serious injury Essential Safety Equipment Seats Do not drive with the seatback unlocked All of the seatbacks play an important role in your protection in a vehicle Leaving the
206. atback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15 5 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged 6 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers 2 53 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Anchor bracket position Tether strap position Tether strap Forward 2 54 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags The front and side supplemental restraint systems SRS include 6 air bags Please verify the air bags equipped on your vehicle by locating the SRS AIRBAG location indicators These indicators are visible in the area where the air bags are installed The air bags are installed in the following locations The steering wheel hub driver air bag The front passenger dashboard front passenger air bag The outboard sides of the front seat
207. ated air position indicator light illuminated Use this position when going through tunnels driving in congested traffic high engine exhaust areas or when quick cooling is desired Outside air position indicator light turned off Use this position for normal conditions and defogging A WARNING Do not use the lt amp position in cold or rainy weather Using the lt amp gt position in cold or rainy weather is dangerous as it will cause the windows to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident OUTSIDE Ambient Temperature switch OUTSIDE TEMP Press the OUTSIDE switch to display the ambient temperature NOTE The displayed ambient temperature may vary from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surrounding area and vehicle conditions e Press the OUTSIDE switch for three seconds or longer to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa e Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditioner DUAL switch Use the DUAL switch to change the mode between the individual operation driver and passenger and interconnection simultaneous modes Interior Comfort Climate Control System Individual operation mode indicator light illuminated The set temperature can be controlled individually for the driver and front passenger Interconnection mode indi
208. ating GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating i e baggage food camp gear 2 2WD 3 AWD A WARNING Always keep tow loads within specified limits as indicated in the Trailer Towing Load Table Attempting to tow loads greater than those specified is dangerous as it may cause serious handling and performance problems that could result in personal injury or vehicle damage or both Load your trailer with the weight about 6o toward the front and 40 toward the rear Loading the trailer with more weight in the rear than in the front is dangerous Doing so could cause you to lose control The trailer tongue load must be 10 15 of the total trailer load sum of the weights of the trailer and cargo Always have the total trailer weight and tongue load determined prior to departure Attempting to tow loads without determining the total trailer weight and tongue load is dangerous Trailer sway from crosswinds rough roads or other causes could result in loss of control and a serious accident A CAUTION The total trailer weight and tongue load can be determined by weighing the trailer on platform scales at a highway weight station or a trucking company YW Trailer Hitch Use only a hitch ball recommended by the trailer manufacturer that conforms to the gross trailer weight requirement When not towing a trailer remove the trailer hitch if detachable to reduce the possibility of damage as a result of the vehicle being rear ended
209. ating the ring Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Type A INT ring Type B AUTO Auto wiper control When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position the rain sensor senses the amount of rainfall on the windshield and turns the wipers on or off automatically off intermittent low speed high speed The sensitivity of the rain sensor can be adjusted by turning the switch on the wiper lever From the center position normal rotate the switch downward for higher sensitivity faster response or rotate it upward for less sensitivity slower response 5 69 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Type A Higher sensitivity Center position Less sensitivity Switch Type B Less sensitivity Switch A l Center l position Higher sensitivity 5 70 A CAUTION gt Do not shade the rain sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the rain sensor will not operate correctly Rain sensor gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt Ifthe windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition
210. ations to comply with the United States Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standards FMVSS NOTE The above is applicable for a permanent import export situation and not related to travelers on vacation You may have the following problems if you do take your vehicle outside of Canada e Recommended fuel may be unavailable Any kind of leaded fuel or low octane fuel will affect vehicle performance and damage the emission controls and engine e Proper repair facilities tools testing equipment and replacement parts may not be available Please refer to your Manufacturer s Warranty Booklet for more information 9 18 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign Country Except United States and Canada Registering your vehicle in a foreign country may be problematic depending on whether it meets the specific emission and safety standards of the country in which the vehicle will be driven Consequently your vehicle may require modifications at personal expense in order to meet the regulations In addition you should be aware of the following issues Satisfactory vehicle servicing may be difficult or impossible in another country The fuel specified for your vehicle may be unavailable Parts servicing techniques and tools necessary to maintain and repair your vehicle may be unavailable There might not be an Authorized Mazda Dealer in the country you plan to take your veh
211. automatically to provide optimum power to the drive wheels limiting wheel spin and loss of traction A WARNING Do not rely on the traction control system as a substitute for safe driving The traction control system TCS cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident Use snow tires or tire chains and drive at reduced speeds when roads are covered with ice and or snow Driving without proper traction devices on snow and or ice covered roads is dangerous The traction control system TCS alone cannot provide adequate traction and you could still have an accident 5 23 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION Do not rely on the TCS to maintain constant control of the vehicle under severe or maximum handling conditions If the TCS operates frequently due to severe driving conditions the TCS may stop operating to protect the brakes from overheating After the brakes have cooled down the TCS resumes normal operation Vv TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the TCS or DSC RSC is operating the indicator light flashes If the light stays on the TCS DSC RSC or the brake assist system may have a malfunction and they may not op
212. azard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE e The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls HomeLink Wireless Control System NOTE HomeLink and HomeLink house are registered trademarks of Johnson Controls The HomeLink system replaces up to 3 hand held transmitters with a single built in component in the auto dimming mirror Pressing the HomeLink button on the auto dimming mirror activates garage doors gates and other devices surrounding your home Indicator light HomeLink button Some models 5 75 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls A WARNING Do not use the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature Using the HomeLink system with any garage door opener that lacks the safety stop and reverse feature as required by federal safety standards is dangerous This includes garage doors manufactured before April 1 1982 Using these garage door openers can increase the risk of serious injury or death For further information contact HomeLink at 1 800 355 3515 or www homelink com or your Authorized Mazda Dealer Always check the areas surrounding garage doors and gates for people or obstructions before progra
213. backs side air bags The front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides curtain air bags The air bag supplemental restraint systems are designed to provide supplemental protection in certain situations so seat belts are always important in the following ways Without seat belt usage the air bags cannot provide adequate protection during an accident Seat belt usage is necessary to Keep the occupant from being thrown into an inflating air bag Reduce the possibility of injuries during an accident that is not designed for air bag inflation such as rear impact Reduce the possibility of injuries in frontal near frontal side collisions or roll over accidents that are not severe enough to activate the air bags Reduce the possibility of being thrown from your vehicle Reduce the possibility of injuries to lower body and legs during an accident because the air bags provide no protection to these parts of the body Hold the driver in a position which allows better control of the vehicle 2 55 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags If your vehicle is also equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system refer to the Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System page 2 69 for details If your vehicle is equipped with a driver and front passenger occupant classification system the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates for a specified time after th
214. bber and slide it out of blade holder Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 6 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade y CAUTION gt Don t bend or discard the stiffeners You need to use them again gt Ifthe metal stiffeners are switched the blade s wiping efficiency could be reduced So don t use the driver s side metal stiffeners on the passenger s side or vice versa gt Be sure to reinstall the metal stiffeners in the new blade rubber so that the curve is the same as it was in the old blade rubber 8 27 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 7 Carefully insert the new blade rubber Then install the blade assembly in the reverse order of removal 2 Firmly rotate the wiper blade to the right until it unlocks then remove the blade V Replacing Rear Window Wiper Blade When the wiper no longer cleans well the blade is probably worn or cracked Replace it A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arm and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand j Remove the cover and raise the wiper arm 8 28 A CAUTION To prevent damage to the rear window let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the rear window 3 Pull down the blade rubber and slide it out of the blade holder Y gt 4 Remove the metal stiffeners from each blade rubber and install them in the new blade 4
215. button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Voice training 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Disable or Enable 5 When Disable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned off When Enable is spoken the voice recognition learning is turned on 6 Prompt Speaker Enrollment is disabled enabled 6 161 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used Bluetooth Hands Free cannot be used under the following conditions e The device is outside of the communication area e The device has a malfunction The device is not connected to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle The device s battery is weak The device is turned off The device is placed where radio reception is difficult e The ignition is switched off 6 162 Safety Certification FCC ID CB2MBLUEC09 IC 279B MBLUEC09 This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules and with RSS 210 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause ha
216. button with a short press 7 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 8 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 9 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice input command list for voice recognition learning When reading out the following points must be observed e Read out the numbers one at a time correctly and naturally Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition For example 1234 must be read out one two three four not twelve thirty four e Do not read out parentheses and hyphens are used for separating numbers in a phone number Ex 888 555 1212 must be spoken Eight eight eight five five five one two one two Phrase Command 1 0123456789 2 888 555 1212 3 Call 4 Dial Setup 6 Cancel 7 Continue 8 Help NOTE The applicable phrase appears in the display e After user voice registration is completed voice guidance Speaker enrollment is complete is announced Voice recognition learning on off 1 Press the pick up
217. c ccsceeseeseeeeees 9 25 Index T Tire Pressure Monitoring System 5 28 System error activation 5 32 Tire pressure monitoring system warning light 00 0 eeeeeseeeerees 5 30 Tires and wheels eens 5 32 Tires Plat tires les steers ik ices 7 3 Inflation pressure cceee 8 32 Replacement 0 cceeeeseeeeeerees 8 34 Rotation niss pa eeri ata tietee 8 33 SNOW tires eiers it aaee 4 10 Spare tire and tool storage 7 3 Specifications ccceeseeeeeeees 10 6 Tire chains 2 iedectsint gucesintisthines 4 11 Uniform tire quality grading system UTOQGS recut etl eet 9 23 TOO E E E A tina chal 7 3 Towing Descripti i senescere 7 21 Emergency towing cee 7 21 Recreational towing 06 7 24 Trailer Towing U S A and Canada 4 14 Traction Control System TCS 5 23 TCS OFF indicator light 5 24 TCS OFF switch wo eee 5 25 TCS DSC RSC indicator light 5 24 Trailer TOWING cceeeceeeeseeseeeeeeees 4 14 Drip Meter eronneen 5 40 Turn and Lane Change Signals 5 66 Vv Vanity Mirrors esseere 6 183 Vehicle Information Labels 10 2 Index W Warning Lights ceceeeeseeseeeeees 5 44 ABS Gs cctusig ae atin Ses 5 47 Air bag system cceeeceereees 5 49 Automatic transaxle 5 51 AW Dirien nh tate 5 51 Brake system c ceceseeeeerees 5 46 Charging system
218. cator light turned off The set temperature for the driver and front passenger is controlled simultaneously NOTE The set temperature for the front passenger changes to that of the driver while in the interconnected mode is displayed on the information display while in the individual operation mode The system changes to the interconnection mode automatically if the windshield defroster switch is pressed The system will not change to the individual operation mode by pressing the DUAL switch or turning the front passenger temperature control dial Windshield defroster switch Cy WwW FRONT Press the switch to defrost the windshield and front door windows 6 9 Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE In the W position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the S29 mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the YY position the aS mode cannot be changed to the lt gt mode V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning 1 Press the AUTO switch Selection of the airflow mode air intake selector and amount of airflow will be automatically controlled CEN AUTO ON oa t 2 Use the temperature control dial to select a desired temperature Press the DUAL switch or turn the front passenger temperature control dial to control the set temperature individually for the driver and front passenger TN AUTO ON To turn off the system pres
219. caught in the seats and be damaged To stow the seat belt retract the belt put the seat belt tongues A and C together and insert each tongue into the respective ceiling recess Insert the seat belt tongues until you hear a click sound Ceiling recess 2 31 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems To pull out the seat belt press the area indicated in the figure upward with your finger and slide the belt forward Then slowly pull out the seat belt from the ceiling recess int at tata ae ot West p TNS NOTE e To encourage rear seat passengers to wear their seat belts we suggest leaving the center rear lap position of the belt fastened at all times except when folding the rear seat forward Pulling the seat belt all the way out will switch it to automatic locking mode If automatic locking mode is not needed retract the seat belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode 2 32 V Re attaching the Seat Belt after the Middle Row Seatbacks are Returned to their Upright Positions To re attach the center seat belt after the middle row seats are returned to their upright positions grasp the seat belt tongue A and insert it into the seat belt anchor buckle B until you hear a click sound It is now secure for passenger use NOTE After returning the left rear seatback to its upright position guide the shoulder portion of the belt correctly through the seat belt guide
220. ccupants should adjust their seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly 2 57 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Sit in the center of the seat and wear seat belts properly Sitting too close to the side air bag modules or placing hands on them or sleeping up against the door or hanging out the windows is extremely dangerous The side and curtain air bags inflate with great force and speed directly expanding along the door on the side the car is hit Serious injury could occur if someone is sitting too close to the door or leaning against a window or if rear seat occupants grab the sides of the front seatbacks Give the side and curtain air bags room to work by sitting in the center of the seat while the vehicle is moving with seat belts worn properly Do not attach objects on or around the area where driver and front passenger air bags deploy Attaching an object to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing something in front of them is dangerous In an accident an object could interfere with air bag inflation and injure the occupants Do not attach objects on or around the area where a side air bag deploys Attaching objects to the front seat in such a way as to cover the outboard side of the seat in any way is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the side air bag which inflates from the outboard side of the front seats imped
221. cessory socket the vehicle s electrical system may be affected which could cause the warning light to illuminate Disconnect the connected device and make sure that the problem is resolved If the problem is resolved disconnect the device from the socket and switch the ignition off If the problem is not resolved consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the socket for long periods with the engine off or idling 6 198 Some models Power Outlet The power outlet is positioned as shown in the figure For more details refer to Auxiliary terminals and power outlet page 6 110 In Case of an Emergency Helpful information on what to do in an emergency Parking in an Emergency ssccsccsssssscssessscsscsssssssssssssssesesseees 7 2 Parking in an Emergency 00 ceeeesssesseeteeseeseeeceeeeeeeeaeeneeaeones 7 2 Elat Tine nsanra eessen sesei eK EE T n eiaa 7 3 Spare Tire and Tool Storage sesseeeeeesseseseesisisrsrserrrsrsrsrseses 7 3 Changing a Flat Tire svcsecc ccccevecscetevevscs cate catuceneeceitivnsceceevsenstiens 7 8 Overheating niessessies osrin ii 7 16 Overheating e aie cen e ee E 7 16 Emergency Starting cccccccsscssssscssssssccrsssssessssssssssssssssessees 7 18 JUMP S tartin goss oes eect Messed E E akseess 7 18 Bush Startin gi te ees Oh ais Pe BPR es 7 20 Emergency Towing csccscsscsssssscsrsssscessssssessssss
222. ch the following functions will be automatically controlled in accordance with the selected set temperature e Airflow temperature e Amount of airflow e Selection of airflow mode e Outside Recirculated air selection e Air conditioner operation NOTE AUTO switch indicator light When on it indicates AUTO operation and the system will function automatically Ifany of the following dials or switches are operated while in AUTO control the AUTO switch indicator turns off e Mode selector switch Fan control dial Windshield defroster switch The functions for dials and switches other than those operated in the above continue to operate in AUTO control OFF switch s PUSH LO OFF HI t Interior Comfort Climate Control System Pressing the OFF switch shuts off the climate control system Temperature control dial CN AUTO ON This dial controls temperature Turn it clockwise for hot and counterclockwise for cold e When the DUAL switch is off Turn the driver temperature control dial to control the temperature e When the DUAL switch is on Turn the driver or front passenger temperature control dial to control the temperature NOTE The system changes to the individual operation mode DUAL switch indicator light illuminated by turning the front passenger temperature control dial even when the DUAL switch is off which allows individual control of the set temperature for the driver a
223. ck at high speed Press and hold the reverse button V to reverse through a track at high speed Track search Press the track up button A once to skip forward to the beginning of the next track Press the track down button V once to skip back to the beginning of the current track Folder search during MP3 CD playback To change to the previous folder press the folder down button V or press the folder up button A to advance to the next folder Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays 10 seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation the track number will flash Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Interior Comfort Audio System Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track repeatedly RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 CD playback Track repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback to play the current track
224. cked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while raising the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Ge D Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat To adjust the seat height move the lever up or down Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat To increase the seat firmness pull the lever forward Push the lever backward to decrease firmness w Mii 2 4 Front Seats Electrically Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental restraint system
225. co Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 Canada and Puerto Rico residents follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Y Schedule 1 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 12 24 36 48 60 72 84 96 x1000 miles 7 5 15 22 5 30 37 5 45 52 5 60 ENGINE Inspect every 168 000 km 105 000 miles Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km 150 000 miles Engine oil R R R R R R R R Engine oil filter R R R R R R R R COOLING SYSTEM FL22 type Replace at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after YP that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000
226. code four digits 1 Press selection button 6 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 2 to display the pairing program screen 3 Enter Pin 0000 and Rotate Press TUNE dial to change code Select OK when complete are displayed for input of the PIN code 4 Turn the manual tuning dial to select the specified number for the Bluetooth Hands Free device and press the enter button ENTER to input the number NOTE e Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 Ifpairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary 5 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to set the four digits and display Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN xxxx NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the pairing program screen 6 167 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation 6 Operate the Bluetooth Hands Free device while Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN xxxx is displayed and set it to the program mode 7 When the pairing programming is completed a symbol and Pairing complete are displayed and then the dis
227. concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance AWARNING The traction grade assigned to this tire is based on braking straight ahead traction tests and does not include acceleration cornering turning hydroplaning or peak traction characteristics V Temperature A B C The temperature grades A the highest B and C represent the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Sustained high temperature can cause the material of the tire to degenerate and reduce tire life and excessive temperatures can lead to sudden tire failure Grade C corresponds to a level of performance which all passenger vehicle tires must meet under the Federal Motor Vehicle Safety Standard No 109 Grades B and A represent higher levels of performance on the laboratory test wheel than the minimum required by law 9 23 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS A WARNING Keep your vehicle s tires properly inflated and not overloaded Driving with improperly inflated or overloaded tires is dangerous Excessive speed underinflation or excessive loading either separately or in combination can cause heat buildup and possible tire failure The temperature grade for this tire is established for a tire that is properly inflated and not overloaded These grades will be add
228. correct password Note down the password so you don t forget it Mark Audio Aspect Please input a new 4 digit password Set ENTER Cancel RETURN 3 Enter the new password by pressing the number keys 0 to 9 or operating the select button up or down 4 Press the ENTER button to set the new password Mark Audio Aspect This player change a 4 digit password OO 00 To Menu RETURN Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Mark The DVD video playback status and angle display on off and priority of the inserted discs can be set Lang Rating On Screen Mark On gt Off Mark Audio Aspect Angle Mark On gt Off Mode Priority gt MP3 Video CD On Screen Mark Select ON to display OFF not to display the DVD video playback status on the upper right corner of the screen When the screen display is on the following marks are displayed on the upper right corner of the screen in Disc mode Mark Condition p Playback R Stop Resume standby l Pause b Fast forward K Reverse Angle display The camera mark display when multi angle can be performed 6 109 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE The display angle change is not available for discs other than multi angle recorded DVD discs Refer to the instruction manual accompanying the disc for details The screen size and angle can be changed when On
229. d Connection is in progress are displayed NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the link change screen 4 When the link change is completed a J symbol and Link Changed are displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs while trying to link a device Error is displayed and the display returns to the link change screen 6 129 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed If a link change error occurs check the programming status of the Bluetooth audio device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again Changing the link to a Bluetooth Hands Free and Bluetooth audio device 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen Press selection button 3 to display the link change screen and the current pairing programming device name Press selection button 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 to select the name of the device you would like to change The device name and Please Select Device are displayed Press selection button 3 to select Audio The A symbol disappears and then Connection is in progress is displayed NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the link change screen 6 Whe
230. d Refer to Assist Functions DVD video DVD audio video CD and audio CD on page 6 99 NOTE e For some discs the top menu or disc menu may be displayed automatically after playback Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for the top menu or disc menu When no disc is inserted 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Insert the disc into the disc slot After the disc is inserted the playback starts A CAUTION Insert the disc with its label side decorated side facing upward If the disc is inserted upside down it may cause a malfunction When a disc has been inserted 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Turn on the Rear Entertainment System 3 Press the PLAY button to start playback NOTE If the Rear Entertainment System has been turned off during a previous playback playback automatically resumes when the system is turned on Stopping the playback Press the STOP button to stop the playback To resume the playback press the PLAY button Resume playback function The Rear Entertainment System stores the position where the playback has been stopped using the resume playback function Press the PLAY button to resume the playback from the position previously stopped NOTE If the RETURN button is pressed after the playback has been stopped the resume playback function is canceled Once the resume playback function is canceled the playback starts from the first chapter D
231. d key has been removed The KEY warning light red will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The ignition has not been switched off the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 3 times However the beep sound will be heard continuously when the ignition is switched to ACC and the door is open due to the activation of the warning beep sound indicating that the ignition is not switched off The ignition has not been switched off and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle A beep sound will be heard 6 times NOTE Because the advanced key utilizes low intensity radio waves the Advanced Key Removed From Vehicle Warning may activate if the advanced key is carried together with a metal object or it is placed in a poor signal reception area within the vehicle Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Y Request Switch Inoperable Warning Beep If the request switch for a front door or the liftgate is pressed under the following conditions while the advanced key is being carried a beep will be heard 6 times to indicate that the front doors and the liftgate cannot be locked e A door or the liftgate is open door ajar included e The ignition has not been switched off e The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch V Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning When the ig
232. d rating and inflation pressures should conform to tire manufacturer specifications A WARNING Never use the temporary spare tire when towing Using the temporary spare tire on your vehicle when towing a trailer is dangerous as it could result in tire failure loss of control and injury to vehicle occupants 4 17 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing V Safety Chains Safety chains must be used as a precautionary measure should the trailer become unintentionally unhitched They should cross under the trailer tongue and attach to the hitch Leave enough slack to allow full turns Consult literature published by your trailer or hitch manufacturer for more details A WARNING Make sure the safety chain is securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle prior to departure Towing a trailer without using a safety chain securely attached to both the trailer and the vehicle is dangerous If damage occurs to the coupling unit or hitch ball the trailer could wander into another lane and cause a collision V Trailer Lights Trailer lights must comply with all federal state and local regulations Equip your trailer as required before towing it day or night CAUTION Do not connect a trailer lighting system directly to the lighting system of your Mazda This may damage your vehicle s electrical system and lighting systems Have a recreational vehicle dealer or trailer rental agency connect the system and inspect the brake lights
233. d restraint system for the child s age and size 2 56 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Never use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat with an air bag that could deploy Rear facing child restraint systems on the front seat are particularly dangerous even though you may feel assured that a front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates The child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Extreme Hazard Never use a rear facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat with an air bag that could deploy Extreme Hazard Do not use a rearward facing child restraint on a seat protected by an airbag in front of it Even in a moderate collision the child restraint system can be hit by a deploying air bag and moved violently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Do not sit too close to the driver and front passenger air bags Sitting too close to the driver and front passenger air bag modules or placing hands or feet on them is extremely dangerous The driver and front passenger air bags inflate with great force and speed Serious injuries could occur if someone is too close The driver should always hold onto only the rim of the steering wheel The front seat passenger should keep both feet on the floor Front seat o
234. da de Puerto Rico P O Box 362722 San Juan Puerto Rico 00936 2722 TEL 787 641 9300 V MEXICO Mazda Motor de Mexico Mario Pani 150 PB Col Lomas de Santa Fe Mexico D F C P 05300 Del Cuajimalpa TEL Center of Attention to Clients 01 800 016 2932 in Mexico VGUAM Triple J Motors 157 South Marine Drive Tamuning GUAM 96911 USA P O Box 6066 Tamuning Guam 9693 1 TEL 671 649 6555 Y SAIPAN Pacific International Marianas Inc d b a Midway Motors P O Box 887 Saipan MP 96950 TEL 670 234 7524 9 13 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Mazda Importer Distributors Triple J Saipan Inc d b a Triple J Motors P O Box 500487 Saipan MP 96950 0487 TEL 670 234 7133 3051 9 14 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Warranties for Your Mazda e New Vehicle Limited Warranty Distributor Major Component Limited Warranty Canada only Safety Restraint System Limited Warranty Anti perforation Limited Warranty Federal Emission Control Warranty U S A only e Emission Defect Warranty e Emission Performance Warranty California Emission Control Warranty U S A only Emission Control Warranty Canada only Replacement Parts and Accessories Limited Warranty Tire Warranty NOTE Detailed warranty information is provided with your Mazda 9 15 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Outside the United States and Can
235. da in a law suit claim or arbitration e Ordered by a judge or court However if necessary Mazda will e Use the data for research on Mazda vehicle performance including safety e Disclose the data or the summarized data to a third party for research purposes without disclosing vehicle or owner identification information 9 22 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS Uniform Tire Quality Grading System UTQGS This information relates to the tire grading system developed by the U S National Highway Traffic Safety Administration for grading tires by tread wear traction and temperature performance Y Tread Wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and a half times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 The relative performance of tires depends upon the actual conditions of their use however and may depart significantly from the norm because of variations in driving habits service practices and differences in road characteristics and climate VY Traction AA A B C The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C These grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and
236. damage the wipers When washing or servicing your Mazda make sure the wiper lever is in the OFF position Contamination of either the windshield or the blades with foreign matter can reduce wiper effectiveness Common sources are insects tree sap and hot wax treatments used by some commercial car washes If the blades are not wiping properly clean the window and blades with a good cleaner or mild detergent then rinse thoroughly with clean water Repeat if necessary 8 26 VY Replacing Windshield Wiper Blades When the wipers no longer clean well the blades are probably worn or cracked Replace them A CAUTION To prevent damage to the wiper arms and other components don t try to sweep the wiper arm by hand NOTE To prevent damage to the wiper arm blades when raising both the driver and passenger side wiper arms raise the driver side wiper arm first Conversely when setting down the wiper arms set the passenger side wiper arm down first 1 Raise the wiper arm 2 Open the clip and slide the blade assembly in the direction of the arrow 3 Wrap a flathead screwdriver or similar tool with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the clip NOTE Using a soft cloth wrapped flathead screwdriver 4 Tilt the blade assembly and remove it from the arm gt a To prevent damage to the windshield let the wiper arm down easily don t let it slap down on the windshield 5 Pull down the blade ru
237. de marker lights Dashboard illumination With AUTO position Type A 5 61 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Type A OFF AUTO 00 Switch Position Type B OFF AUTO Headlights Off Off On Taillights Parking lights Auto Auto License lights Off On On Side marker lights Dashboard illumination AUTO Auto light control When the headlight switch is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the light sensor senses the surrounding lightness or darkness and automatically turns the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off see chart above A CAUTION gt Do not shade the light sensor by adhering a sticker or a label on the windshield Otherwise the light sensor will not operate correctly Light sensor AN gt The light sensor also works as a rain sensor for the auto wiper control Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is particularly tempting to leave the engine running 5 62 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The headlights other exterior lights
238. deleting one or all incoming call records is possible 6 171 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation Making a call using the incoming call record 1 Press selection button 4 to display the incoming call record screen 2 Press the desired selection button of the incoming call record The content of the incoming call record is displayed 3 Press selection button 1 or the pick up button of the audio control switch to make a call Deleting one incoming call record 1 Press selection button 4 to display the incoming call record screen 2 Press the desired selection button of the incoming call record The content of the incoming call record is displayed 3 Press selection button 2 to display Delete recent incoming call 4 Press selection button 1 to delete the incoming call record NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the previous display Deleting all the incoming call records 1 Press selection button 4 to display the incoming call record screen 2 Press selection button 5 to display Delete all recent incoming calls 3 Press selection button 1 to delete all the incoming call records NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the previous display 6 172 V DTMF Dual Tone Multi Frequency Signal Transmission This function is used when transmitting DTMF via the audio control panel s manual tuning dial The receiver of a DTMF trans
239. differential oil AWD TEA Driveshaft dust boots I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T Exhaust system and heat shields Inspect every 72 000 km 45 000 miles or 5 years All locks and hinges ELLELE G E E EIL LL Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I 8 7 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval Cabin air filter Replace every 40 000 km 25 000 miles or 2 years Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 2 3 4 5 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability If the vehicle is opera
240. dio over the vehicle s speakers Change the audio source to AUX mode page 6 68 Y Seek Switch Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Interior Comfort Audio System With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system When listening to the radio or SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press the seek switch up or down The radio switches to the next previous stored station in the order that it was stored 1 6 Radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower frequency whether programmed or not SIRIUS digital satellite radio Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to seek all usable stations at a higher or lower channel whether programmed or not When playing a CD or BT audio Press up the seek switch to skip to the next track Press down the seek switch to repeat the current track Press and hold the seek switch in the up or down position to continuously switch the tracks up or down 6 67 Interior Comfort Audio System V Mute Switch Press the mute switch X once to mute audio press it again to resume audio output NOTE If the ignition is switched off with the audio muted the mute will be canceled Therefore when the engine is restarted the audio is not muted To mute the audio again pre
241. displayed A total of seven devices can be programmed to one vehicle If you require an additional device to be programmed to a vehicle with seven devices already programmed delete one of the programmed devices before programming the latest one Ifa Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a hands free mobile phone it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a Bluetooth audio device Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a hands free mobile phone if it has already been programmed as a Bluetooth audio device Look around to be sure other likely Bluetooth audio devices are not in range when you start to program If in doubt move your car to another location The transmission range of a Bluetooth audio device is about 10 m 32 ft Therefore if there is another Bluetooth audio device within a 10 m 32 ft radius of the vehicle the device may be identified and programmed instead e Device registration can also be done using voice recognition page 6 138 Concerning the operation of a Bluetooth audio device itself refer to its instruction manual Some Bluetooth audio devices have PIN codes four digits Refer to the audio device s instruction manual because the programming procedure differs depending on whether it has a PIN code or not 6 127 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B Programming a Bluetooth audio device which has a PIN code four digi
242. dition and the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy during an accident The front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag which could result in serious injury Decreasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat could result in an air bag not deploying under the following conditions for example gt A rear passenger pushes up on the front passenger seat with their feet gt Luggage or other items placed under the front passenger seat or between the front passenger seat and driver seat that push up the front passenger seat bottom gt The front passenger seat occupant sits in a manner that does not place the entire weight of the occupant on the seat such as by sitting too close to the door grasping the assist grip or the rim of the moonroof and sitting with the seatback reclined too far gt Any accessories which might decrease the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner systems will deactivate if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates 2 71 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat increasing the total seated weight on the front passenger seat is dangerous The
243. e vehicle is moving Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving for any reason other than in an emergency is dangerous Stopping the engine while the vehicle is moving will result in reduced maneuverability and braking ability due to the loss of power steering and power braking which could cause an accident and serious injury A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched off Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Brake System V Foot Brake Your Mazda has power assisted brakes that adjust automatically through normal use Should power assist fail you can stop by applying greater force than normal to the brake pedal But the distance required to stop will be greater than usual 5 5 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving A WARNING Do not coast with the engine stalled or turned off find a safe place to stop Coasting with the engine stalled or turned off is dangerous Braking will require more effort and the brake s power assist could be depleted if you pump the brake This will cause longer stopping distances or even an accident Shift to a lower gear when going down steep hills Driving with your foot continuously on the brake pedal or steadily applying the brakes for long distances is dangerous This causes overheated brakes resulting in longer stopping distances or even total brake failure This could cause loss of vehicle control and a serious accident
244. e broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com Playable MP3 file specification Playable MP3 files are as follows Item Content MPEG1 AUDIO LAYER3 Specification MPEG2 5 AUDIO LAYER3 MPEG2 AUDIO LAYER3 MPEG1 32 44 1 48kHz Sampling frequency MPEG2 16 22 05 24kHz MPEGI 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 160 192 224 256 320 Bit rate kbps MPEG2 2 5 32 40 48 56 64 80 96 112 128 144 160 kbps VBR Variable Bit Rate Supported Channel mode Stereo Joint stereo Dual channel Monaural ID3 tag Ver 1 0 Ver 1 1 title artist name album name e This unit corresponds to MP3 files in which both header and data comply with the MP3 format 6 78 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System This unit corresponds to multi session recorded disc playback at a maximum of 49 sessions Some data on multi session recorded discs cannot be played Playback of discs with added sessions is possible Packet Write recorded discs cannot be played This unit does not correspond to MP3i MP3 interactive MP3 PRO and RIFF style MP3 formats e The maximum number of characters available for a fi
245. e vehicle The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not place heavy objects with sharp projections on the seat or insert needles or pins into it This could cause the seat to become excessively heated and result in injury from a minor burn CAUTION Do not use organic solvents to clean the seat It may damage the seat surface and the heater Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE e Ifthe ignition is switched off while the seat warmer is operating High or Low and then switched ON again the seat warmer will automatically operate at the temperature set before switching off the ignition e Use the seat warmer when the engine is running and do not continue to use it for a long period of time The temperature of the seat warmer cannot be adjusted beyond High and Low because the seat warmer is controlled by a thermostat 2 19 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Seat Belt Precautions Seat belts help to decrease the possibility of severe injury during accidents and sudden stops Mazda recommends that the driver and all passengers always wear seat belts Your vehicle has the following types of seat belts Seating Position Types of seat belt Driver side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode retractor Front seat Passenger side 3 point type seat belt with emergency locking mode cond row seat h Be S retractor automatic locking
246. e vehicle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start driving Park the car in a safe place before programming e A total of seven devices can be programmed to one vehicle If you require an additional device to be programmed to a vehicle with seven devices already programmed delete one of the programmed devices before programming the latest one Ifa Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth audio device it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a hands free mobile phone Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a Bluetooth audio device if it has already been programmed as a hands free mobile phone e Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped device is about 10 meters 32 ft if a device is placed within a 10 meter 32 ft radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another device is being programmed e Device registration can also be done by operating the audio unit Refer to Bluetooth Audio Preparation page 6 127 e Device registration can also be done using voice recognition page 6 138 e Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certain period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 Programming a Bluetooth Hands Free device which has a PIN
247. e 3 17 3 19 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated Under the following conditions warning beeps are heard and a warning indicator light in the instrument cluster illuminates to notify the driver of improper operation of the advanced key to prevent theft of the vehicle page 3 18 Warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes How to check Check whether the ignition has been When a door is open a continuous beep sound will be heard switched off Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When a door is open 3 beep sounds are heard and the KEY warning When a door is closed a beep sound is heard 6 times and the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster flashes Check whether the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle When locking the doors the chime sounds for about ten seconds Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle When attempting to lock the doors by pressing the request switch on the front doors and six beep sounds are heard Check whether the advanced key has been left in the vehicle Check whether the ignition has been switched off Check whether a door or the liftgate is open When the KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster The advanced key battery power is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to
248. e BSM system and be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes The BSM system can assist the driver in confirming the safety of the surroundings but is not a complete substitute The driver is responsible for assuring lane changes and other maneuvers Always pay attention to the direction in which the vehicle is traveling and the vehicle s surroundings NOTE The BSM system does not operate when the vehicle speed is lower than about 32 km h 20 mph The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper page 5 37 The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer The radar sensors do not detect human animal or static objects such as fences In addition the system pauses when the selector lever is shifted to the R position The system resumes automatically when the selector lever is shifted from the R position 5 34 Some models Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving The detectability of the radar sensors has its limitations The BSM system may not operate properly under the following conditions e Ice snow or soil adheres to the rear bumper surface around the radar sensors e During adverse weather conditions such as rain or snow or under conditions where water is sprayed The rear bumper area around the radar sensors is blocked by foreign material such as stickers or a bicycle carrier The radar sensors may not
249. e Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Emission Control System Your vehicle is equipped with an emission control system the catalytic converter is part of this system that enables your vehicle to comply with existing exhaust emissions requirements AWARNING Never park over or near anything flammable Parking over or near anything flammable such as dry grass is dangerous Even with the engine turned off the exhaust system remains very hot after normal use and could ignite anything flammable A resulting fire could cause serious injury or death A CAUTION Ignoring the following precautions could cause lead to accumulate on the catalyst inside the converter or cause the converter to get very hot Either condition will damage the converter and cause poor performance gt USE ONLY UNLEADED FUEL gt Do not drive your Mazda with any sign of engine malfunction gt Do not coast with the ignition switched off gt Do not descend steep grades in gear with the ignition switched off gt Do not operate the engine at high idle for more than 5 minutes gt Do not tamper with the emission control system All inspections and adjustments must be made by a qualified technician gt Do not push start or pull start your vehicle NOTE Under U S federal law any modification to the original equipment emission control system before the first sale and registration of a vehicle is subject to penalties In some state
250. e closes automatically from the near shut position which could cause hands and fingers to be pinched and injured Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Ifthe liftgate handle is pulled while the easy Closure function is operating the liftgate can be opened e If the liftgate is opened closed repeatedly in a short period of time the easy closure function may not operate Wait for a while and then try again 3 39 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Power Windows The ignition must be switched ON for the power windows to operate A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window Closing power windows are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children Always lock all passenger power windows with the power window lock switch on the driver s side while children are in the vehicle and never allow children to play with power window switches Leaving the power window switches unlocked while children are in the vehicle is dangerous Power window switches that are not locked with the power window lock switch would allow children to operate power windows unintentionally which could result in serious injury if a child s hands head or neck becomes caught by the window 3 40 V Operating the Front Power Windows NOTE e Each passenger power window can be operated wit
251. e ignition is switched ON Small children must be protected by a child restraint system as stipulated by law in every state and province In certain states and provinces larger children must use a child restraint system page 2 36 Carefully consider which child restraint system is necessary for your child and follow the installation directions in this Owner s Manual as well as the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions AWARNING Seat belts must be worn in air bag equipped vehicles Depending only on the air bags for protection during an accident is dangerous Alone air bags may not prevent serious injuries The appropriate air bags can be expected to inflate only in the first accident such as frontal near frontal side collisions or roll over accident that are at least moderate Vehicle occupants should always wear seat belts Children should not ride in the front passenger seat Placing a child 12 years or under in the front seat is dangerous The child could be hit by a deploying air bag and be seriously injured or even killed Even if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates always move the front passenger seat as far back as possible A sleeping child is more likely to lean against the door and be hit by the side air bag in a moderate collision to the front passenger side of the vehicle Whenever possible always secure a child 12 years and under on the rear seats with an appropriate chil
252. e is any abnormality in tire inflation pressures page 5 28 Vv Advanced Keyless Warning with Advanced Key Warning indicators for the advanced key such as the advanced key removed from vehicle warning use a beep sound and warning indicator lights in the instrument cluster Refer to Warning and Beep Sounds on page 3 18 VY Blind Spot Monitoring System Warning Beep x The warning beep operates when the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the BSM warning light is illuminated NOTE The system can be personalized so that the BSM warning beep does not operate Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Some models 5 59 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Lighting Control V Headlights Turn the headlight switch to turn the headlights other exterior lights and dashboard illumination on or off NOTE e To prevent discharging the battery do not leave the lights on while the engine is off unless safety requires them Ifthe light switch is left on the lights will automatically switch off if equipped approximately 30 seconds after switching the ignition to ACC or switching the ignition off Without AUTO position Type A 5 60 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Type A OFF 00 D Switch Position Type B OFF e 3 Headlights off Off On Taillights Parking lights License lights Off On On Si
253. e of headlights from cars at the rear when the ignition is switched ON The door mirrors also adjust in conjunction with the interior rear view mirror Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Press the OFF button O to cancel the automatic dimming function The indicator light will turn off To reactivate the automatic dimming function press the ON button The indicator light will illuminate OFF button Indicator light ON button 3 67 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors NOTE Do not use glass cleaner or suspend objects on or around the light sensor Otherwise light sensor sensitivity will be affected and may not operate normally Light sensor For information regarding the 3 buttons A A on the auto dimming mirror refer to HomeLink Wireless Control System page 5 75 The auto dimmer function is canceled when the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever selector lever is in reverse R 3 68 Before Driving Your Mazda Important information about driving your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions ssccscsscssssssseeessees 4 2 Fuel Requirements kae 00s ecvapcea a ets 4 2 Emission Control System cccccescesseeseceeeeseeeeeeseeseeeeeneenseeaes 4 3 Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide csccesceseeeseeteeeeeeteeees 4 4 Before Starting the Engine Before Getting Int 422 0 n rae eee iu Ries After Gette Mo
254. e sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving Not securing cargo while driving is dangerous as it could move or be crushed during sudden braking or a collision and cause injury Use the loops in the luggage compartment to secure cargo with a rope or net The tensile strength of the loops is 196 N 20 kgf 44 lbf Do not apply excessive force to the loops as it will SSO them V Cargo Sub Compartment Center cargo sub compartment 1 Lift the trunk board Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 2 Secure the trunk board using the straps on the third row seatbacks Side cargo sub compartment Open the cover Vv Shopping Bag Hook The shopping bag hook can be used for hanging shopping bags CAUTION Do not hang excessive weight on the shopping bag hook as it could be damaged 6 195 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment E Shopping bag hook tensile strength 3 kg 6 6 Ib Rear Coat Hooks AWARNING Never hang heavy or sharp objects on the assist grips and coat hooks Hanging heavy or sharp ended objects such as a coat hanger from the assist grips or coat hooks is dangerous as they can fly off and hit an occupant in the cabin if a curtain air bag was to deploy which could result in serious injury or death Always hang clothes on the coat hooks and the assist grips without hangers Coat hook 6 196 V Luggage Compartment Golf bags can be carried
255. e than monaural non stereo FM amp FM Station 40 S0km 25 30 miles 6 18 Signals from an FM transmitter are similar to beams of light because they do not bend around corners but they do reflect Unlike AM signals FM signals cannot travel beyond the horizon Therefore FM stations cannot be received at the great distances possible with AM reception Ionosphere FM wave AM wave Wi DN e 100 200 km 60 120 miles Atmospheric conditions can also affect FM reception High humidity will cause poor reception However cloudy days may provide better reception than clear days Multipath noise Since FM signals can be reflected by obstructions it is possible to receive both the direct signal and the reflected signal at the same time This causes a slight delay in reception and may be heard as a broken sound or a distortion This problem may also be encountered when in close proximity to the transmitter Reflected wave Direct Flutter Skip noise Signals from an FM transmitter move in straight lines and become weak in valleys between tall buildings mountains and other obstacles When a vehicle passes through such an area the reception conditions may change suddenly resulting in annoying noise Weak signal noise In suburban areas broadcast signals become weak because of distance from the transmitter Reception in such fringe areas is characterized by sound breakup
256. e third row seat cannot be removed YV Split Folding the Third Row Seat To create a flat luggage compartment space fold the seatbacks forward To fold third row seat 1 With foldable head restraints Fold the head restraint all the way down page 2 15 Without foldable head restraints Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 15 2 14 2 Pull the strap and fold the seatback forward 3 Fasten the strap to its original position NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 12 To return third row seat to its original position 1 Return the seatback to its original position by pulling its strap Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 Fasten the strap to its original position between the seatback and folding board 3 With foldable head restraints Lift the head restraint upward to its upright position Essential Safety Equipment Seats Head Restraints Your vehicle is equipped with head restraints on all outboard seats and the second row center seat The head restraints are intended to help protect you and the passengers from neck injury A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints installed when seats are being used and make sure they are properly adjusted In addition always raise the head restra
257. e to the vehicle or aimed at one area for an extended period of time it could deform plastic parts or damage the paint Do not use wax containing compounds polish Otherwise it could result in paint damage In addition do not use an electrical or air tool to apply wax Otherwise the frictional heat generated could result in deformation of plastic parts or paint damage 8 60 Interior Care Dashboard Precautions Prevent caustic solutions such as perfume and cosmetic oils from contacting the dashboard They ll damage and discolor the dashboard If these solutions get on the dashboard wipe them off immediately A CAUTION Do not use glazing agents Glazing agents contain ingredients which may cause discoloration wrinkling cracks and peeling V Cleaning the Upholstery and Interior Trim Vinyl Remove dust and loose dirt from vinyl with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean vinyl with a leather and vinyl cleaner Leather Remove dust and sand first using a vacuum cleaner or other means then wipe dirt off using a soft cloth with a leather cleaner or a soft cloth soaked in mild soap Wipe off the remaining cleaner or soap using a cloth soaked in clean water and wrung out well Remove moisture with a dry soft cloth and allow the leather to further dry ina well ventilated shaded area If the leather gets wet such as from rain also remove moisture and dry it as soon as possible NOTE e Because gen
258. e under the following conditions e A passenger is speaking e Driving with the window and or the moonroof open e Driving on bumpy roads e Noise outside of the vehicle is loud Construction sites inside tunnels excess oncoming traffic or heavy rain e Operation noise from turn signals wipers or the horn is heard e A C airflow is strong or wind is blowing on the microphone e There is noise coming from cargo loaded in the vehicle e Voice commands may not be recognized depending on the voice If the voice commands are not recognized correctly repeat the commands in a louder voice at a natural pace as if speaking to another person e Dialects or different wording other than hands free prompts cannot be recognized by voice recognition Speak in the wording specified by the voice commands 6 135 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE If the voice recognition performance is not satisfactory refer to Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment page 6 159 Please be aware that the voice recognition may still make an error despite following the above points V Function Restrictions While Using Bluetooth Hands Free Some functions are limited while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used They include e Beep sound and voice guidance related to the audio unit and navigation system are not heard e Beep sound related to the A C operation is not heard e The na
259. ear suspension ball joints and wheel bearing axial play Rear differential oil AWD Tm Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 14 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R 3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a
260. eat belts all child restraint systems may not fit all seating positions Before purchasing a child restraint system it should be tested in the specific vehicle seating position or positions where it is intended to be used If a previously purchased child restraint system does not fit you may need to purchase a different one that will Infant seat An infant seat provides restraint by bracing the infant s head neck and back against the seating surface Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Child seat A child seat restrains a child s body using the harness Booster seat A booster seat is a child restraint accessory designed to improve the fit of the seat belt system around the child s body 2 41 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Installing Child Restraint Systems Accident statistics reveal that a child is safer in the rear seats The front passenger s seat is clearly the worst choice for any child under 12 and with rear facing child restraint systems it is clearly unsafe due to air bags NOTE Even if your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 69 which automatically deactivates the front passenger air bag a rear seat is the safest place for a child of any age or size Some child restraint systems now come with tethers and therefore must be installed on the seats that take tethers to be effective In your Mazda tethered child restraint syste
261. eat is washed gt Liquids are spilled on the seat gt The front passenger seat is moved backward pushing into luggage or other items placed behind it gt The front passenger seatback contacts the second row seat gt Luggage or other items are placed between the front passenger seat and driver seat gt Any accessories which might increase the total seated weight on the front passenger seat are attached to the front passenger seat The designated positions with seat belts on the rear seats are the safest places for children Always use seat belts and child restraints Do not allow a child or anyone to lean over or against the side window of a vehicle with side and curtain air bags It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even i
262. eceeseeeeeseeeeeeseeneenseestenes 2 34 Seat Belt Remmder sirenerne aeina e ee E amet 2 35 Child Restraint cisccsc sscccascessessisscessasteonsessoseessonsssedsensesonssesvasonasoases 2 36 Child Restraint Precautions 00 0 0 cceeseseeseeteeteeseeeeeeeeeeeeeaeenes 2 36 Child Restraint System Installation Position c eceeee 2 41 Installing Child Restraint Systems ccecceseeeseeseeeeereeteees 2 42 LATCH Child Restraint Systems ecesceseeeeseesseeteeetees 2 50 SRS Air Bags ws cccccscesscedsstiedsstecovascssestendesscdstoosees oatentetesstesvecsntsetes 2 55 Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions 2 55 Supplemental Restraint System Components ee 2 61 How the SRS Air Bags Work ccccccesceeesceeseeeeeeteeeeeeeetens 2 62 SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria 0 0 0 0 ececeeseeseeeseeteeteeees 2 66 Limitations to SRS Air Bag cceececceeseeeseeeeteeeeeeteeteeeseeatens 2 67 Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification OCI ee het So tase a eee eae 2 69 Monitoring and Maintenance 0 cc eceeseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeeneeeeenes 2 74 Some models 2 1 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Front Seats Manually Operated Seats A WARNING Do not modify or replace the front seats Modifying or replacing the front seats such as replacing the upholstery or loosening any bolts is dangerous The front seats contain air bag components essential to the supplemental re
263. economy always maintain recommended tire inflation pressures and stay within the recommended load limits and weight distribution A WARNING Using Different Tire Types Driving your vehicle with different types of tires is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking leading to loss of control Except for the limited use of the temporary spare tire use only the same type tires radial bias belted bias type on all four wheels Using Wrong Sized Tires Using any other tire size than what is specified for your Mazda page 10 6 is dangerous It could seriously affect ride handling ground clearance tire clearance and speedometer calibration This could cause you to have an accident Use only tires that are the correct size specified for your Mazda 8 32 Y Tire Inflation Pressure A WARNING Always inflate the tires to the correct pressure Overinflation or underinflation of tires is dangerous Adverse handling or unexpected tire failure could result in a serious accident Refer to Tires on page 10 6 Use only a Mazda genuine tire valve cap Use of a non genuine part is dangerous as the correct tire air pressure cannot be maintained if the tire valve becomes damaged If the vehicle is driven under this condition the tire air pressure will decrease which could result in a serious accident Do not use any part for the tire valve cap that is not a Mazda genuine part The Tire Pressure Monitoring
264. ection A CAUTION If the signal surface of a disc is touched it could cause the sound to skip Pick up a disc by grasping the edge of the hole and the outer edge NOTE When no disc is inserted No Disc is displayed on the monitor No Disc DISC 6 85 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Inserting the disc Insert the disc into the disc slot with the label side up Disc slot CAUTION Insert the disc with its label side decorated side facing upward If the disc is inserted upside down it may cause a malfunction NOTE Ifa disc is inserted while the Rear Entertainment System is turned off but the display is open and when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON the system automatically turns on and starts playback Ejecting the disc Press the eject button to eject the disc Eject button 6 86 NOTE When the eject button is pressed the disc is ejected halfway e A disc can be ejected with the Rear Entertainment System turned off V Picture Adjustment The brightness BRIGHT color adjustment TINT color density COLOR and contrast CONTRAST of the screen can be adjusted Press the picture adjust button PICTURE on the remote controller to change to the picture adjustment mode The picture mode changes in the order of BRIGHT TINT gt COLOR CONTRAST OFF each time the button is pressed in this mode Press the picture adjust button A or V pos
265. ed accidentally by the new owner of the vehicle After removing the seat belt extender discard it Never use the seat belt extender in any other vehicle you may own in the future Do not use an extender that is too long Using an extender that is too long is dangerous The seat belt will not fit properly In an accident the seat belt will not provide adequate protection and you could be seriously injured Do not use the extender or choose one shorter in length if the distance between the extender s buckle and the center of the user s body is less than 15 cm 6 in 2 33 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not leave a seat belt extender connected to the buckle Leaving a seat belt extender connected to the buckle without using the seat belt is dangerous When the seat belt extender is connected to the driver s seat belt buckle or front passenger seat the SRS driver s or front passenger s air bag system will determine that the driver or front passenger is wearing the seat belt even if the driver or front passenger is not wearing it This condition could cause the driver s or front passenger s air bag to not activate correctly and result in death or serious injury in the event of collision Always wear the seat belt with the seat belt extender Do not use the seat belt extender when installing a child restraint system on the front or rear passenger seat Using a seat belt extender to fasten a ch
266. ed time display 4 Folder number File number 4 File name 4 Folder name 4 Album name ID3 Tag 4 Song name ID3 Tag 4 Artist name ID3 Tag NOTE The information viewable in the display is only CD information such as artist name song title which has been recorded to the CD The system can only display one byte alphabetic characters If two byte or other types of characters have been recorded to the CD they may not display correctly Display scroll Only 8 characters File name or 12 characters Except file name can be displayed at one time To display the rest of the characters of a long title turn the display feed dial TEXT to the right Hidden titles can be scrolled into the display one character at a time NOTE The displayable number of characters is limited If the number of characters including the file extension mp3 exceeds 32 characters it may not be fully displayed Message display If CHECK CD is displayed it means that there is some CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary jack You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers Use a commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mi
267. ed When doing recreational towing refer to to the bumper Towing Description page 7 21 and Tiedown Hooks page 7 22 and carefully follow the instructions 7 24 Maintenance and Care How to keep your Mazda in top condition Tntrod ction 4 sccdesicssesccccacckedacedcecdedusedeecsesocssucesecessesesseses sees Seano sss 8 2 Introduction 28 ee a E E NE 8 2 Scheduled Maintenance eeessssssssoooosoeseseeeeseseeessssososoososoesesesesse 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance USA Canada and Puerto Rico 8 3 Scheduled Maintenance Mexico csseseeseeteesseeseeeeeeeesees 8 9 Owner Maintenance ccscccsscsscsseccsecsccesccecssssscssescesseseoeses Owner Maintenance Schedule ce cceeseeseeseeeeeeteeeeeeteeneees Owner Maintenance Precautions ceccceseeseeeeeeseeseeeeeeees Engine Compartment Overview csecesssesseeceeeeeeeeeeeeneeanes Engine aa x nike eee Ree ci a Engine Coolant si nane n Selenite Brake Fluid roninas iioii R EREE Power Steering Fluid nsnsssessssesseesesseseeseestsesesresessesresesresrsee Washer Fluid inrer seins nee ced Body Lubrication iis 6 5 cd ccbscesccgsca de sciepeheddi fects iE eSEE Wiper Blades sce Seek eke tes See ee a esate FUSES 2 fei ais hs faadestan ates A attain chick ies ovens casein Appearance Cafe ccccsscsressscssscsscersssssctssssseessssessssssessseseess 8 54 How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage
268. ed to the sidewalls of passenger vehicle tires over the next several years according to a schedule established by the NHTSA and the tire manufacturers The grade of tires available as standard or optional equipment on Mazda vehicles may vary with respect to grade ALL PASSENGER VEHICLE TIRES MUST CONFORM TO THESE GRADES AND TO ALL OTHER FEDERAL TIRE SAFETY REQUIREMENTS VY Uniform Tire Quality Grading Quality grades can be found where applicable on the tire sidewall between tread shoulder and maximum section width For example Treadwear 200 Traction AA Temperature A UTQGS MARK example TREADWEAR 200 TRACTION AA TEMPERATURE A 9 24 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tire Labeling Federal law requires tire manufacturers to place standardized information on the sidewall of all tires This information identifies and describes the fundamental characteristics of the tire and also provides a tire identification number for safety standard certification and in case of a recall V Information on Passenger Vehicle Tires Please refer to the sample below TIN U S DOT tire identification number Passenger car tire Nominal width of tire in millimeters Ratio of height to width aspect ratio Radial Run flat tire Rim diameter code Load index amp speed symbol Oo AN Dn FP WYN Severe snow conditions 10 Tire ply composition and mat
269. ee sap will harden and adhere permanently to the paint finish If you scratch the sap off while it is hard some vehicle paint could come off with it Prevention It is necessary to have your Mazda washed and waxed to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section This should be done as soon as possible Bird droppings can be removed with a soft sponge and water If you are traveling and these are not available a moistened tissue may also take care of the problem The cleaned area should be waxed according to the instructions in this section Insects and tree sap are best removed with a soft sponge and water or a commercially available chemical cleaner Another method is to cover the affected area with dampened newspaper for one to two hours After removing the newspaper rinse off the loosened debris with water Y Water Marks Occurrence Rain fog dew and even tap water can contain harmful minerals such as salt and lime If moisture containing these minerals settles on the vehicle and evaporates the minerals will concentrate and harden to form white rings The rings can damage your vehicle s finish Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you find water marks on your vehicle s finish V Paint Chipping Occurrence Paint chipping occurs when gravel thrown in t
270. eee 6 85 Country code list 0 0 eee 6 116 Language code list 0 0 0 6 114 Sound output occ eeeeeeeeees 6 91 Rear View Monitor eeeeee 6 177 Rear Window Defroster 006 5 73 Rear Window Washer 000 5 73 Rear Window Wipe 5 72 Rearview MiUrror cccecceceeseeteeeees 3 66 Recreational Towing ceeeee 7 24 Registering Your Vehicle in A Foreign County aaie E en Wale ES 9 19 Rocking the Vehicle eseeeee 4 9 Roll overs ccc niss S ae A 4 8 11 6 S Safety Defects Reporting 9 45 Seat Belt System 3 point type eeeeceseeeeteteeeeees 2 24 Automatic locking e 2 23 Center rear lap shoulder 2 29 Emergency locking 06 2 22 Extendetccc i esi cise cette 2 33 Pregnant women cesses 2 22 Pretensioner and load limiting 2 26 Seat belt precautions 2 20 Seat belt reminder cee 2 35 Warning light 2 0 0 0 eee 2 34 Seats Front seat Electrically operated seats 2 4 Front seat Manually operated seats 2 2 Seat Warmer ecceeeeeseeseeeeees 2 18 Second row seats ccceceeeeees 2 9 Third row Seat 0 0 2 13 Second Row Seats 0 0 cececeeeeeeeeeeees 2 9 Security System Immobilizer system with advanced key 6 3 54 Immobilizer system without advanced key 3 58 Theft deterrent system
271. eeeesees page 3 44 Power window switches ccccccccccsssssssseeceseescsesecseeseseecseseeseeeesesecseesseeesseeeesees page 3 40 G Outside mirror SWitCh sers A r A page 3 65 Headlight leveling SWitch natare a i N page 5 65 DIT CS OFF SWI h en na sosensoees Setiae thee evetene hai deeeieeen Saas oes page 5 23 Power liftgate switch sciri e ee a essen de page 3 35 O Lighting control oaia io E EARE page 5 60 M Turn and lane change signal 0 ccccccecssceseeseesesseeecseeseeseeseeseeseeseeseeeeseeseseeaees page 5 66 O Dashboard illumination Knob oo cecccccceseesesesseseesescecseseeseseeseeeeseeesseeseseseesees page 5 42 2 Instrument cl ster gu mrien ete GA ats EES page 5 39 3 Wiper and washer lever ndiii nostes hen acc Saet ean Agate anit ceed page 5 68 4 Tenition SWitch i aiie oriit nea E E EEE EE EEA se eee page 5 2 Lock release levetis onien oe bad E E E R S page 3 65 6 Parking brake ienei ea E A eae E S page 5 7 BSM OFFSWiteh ione narenn ar r A a oies page 5 37 1 2 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View B Audio control switches QYISRS ar bags orenera rea e aE R ERRE O AR EER EEA EE ERRARE Cruise control switches Information display ccccccccecesessssseeeeseseseeeeeeeseseseceseseseseeeeeeecaeseeeeseseaeseneseees Climate con
272. een under foggy conditions or at night To turn the fog lights on rotate the fog light switch to the 0 position The headlight switch must be in the 2D position before turning on the fog lights Type A Fog light switch Type B 40 OFF Fog light switch To turn them off rotate the fog light switch to the OFF position or turn the headlight switch to the 200 Type A Type B position Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The fog lights will turn off when the headlights are set at high beam e With auto light control If the fog light switch is in the ON position and the headlight switch is in the AUTO position the fog lights will turn on when the headlights the exterior lights and dashboard illumination turn automatically Some models 5 67 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Windshield Wipers and DENION The ignition must be switched ON A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Only use windshield washer fluid mixed with anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions Using windshield washer fluid without anti freeze protection in freezing weather conditions is dangerous as it could freeze on the windshield and block your vision which could ca
273. eering will result in stability Backing up Backing a vehicle with a trailer requires practice and patience Back slowly and have a helper outside at the rear of the trailer to reduce the risk of an accident To turn the trailer place your hand at the bottom of the steering wheel and turn it in the direction you want the trailer to go Make only slight movements to prevent sharp or prolonged turning 4 19 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Ascending a hill Shift into a lower gear to reduce the possibility of overloading or overheating the engine or both Descending a hill Shift into a lower gear and use engine compression as a braking effect A WARNING Always use lower gears to reduce speed Holding the brake pedal down too long or too frequently is dangerous as it could cause the brakes to overheat and lose power resulting in loss of control and a serious accident Use lower gears to help reduce speed Pull off the road and allow brakes to cool down whenever braking performance feels reduced Overheated engine The extra weight of the trailer may strain the engine on hot days and on long or steep upgrades If the temperature gauge indicates overheating turn off the air conditioner drive safely to the side of the road park off the right of way and wait for engine to cool Refer to Overheating page 7 16 Parking Always make sure the tires of the trailer and the tow vehicle are blocked while parked Apply the parki
274. ehicle 3 Lower the head restraints all the way down page 2 15 NOTE If the second row seats cannot be folded because the head restraints for the second row seats contact the front seats remove the head restraints for the second row seats 2 12 4 Pull the lever and fold the seatback forward ACAUTION When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury NOTE To create a flat luggage compartment space from the rear of the vehicle to the back of the front seats fold the second row and third row seats page 2 14 Returning seatbacks to their original positions 1 Lift the seatback to its original position Make sure the seatback is secured by attempting to lightly move it forward and back 2 If the head restraints were removed re install them 3 Route the center rear seat belt through the seat belt guide and fasten it Check that all seat belts are routed properly for passenger use page 2 29 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Third Row Seat AWARNING Do not stack cargo higher than the seatbacks Stacking luggage or other cargo higher than the seatbacks is dangerous During a sudden stop or collision objects can fly around and become projectiles that could hit and injure passengers Make sure luggage and cargo are secured before driving
275. ek tuning button V to reverse the program while the button is being pressed When the seek tuning button A is pressed playback starts from the beginning of the next program When the seek tuning button A is pressed while the last program is being played the instant replay mode is canceled Press and hold the seek tuning button A to fast forward the program while the button is being pressed When pressing and holding the button until the end of the program the instant replay mode is canceled When the Play Pause button Pl is pressed again playback is paused or playback starts if it has been paused Instant replay PAUSE If the Play Pause button PII is pressed while the instant replay mode is off instant replay mode is turned on in a paused condition PAUSE Press the Play Pause button PII again to resume playback from the point at which it was paused Displaving the SIRIUS ID ESN Method 1 Turn the manual tuning dial and select channel 0 to display the twelve digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner Method 2 1 Press selection button 5 to display the settings screen 2 Press selection button 5 again to display the twelve digit Electronic Serial Number ESN for the SIRIUS tuner 6 55 Interior Comfort Audio System If the SIRIUS ID ESN for the tuner does not display If ESN Fail is displayed contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Parental lock P
276. elt with an expended pretensioner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase In a rollover crash an unbelted person is significantly more likely to die than a person wearing a seat belt 2 21 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A CAUTION Belt retraction may become difficult if the belts and rings are soiled so try to keep them clean For more details about cleaning the seat belts refer to Cleaning the Lap Shoulder Belt Webbing page 8 61 aie Vv Pregnant Women and Persons with Serious Medical Conditions Pregnant women should always wear seat belts Ask your doctor for specific recommendations The lap belt should be worn SNUGLY AND AS LOW AS POSSIBLE OVER THE HIPS The shoulder belt should be worn across your shoulder properly but never across the stomach area Persons with serious medical conditions also should wear seat belts Check with your doctor for any special instructions regarding specific medical conditions V Emergency Locking Mode In the emergency locking mode the belt remains comfortable on the occupant and the retractor will lock in position during a collision When the seat belt is fastened it will always be in the emergency locking mode until it is switched to automatic locking mode by pulling it all the way out to its full length If
277. em The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62 e All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when the key is in the ignition switch Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and the hazard warning lights will flash twice 3 23 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights
278. emaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 For questions or comments please contact HomeLink at www homelink com or 1 800 355 3515 VY Gate operator Canadian Programming Canadian radio frequency laws require transmitter signals to time out or quit after several seconds of transmission which may not be long enough for HomeLink to pick up the signal during programming Similar to this Canadian law some U S gate operators are designed to time out in the same manner If you live in Canada or you are having difficulties programming a gate operator by using the Programming procedures regardless of where you live replace Programming HomeLink step 3 with the following NOTE If programming a garage door opener or gate operator it is advised to unplug the device during the cycling process to prevent possible overheating 5 78 Continue to press and hold the HomeLink button while you press and release every two seconds cycle your hand held transmitter until the frequency signal has successfully been accepted by HomeLink The indicator light will flash slowly and then rapidly Proceed with Programming step 4 to complete V Operating the HomeLink System Press the programmed HomeLink button to operate a programmed device The code will continue being transmitted for a maximum of 20 seconds V Reprogramming the
279. emoved gt Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate this equipment NOTE For CD player section This device complies with part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harmful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation 6 71 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Rear Entertainment System Monitor screen release knob DISC IN indicator light Disc slot Eject button C DISC IN Wireless headphone signal transmitter Remote control signal receiver Monitor screen V Rear Entertainment System Outline The Rear Entertainment System has a 9 0 inch wide LCD as well as DVD video DVD audio video
280. empting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured Do not leave items in the engine compartment After you have finished checking or doing servicing in the engine compartment do not forget and leave items such as tools or rags in the engine compartment Tools or other items left in the engine compartment could cause engine damage ora fire leading to an unexpected accident 8 17 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Engine Compartment Overview Engine coolant reservoir Brake fluid reservoir Power steering fluid reservoir Battery Fuse block Relay box Windscreen washer fluid reservoir Engine oil dipstick Engine oil filler cap 8 18 Engine Oil NOTE Changing the engine oil should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Mazda recommends Mazda Genuine Parts and Castrol U S A and Mexico For optimal engine performance there are certain types of engine oils and filters suitable for your vehicle Please consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Recommended Oil Use SAE 5W 20 engine oil Oil container labels provide important information A chief contribution this type of oil makes to fuel economy is reducing the amount of fuel necessary to overcome engine frictio
281. ems e Audio unit e Pick up button e Hang up button Audio unit The audio unit can be used for Bluetooth Hands Free activation making calls hanging up device programming device selection device deletion device information display import contact and volume adjustment 6 165 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation Pick up button and Hang up button Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as making calls or hanging up using the pick up button and hang up button on the steering wheel V How to Use This Section Bluetooth Hands Free activation method Press the phone button PHONE The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System 6 166 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation Device programming Pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free the device equipped with Bluetooth has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure A maximum of seven devices including hands free mobile phones and Bluetooth audio devices can be programmed to one vehicle Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation NOTE e A device can be programmed only when th
282. en programmed as a hands free mobile phone e Since the communication range of a Bluetooth equipped device is about 10 meters 32 ft if a device is placed within a 10 meter 32 ft radius of the vehicle it may be detected programmed unintentionally while another device is being programmed Type A 1 Activate the Bluetooth application of the device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 6 140 2 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list 7 Say Beep Pair 8 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 9 Say Beep XX XX Speak an arbitrary 4 digit pairing code This can be any combination of 4 numbers NOTE e Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary e Record the code as it will be used to program your device in Step 16 10 Prompt Pairing code XXXX 4 digit number Is this correct 11 Say Beep Yes or No 12 If Yes go to Step 13 If No the procedure returns to Step 8
283. en the SIRIUS button SIRIUS is pressed during ACC ON it will play the last SIRIUS channel in use before the mode was switched over to another mode or the power was turned off 6 52 When the SIRIUS button SIRIUS is pressed in a mode other than the SIRIUS mode the last channel in use will be received Every time the SIRIUS button SIRIUS is pressed the bank changes in the order shown below SIRIUS 1 gt SIRIUS2 gt SIRIUS3 NOTE SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 and SIRIUS3 six stations can be stored in each bank for convenient access to your favorite stations Operation in the initial state It may take some time to start up the equipment when it is in the initial state when there is a change in the user s subscription condition or when the SIRIUS channel map is changed Updating channels XXX complete is displayed when the SIRIUS channel map is changed If the Updating channels XXX complete display is not available Updating channels is displayed If the unit is initialized or the user contract content is changed Updating channels Subscription Updated is displayed Updating could take as long as a few minutes depending on the geographical area When the unit is in an initialized state channel 184 is displayed after the display indicates Updating channels XXX complete If the SIRIUS channel map or the user contract content is changed the channel prior to the change is displayed
284. ep sound is heard after the adjustment to the programmed position is completed 2 7 Essential Safety Equipment Seats NOTE e If the seat is already adjusted to the position you are activating the seat does not move a beep sound is not heard e The advanced key retractable key cannot be programmed while the key is inserted in the key cylinder Ifany of the following operations is performed while activating a seat the activation will cancel After pressing a programming button or unlocking the doors with a programmed advanced key retractable type key and while the positions are being adjusted The selector lever is shifted to a position other than P The ignition is switched ON Any of the seat adjustment switches other than a lumbar support switch are operated The SET button is pressed e A programming button 1 2 or 3 is pressed Vehicle locking unlocking is done using the transmitter The vehicle starts moving To cancel the seat activation when using a programmed advanced key retractable type key to unlock the doors Perform the following procedure e Switch the ignition off Press the SET button next to the programming button 1 2 or 3 and then the lock button on the advanced key retractable type key within about 5 seconds A beep sound is heard after the operation is completed 2 8 Y Lumbar Support Adjustment Driver s Seat Manually operated To increase the se
285. er air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates A CAUTION gt To assure proper deployment of the front air bag and to prevent damage to the sensors in the front seat bottoms gt Do not place sharp objects on the front seat bottoms or leave heavy luggage on them gt Do not spill any liquids on the front seats or under the front seats gt To allow the sensors to function properly always perform the following gt Adjust the front seats as far back as possible and always sit upright against the seatbacks with seat belts worn properly gt If you place your child on the front passenger seat secure the child restraint system properly and slide the front passenger seat as far back as possible page 2 47 2 72 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags NOTE The system requires about 10 seconds to alternate between turning the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system on or off The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate repeatedly if luggage or other items are put on the front passenger seat or if the temperature of the vehicle s interior changes suddenly The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light may illuminate for 10 seconds if the total seated weight on the front passenger seat changes The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light might illuminate if the front passenger seat receives a severe impact If the front passenger air bag
286. er installing a child restraint system on the front passenger seat If the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate remove the child restraint system switch the ignition to OFF or ACC and then re install the child restraint system Refer to Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors on page 2 69 ee AIRBAG OFF AWARNING Do not seat a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System While it is always better to install any child restraint system on the rear seat it is imperative that a child restraint system ONLY be used on the front passenger seat if the deactivation indicator light illuminates when the child is seated in the child restraint system page 2 69 Seating a child in a child restraint system installed on the front passenger seat with the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light not illuminated is dangerous If this indicator light does not illuminate this means that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner are ready for deployment If an accident were to deploy an air bag a child in a child restraint system sitting in the front passenger seat could be seriously injured or killed If the indicator light does not illuminate after seating a child in a child restraint system on the fr
287. erate correctly Take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE In addition to the indicator light flashing a slight lugging sound will come from the engine This indicates that the TCS is operating properly On slippery surfaces such as fresh snow it will be impossible to achieve high rpm when the TCS is on 5 24 VTCS OFF Indicator Light TCS OFF This indicator light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON It also illuminates when the TCS OFF switch is pressed and TCS is switched off Refer to TCS OFF Switch on page 5 25 If the light remains illuminated and the TCS is not switched off take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer The dynamic stability control may have a malfunction NOTE If the TCS DSC indicator light and the TCS OFF indicator light remain illuminated even after switching the ignition from ON to OFF and back to ON attempt the procedure again If this still does not resolve the issue consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer WTCS OFF Switch If the vehicle speed is less than 15 km h 9 mph press the TCS OFF switch to turn off the TCS The TCS OFF indicator light will illuminate Press the switch again to turn the TCS back on The TCS OFF indicator light will turn off If the vehicle speed is more than 15 km h 9 mph the TCS OFF indicator light will not illuminate even if the switch is pressed Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving N
288. erials used 9 25 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada 11 Max load rating 12 Tread wear traction and temperature grades 13 Max permissible inflation pressure 14 SAFETY WARNING P215 65R15 95H is an example of a tire size and load index rating Here is an explanation of the various components of that tire size and load index rating Note that the tire size and load index rating may be different from the example P Indicates a tire that may be installed on cars SUVs minivans and light trucks as designated by the Tire and Rim Association T amp RA NOTE If your tire size does not begin with a letter this may mean it is designated by either ETRTO European Tire and Rim Technical Organization or JATMA Japan Tire Manufacturing Association 215 215 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 65 65 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width R R is the tire construction symbol R indicates Radial ply construction 15 15 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 95 95 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support 9 26 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire I
289. erloaded Vehicle Overloading a vehicle is dangerous The results of overloading can have serious consequences in terms of passenger safety Too much weight on a vehicle s suspension system can cause spring or shock absorber failure brake failure handling or steering problems irregular tire wear tire failure or other damage Overloading makes a vehicle harder to drive and control It also increases the distance required for stopping In cases of serious overloading brakes can fail completely particularly on steep grades The load a tire will carry safely is a combination of the size of the tire its load range and corresponding inflation pressure Never overload the vehicle and always observe the vehicle s weight ratings from the vehicle s Safety Certification and Tire and Load Information labels Base Curb Weight is the weight of the vehicle including a full tank of fuel and all standard equipment It does not include passengers cargo or optional equipment Vehicle Curb Weight is the weight of your new vehicle when you picked it up from your dealer plus any aftermarket equipment PAYLOAD 9 37 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Payload is the combination weight of cargo and passengers that the vehicle is designed to carry The maximum payload for your vehicle can be found on the Tire and Load Information label on the driver s door frame or door pillar Look for THE COMBIN
290. error message Use of Non supported Disc An error message is displayed if a non supported DVD ROM disc a non supported disc format or a disc PAL other with a different image signal encoding is read DISC This type of disc can not be played If the disc content cannot be read An error message is displayed if the disc cannot be read due to scratches or the content cannot be read Please check this disc DISC 6 120 Incorrect region code An error message is displayed if a disc other than one with region code or including region is inserted The region of disc can not be played High temperature malfunction If the temperature surrounding the DVD player area exceeds 88 C 190 F the DVD player operation is stopped to protect the unit When the temperature decreases to 70 C 158 F or less the protective circuit function is cleared and the operation is restored HOT PROTECT DVD SHUTDOWN System errors Common to each mode Power malfunction An error message is displayed if the power supply to the rear entertainment system drops About 9 5 Vor less and the power is turned off The power is restored when the power supply to the rear entertainment system is 10 Vor more BATTERY ERROR High temperature malfunction If the temperature around the LCD area exceeds 95 C 203 F the power supply is turned off to protect the LCD When the temperature around the LCD area is 85 C 185
291. erse order Discharged battery Jumper cables Booster battery 7 19 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting 1 Make sure the booster battery is 12 V Push Starting and that its negative terminal is grounded Do not push start your Mazda 2 If the booster battery is in another NOTE vehicle don t allow both vehicles to You can t start a vehicle with an automatic touch Turn off the engine of the transaxle by pushing it vehicle with the booster battery and all unnecessary electrical loads in both vehicles 3 Connect the jumper cables in the exact sequence as in the illustration Connect one end of a cable to the positive terminal on the discharged battery 1 Attach the other end to the positive terminal on the booster battery 2 Connect one end of the other cable to the negative terminal of the booster battery 3 Connect the other end to the ground point indicated in the illustration away from the discharged battery 4 4 Start the engine of the booster vehicle and run it a few minutes Then start the engine of the other vehicle 5 When finished carefully disconnect the cables in the reverse order described in the illustration 7 20 Towing Description We recommend that towing be done only by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a commercial tow truck service Proper lifting and towing are necessary to prevent damage to the vehicle Particularly when towing a AWD vehicle where
292. eseeeeseeecsesecsesesseeecseecseeesseeesees page 6 72 i Cener Console reier a hie Gest ees page 6 194 Remote fuel filler lid release shares n page 3 48 Cup holders a hie Silien ie Be ae es Pasian eines page 6 191 SUVIST ungan ie aisles ete n dae eterna ne a ha a a page 6 183 Q Moonroof switches sensacii eini a AE EA TRORA page 3 51 M Overhead Consilier n EEA A AEE page 6 193 M Rearview mT ei a AO ae ee Re ON page 3 66 2 Vanity MIOT aonan ee tected es page 6 183 9 Front Seats s 28 itesgohasieie fies east shatters vetoes ae viene ates page 2 2 Climate control system Rear ccccccceceseeseseeseneceecseeeeseeseeseeseeseeseeseseeteseeaees page 6 14 Second TOW Seatin shoe atria teeta E E E N page 2 9 40 Thirdirow seat onera a A E page 2 13 1 4 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Front page 3 49 Windshield wiper blades 0 ecceeceeccsecccesscessccesecesscessecsseessessaccsseeessecsneeeeeees age 8 26 p pag 3 MOONEOOE 5 2 ashes ees Sars aes a a aa ee i eae age 3 51 pag Door lock 3 858 Mk k ek A eh Alles es is oe eh AORN ae page 3 28 6 Fuel filler lid argi aa a aes A a a page 3 47 E DORAE REIA N TEA AI EEI IAE AA A EAN AATE AASE page 8 32 OIE E e E E E os E E E E E page 8 38 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 5 Your Vehicle at a Glance Exterior Overview Rear
293. esired file is located by operating the select button up or down 3 Press the ENTER button Playback starts from the first track in the selected folder NOTE e A mark is attached to a folder if the folder has a playable MP3 WMA file e Ifa disc including a playlist is being played the playlist file can be selected Playlist file playback Playlist files can be played using the following procedure 1 Set the display mode to the TREEIDX mode Refer to Assist Functions MP3 WMA CD on page 6 102 2 Move the cursor to the PLAYLIST by operating the select button 3 Press the ENTER button to change the display from TREEIDX to PLSTIDX 4 Move the cursor to the desired playlist file by operating the select button up or down 5 Press the ENTER button Playback starts in the order programmed in the playlist file NOTE The loading time after pressing the ENTER button may be longer depending on the disc V Initial Setting Function The settings set in the initial setting function remain after the unit is turned off or the disc is changed The following items can be set in the initial setting Lang Sound and subtitle setting Rating Parental lock setting Mark On Screen Mark Angle Mark and Mode Priority settings Audio Audio DRC setting Aspect Not available Displaying selecting the initial setting function menu 1 Press the SET UP button while the disc is not being played to display the initial
294. ess entry system transmitter Refer to Keyless Entry System on page 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A WARNING Be sure to watch the power liftgate as it opens or closes and make sure that it closes completely Opening or closing the power liftgate while not watching it move is dangerous Because of unseen obstacles and the jam safe feature a liftgate may not close completely and if left unnoticed could result in serious injury or death if an occupant were to fall out of the vehicle Always be sure that the area around the liftgate is clear before activating it Always confirm the safety of the area around the power liftgate before operating it electrically Not checking the area around the liftgate for people before operating it using the power liftgate switch or the button on the keyless entry system is dangerous A person could become caught between the liftgate and an obstruction while it is opening electrically or between the liftgate and vehicle while it is closing electrically resulting in an accident and serious injury Always be sure the power liftgate completely closes before shifting into gear and driving the vehicle Shifting out of Park P while the liftgate is moving is dangerous The liftgate will not close completely and this could result in serious injury or death if an occupant were to fall out of the vehicle Occupants in the vehicle will also not have full protection in a coll
295. et the moonroof and resume operation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Press the tilt switch to partially tilt open the rear of the moonroof 3 Repeat Step 2 The rear of the moonroof tilts open to the fully open position then closes a little NOTE If the re set procedure is performed while the moonroof is in the slide position partially open it closes before the rear tilts opens 3 52 V Engine off Moonroof Operation The moonroof can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or switched off with all doors closed If any door is opened the moonroof will be inoperable V Opening Closing the Moonroof from Outside The moonroof can be opened or closed from outside the vehicle after the doors and the liftgate are closed Refer to Opening Closing the Power Windows and the Moonroof from Outside on page 3 44 VW Jam safe Moonroof If a person s hands head or an object blocks the moonroof during closing operation the moonroof will stop and open halfway A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the moonroof just before it reaches the fully closed position Blocking the moonroof just before it reaches the closed position is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the moonroof from stopping If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur NOTE e Depending on driving conditions a closing moonroof could stop and start opening when the moonroof feels a
296. exiting the third row seat area Raise the lever on the side of the second row Seat to fold the seatback forward and slide the seat forward After entering exiting the third row seat area 1 Return the second row seatback to its upright position and lock it after sliding it backward Make sure it is locked by attempting to lightly move it forward and backward 2 Make sure that the center rear seat belt is routed properly not under the head restraint and the seat belt guide is snapped to the head restraint 2 11 Essential Safety Equipment Seats A CAUTION gt When folding a seatback always hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury gt After entering exiting the third row seat area return the seatback to its upright position Otherwise it could move unexpectedly and cause injury V Folding the Second Row Seats To create a flat luggage compartment space fold the seatbacks forward Folding the seatbacks 1 Unfasten the lap portion of the center rear seat belt page 2 31 and stow it into the ceiling recess page 2 31 A CAUTION Always unfasten the lap portion of the belt before folding the rear left seatback Leaving the lap portion of the belt fastened could cause damage to the seat belt buckle and seatback 2 Slide the seat all the way back toward the rear of the v
297. ext information sent from a broadcasting station is displayed in the audio display Press selection button 5 6 47 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE If any of the following operations is performed the radio text information display is cleared and the normal display appears e Return button RETURN is pressed e Band selector button FMIAM is pressed Manual tuning dial is turned e Seek tuning button A W is pressed 6 48 MEMO 6 49 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Satellite Radio Selection Selection Selection button 3 button 8 SIRIUS button Selection Selection button 4 button 7 Cie LOAD Selection button 5 button 1 Selection button 2 Seek tuning buttons 6 50 Selection button 6 Category up button VOLUME tI PUSH POWER Scan button Play Pause button Return button Category down button Manual tuning dial Enter button Text button NOTE This equipment has been tested and found to comply with the limits for a Class B digital device pursuant to Part 15 of the FCC Rules These limits are designed to provide reasonable protection against harmful interference in a residential installation This equipment generates uses and can radiate radio frequency energy and if not installed and used in accordance with the instructions may cause harm
298. ey with advanced key NOTE When starting the engine using the advanced key refer to Starting the Engine page 3 10 When starting the engine with the auxiliary key perform the following procedure 1 Remove the auxiliary key from the advanced key page 3 17 2 Make sure the start knob is in OFF LOCK position 3 Remove the start knob by pulling it outward while pressing the buttons on both the left and right sides 4 Insert the auxiliary key in the ignition switch 5 2 V Ignition Switch Positions The engraved mark on the actual vehicle may read OFF or LOCK depending on the type of ignition system OFF LOCK The power supply to electrical devices is turned off Only in this position can the key be removed AWARNING Remove the key only when the vehicle is parked with steering lock mechanism Removing the key from the ignition switch while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Removing the key allows the steering wheel to lock You will lose steering control and a serious accident could occur For vehicles equipped with the advanced key the steering wheel locks when the starter knob is turned to the OFF LOCK position Before leaving the driver s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving
299. f the child is seated in a child restraint system 2 39 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained A CAUTION A seat belt or child restraint system can become very hot in a closed vehicle during warm weather To avoid burning yourself or a child check them before you or your child touches them NOTE Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems in the rear seats When using these anchors to secure a child restraint system refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 50 2 40 Child Restraint System Installation Position In this owner s manual explanation of child restraint systems is provided for the following three types of popular child restraint systems infant seat child seat booster seat NOTE e Installation position is determined by the type of child restraint system Always read the manufacturer s instructions and this owner s manual carefully e Due to variations in the design of child restraint systems vehicle seats and s
300. f the language in the native pronunciation 3 Prompt Would you like to change the language to French Desired language 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected Spoken in the newly selected language Pairing code setting Type B Navigation system The 4 digit pairing code setting for registration of your cell phone pairing can be set beforehand NOTE The initial setting value is 0000 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 6 Say Beep Set pairing code 7 Prompt Your current pairing code is XXXX Do you want to change it to a different pairing code 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please say a 4 digit pairing code 10 Say Beep YYYY 11 Prompt YYYY is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes or No 13 If Yes g
301. f the volume is too high and ambient sound cannot be heard while driving driving operation could be obstructed causing an accident gt Do not leave the remote controller and the headphones unstowed If the remote controller and the headphone are not stowed they could fall under the brake pedal during a sudden stop or while turning which could obstruct driving operation and cause an accident A CAUTION gt Do not put foreign material into the disc slot It may cause a fire or malfunction gt Do not clean plastic finished parts with solvent such as benzene or thinner The parts may deform causing a fire or malfunction 6 73 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System V Operating Tips for Disc Playable discs DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD CD R CD RW DVD R DVD RW and dts CD can be played NOTE It may not be possible to play DVD video DVD audio video CD audio CD and MP3 WMA CD according to the procedures indicated in these instructions if the playback conditions have been restricted by the producer Read the instruction manual accompanying the DVD video video CD DVD audio audio CD 6 74 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD video DVD videos bearing the following logo can be played DVD gt VIDEO DVD audio DVD audio bearing the following logo can be played AUDIO DVD R and DVD RW DVD Rs and DVD RWs bearing each of the following logos can be pla
302. fer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62 Front passenger door liftgate request switch To unlock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice NOTE The request switch on the driver s door can be used to close the power windows and the moonroof from Outside Refer to Opening Closing the Power Windows and the Moonroof from Outside on page 3 44 Refer to Opening Closing the Moonroof from Outside on page 3 52 Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are securely locked e All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open A beep sound is heard for confirmation when the doors and the liftgate are locked unlocked using the request switch If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off page 10 8 3 9 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System The setting can be changed so that the doors and the liftgate are locked automatically without pressing the request switch page 10 8 Auto lock function A beep sound is heard when all doors and the liftgate are closed while the advanced key is being carried All doors and the liftgate are locked automatically after about 3 seconds when the advanced key is out of the operational range Also the hazard warning lights flash once Even if the driver is in the operational range all doors and the liftgate are locked automatically afte
303. ferential oil AWD iii Driveshaft dust boots I I I Bolts and nuts on chassis and body T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I All locks and hinges L L L L L L Washer fluid level I I I I I I 8 12 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace C Clean T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 3 6 9 12 15 18 21 24 27 30 33 36 x1000 km 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or lo
304. front A C switch is off the rear air conditioning operates only to circulate air Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents When the rear air conditioner is operated automatically AUTO is displayed on the rear screen When the rear air conditioner is controlled to the same temperature setting as the front air conditioner for the driver s side SYNC is displayed on the rear screen To turn off the system press the OFF switch Y AM FM Radio Antenna The antenna is printed onto the window glass A CAUTION When washing the inside of the window which has an antenna use a soft cloth dampened in lukewarm water gently wiping the antenna lines Use of glass cleaning products could damage the antenna V Satellite Radio Antenna The satellite radio antenna receives SIRIUS signals Satellite radio antenna iau 2 Interior Comfort Audio System Operating Tips for Audio System A WARNING Do not adjust the audio control switches while driving the vehicle Adjusting the audio while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the audio while the vehicle is stopped Even if the audio control switc
305. ft mode ee 5 13 Shift lock system e eee 5 13 Transaxle ranges sses 5 12 B Battery Emergency starting 00 0 7 18 Maintenance ceeeeeeseeeeeees 8 30 Specifications ccceeeeeeeeees 10 4 Beep Sounds Blind spot monitoring system WAITING oe eeeeeceeseeeseeteeseeeseeseeesees 5 59 Ignition key reminder 5 58 Lights on reminder eee 5 58 Parking brake reminder 5 59 Seat belt warning eee 5 58 Tire inflation pressure warning 5 59 Before Starting the Engine 4 5 After getting in wo eee 4 5 Before getting in 00 4 5 Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System eeeeceseeseeseeeeeeees 5 34 BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 36 BSM OFF Switch s es 5 37 Care of radar sensors 606 5 37 Warning Light Beep 0 5 36 Bluetooth Audio Type B 6 125 B Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation c eee 6 164 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation 0 ceeceeeeseeseeeeees 6 166 Convenient Use of the Hands Free SYS EM rea an tans 6 169 Hands Free Setting 0 6 173 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service cccccee 6 176 Safety Certification 6 176 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be Used esis ass ienien neonate 6 175 Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition cesses 6 133 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation 00 ceeceeeeseeeeeeeees 6 138
306. ful interference to radio communications However there is no guarantee that interference will not occur in a particular installation If this equipment does cause harmful interference to radio or television reception which can be determined by turning the equipment off and on the user is encouraged to try to correct the interference by one or more of the following measures e Increase the separation between the equipment and tuner e Connect the equipment into an outlet on a circuit different from that to which the tuner is connected e Consult the dealer or an experienced radio TV technician for help Interior Comfort Audio System What is satellite radio With over 130 channels SIRIUS Satellite Radio brings you more of what you love Get 69 channels of 100 commercial free music plus all your favorite sports news talk and entertainment Everything worth listening to is now on SIRIUS 100 Commercial free Music With music from every genre artist dedicated channels live performances and more SIRIUS is the home of 100 commercial free music Live Sports Play by Play amp Expert Talk Hear every NFL game every NASCAR race and college sports coverage from over 150 schools Plus 24 7 sports talk with channels like SIRIUS NFL Radio SIRIUS NASCAR Radio and more Exclusive Entertainment and Talk The biggest names compelling talk hilarious comedy Hear Howard Stern Martha Stewart Jamie Foxx Blue Co
307. g and deterioration of such underbody parts as fuel lines frame floor pan and exhaust system even though these parts may be coated with anti corrosive material Thoroughly flush the underbody and wheel housings with lukewarm or cold water at the end of each winter Try also to do this every month Pay special attention to these areas because they easily hide mud and dirt It will do more harm than good to wet down the road grime without removing it The lower edges of doors rocker panels and frame members have drain holes that should not be clogged Water trapped there will cause rusting AWARNING Dry wet brakes by driving very slowly and applying the brakes lightly until brake performance is normal Driving with wet brakes is dangerous Increased stopping distance or the vehicle pulling to one side when braking could result in a serious accident Light braking will indicate whether the brakes have been affected Y Aluminum Wheel Maintenance A protective coating is provided over the aluminum wheels Special care is needed to protect this coating A CAUTION Do not use any detergent other than mild detergent Before using any detergent verify the ingredients Otherwise the product could discolor or stain the aluminum wheels Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE Do not use a wire brush or any abrasive cleaner polishing compound or solvent on aluminum wheels They may damage the coating
308. g and thin ice from the rear window The ignition must be switched ON Press the switch to turn on the rear window defroster The rear window defroster operates for about 15 minutes and turns off automatically The indicator light illuminates during operation The defroster operation can be confirmed by the indicator in the display To turn off the rear window defroster before the 15 minutes has elapsed press the switch again Indicator light Do not use sharp instruments or window cleaners with abrasives to clean the inside of the rear window surface They may damage the defroster grid inside the window NOTE This defroster is not designed for melting snow If there is an accumulation of snow on the rear window remove it before using the defroster 5 73 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls V Mirror Defroster To turn on the mirror defrosters switch the ignition ON and press the rear window defroster switch page 5 73 5 74 Some models Horn To sound the horn press the bs mark on the steering wheel Hazard Warning Flasher The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the h
309. g could be affected leading to loss of control and an accident 8 36 CAUTION gt A wrong sized wheel may adversely affect Tire fit Wheel and bearing life Ground clearance Snow chain clearance Speedometer calibration Headlight aim Bumper height Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt With Tire Pressure Monitoring System gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors VVVVVV VV NOTE Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 32 When replacing a wheel make sure the new one is the same as the original factory wheel in diameter rim width and offset inset outset Proper tire balancing provides the best riding comfort and helps reduce tread wear Out of balance tires can cause vibration and uneven wear such as cupping and flat spots MEMO 8 37 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Light Bulbs Overhead light Center Overhead light Map lights Front Overhead light Rear Side turn signal lights Courtesy lights Parking lights Front side marker l
310. g Your Mazda Starting and Driving A CAUTION gt Each tire including the spare if provided should be checked monthly when cold and inflated to the inflation pressure recommended by the vehicle manufacturer on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label If your vehicle has tires of a different size than the size indicated on the vehicle placard or tire inflation pressure label you should determine the proper tire inflation pressure for those tires As an added safety feature your vehicle has been equipped with a tire pressure monitoring system TPMS that illuminates a low tire pressure telltale when one or more of your tires is significantly under inflated Accordingly when the low tire pressure telltale illuminates you should stop and check your tires as soon as possible and inflate them to the proper pressure Driving on a significantly under inflated tire causes the tire to overheat and can lead to tire failure Under inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire tread life and may affect the vehicle s handling and stopping ability Please note that the TPMS is not a substitute for proper tire maintenance and it is the driver s responsibility to maintain correct tire pressure even if under inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale gt Your vehicle has also been equipped with a TPMS malfunction indicator to indicate when the system is not operating properly
311. g deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 66 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The driver s dual stage air bag controls air bag inflation in two energy stages During an impact of moderate severity the driver s air bag deploys with lesser energy whereas during more severe impacts it deploys with more energy a V Front Passenger Air Bag The front passenger air bag is mounted in the front passenger dashboard The inflation mechanism for the front passenger air bag is the same as the driver s air bag as mentioned above For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 66 2 62 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 69 Y Side Air Bags The side air bags are mounted in the outboard sides of the front seatbacks When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the system inflates the side air bag only on the side in which the vehicle was hit The side air bag inflates quickly to reduce injury to the driver or front passenger s chest caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or wind
312. ge 2 55 carefully NOTE This system is equipped on models for the U S Canadian and Puerto Rican markets VY Driver Seat Slide Position Sensor Your vehicle is equipped with a driver seat slide position sensor as a part of the supplemental restraint system The sensor is located under the driver seat The sensor determines whether the driver seat is fore or aft of a reference position and sends the seat position to the diagnostic module SAS unit The SAS unit is designed to control the deployment of the driver air bag depending on how close the driver seat is to the steering wheel The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes if the sensor has a possible malfunction page 2 65 Y Front Passenger Seat Weight Sensors Your vehicle is equipped with a front passenger seat weight sensors as a part of the supplemental restraint system These sensors are located under both of the front passenger seat rails These sensors determine the total seated weight on the front passenger seat and monitor the seat belt buckle for the front passenger seat The SAS unit is designed to prevent the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system from deploying if the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the seat belt pretens
313. get oil on them gt Be careful not to allow dirt to get into the headphones as it could damage them The following points regarding the battery must be observed If the batteries are not handled properly it could result in a headphone malfunction gt Do not use rechargeable batteries gt When replacing the batteries replace both batteries at the same time Do not use a new battery and an old battery or the different types of battery 6 94 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Rear Entertainment System Functions Y Mode The Rear Entertainment System has Disc and AUX modes Mode Function Page DVD video video CD DVD audio and audio CD can be Disc mode 6 96 played AV equipment with output terminals for image and sound AUX Auxiliary mode such as a video game player and a video camera can be 6 110 used Auxiliary terminals in which AV equipment can be connected are equipped Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet on page 6 110 Mode change Press the SOURCE button The mode changes between Disc and AUX Disc mode gt AUX mode DISC is displayed AUX is displayed 6 95 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback Disc Mode DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD can be played in the Disc mode A CAUTION For safe driving adjust the volume while
314. gram screen NOTE If pairing cannot be completed try 1234 instead Refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device for the right PIN code V Making a Call Using a Telephone Number NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and move out only when fully under control and you can devote your eyes and mind to driving Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation 1 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number and then press the enter button ENTER to input the number 2 After inputting the telephone number press selection button 1 or the pick up button of the audio control switch to make a call V Receiving an Incoming Call Receiving an incoming call Press selection button 1 or the pick up button of the audio control switch Refusing an incoming call Press selection button 5 or the hang up button of the audio control switch Y Hanging Up a Call Press selection button 5 or the hang up button of the audio control switch during a call V Volume Adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit is used to adjust the volume Increasing volume Turn the power volume dial clockwise Decreasing volume Turn the power volume dial counterclockwise NOTE The volume can be adjusted using the volume switch of the audio con
315. h temperatures on places such as the dashboard or hood under direct sunlight 3 54 A CAUTION Do not allow the following when starting the engine with the auxiliary key due to an advanced key dead battery or other malfunction Otherwise the signal from the auxiliary key will not be received correctly and the engine may not start gt A key ring rests on the auxiliary key grip gt Metal parts of other keys or metal objects touch the auxiliary key grip gt Spare auxiliary keys or keys for other vehicles equipped with an immobilizer system touch or come near the auxiliary key Knowing Your Mazda Security System gt Devices for electronic purchases or security passage which touch or come near the auxiliary key NOTE e The advanced keys including auxiliary key carry a unique electronic code For this reason and to assure your safety obtaining a replacement advanced key including auxiliary key requires some waiting time They are only available through an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Always keep a spare advanced key in case one is lost If an advanced key is lost consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Ifyou lose an advanced key including auxiliary key an Authorized Mazda Dealer will reset the electronic codes of your remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys and immobilizer system Bring all the remaining advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized
316. h a soft cloth immediately gt Do not rub the cover excessively or polish it using an abrasive compound or a hard brush The cover may be damaged affecting the image NOTE e If water snow or mud is stuck on the camera lens wipe it off using a soft cloth If it cannot be wiped off use a mild detergent e Ifthe camera temperature changes rapidly such as by pouring hot water on it under cold temperature conditions the rear view monitor may not operate correctly e Ifthe vehicle s front side or rear has been involved in a collision the alignment of the rear view parking camera location installation angle may have deviated Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected e With navigation system The screen may not change to the camera image while the navigation system is being activated immediately after the vehicle battery has been connected If this occurs activate the rear view monitor camera again soon after the navigation system Some models 6 177 Interior Comfort Rear View Monitor V Rear View Parking Camera Location Rear View Parking Camera V Switching to the Rear View Monitor Display Shift the shift lever to R with the ignition switched to ACC or ON to switch the display to the rear view monitor display NOTE When the shift lever is shifted from R to another shift lever position the screen returns to the previous display 6 178 Interior Comfort Rear Vie
317. h each door switch when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position page 3 44 Each passenger power window can also be operated using the master control switches on the driver s door Master control switches 1S Driver s window R ET Left rear C window Front passenger s window Right rear window 1 The following functions can be performed for the front power windows using the power window master control switches on the driver s door or front passenger s door switch Manual opening closing e Auto opening closing e Two step down function Normal opening closing To open a power window to the desired position lightly hold down the switch To close the power window to the desired position lightly pull up the switch Master control switches aoe ey N Front passenger switch J Close Auto opening closing To fully open a power window automatically press the switch completely down To fully close the power window automatically pull the switch completely up To stop the power window partway pull or press the switch in the opposite direction and then release it Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Power window system initialization procedure If the battery was disconnected during vehicle maintenance or for other reasons such as a switch continues to be operated after the window is fully open closed the power windows wi
318. h the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 69 Load limiter The load limiting system releases belt webbing in a controlled manner to reduce belt force on the occupant s chest While the most severe load on a seat belt occurs in frontal collisions the load limiter has an automatic mechanical function and can activate in any accident mode with sufficient occupant movement Even if the pretensioners have not deployed the load limiting function must be checked by an Authorized Mazda Dealer 2 26 A WARNING Wear seat belts only as recommended in this owner s manual Incorrect positioning of the driver and front passenger seat belts is dangerous Without proper positioning the pretensioner and load limiting systems cannot provide adequate protection in an accident and this could result in serious injury For more details about wearing seat belts refer to Fastening the seat belts page 2 24 Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat belt with an expended pretensi
319. h under inflated tires is dangerous Under inflation is the most common cause of failures in any kind of tire and may result in severe cracking tread separation or blowout with unexpected loss of vehicle control and increased risk of injury Under inflation increases sidewall flexing and rolling resistance resulting in heat buildup and internal damage to the tire It results in unnecessary tire stress irregular wear loss of control and accidents A tire can lose up to half of its air pressure and not appear to be flat It is impossible to determine whether or not tires are properly inflated just by looking at them Vv Checking Tire Pressure 1 When you check the air pressure make sure the tires are cold meaning they are not hot from driving even a mile Remove the cap from the valve on one tire Firmly press a tire gauge onto the valve Add air to achieve recommended air pressure An A U N If you overfill the tire release air by pushing on the metal stem in the center of the valve Then recheck the pressure with your tire gauge 6 Replace the valve cap 7 Repeat with each tire including the spare NOTE Some spare tires require higher inflation pressure 8 Visually inspect the tires to make sure there are no nails or other objects embedded that could poke a hole in the tire and cause an air leak 9 Check the sidewalls to make sure there are no gouges cuts bulges cracks or other irregularities NOTE
320. han the small temporary spare tire designed for use with this vehicle is dangerous It will result in poor attachment and insufficient ground clearance in the spare tire carrier and the danger of the tire falling off This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Always tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely tight and make sure the spare tire is locked in the highest position A loose spare tire carrier bolt is dangerous The cable could be cut causing the spare tire to fall off This could result in someone being seriously injured or even killed Use a lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt and make sure to tighten it until a click sound is heard A CAUTION Ifyou hear rattling from the spare tire carrier while the vehicle is moving the spare tire carrier cable may be cut Have it repaired at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 7 8 Changing a Flat Tire NOTE If the following occurs while driving it could indicate a flat tire e Steering becomes difficult The vehicle begins to vibrate excessively The vehicle pulls in one direction If you have a flat tire drive slowly to a level spot that is well off the road and out of the way of traffic to change the tire Stopping in traffic or on the shoulder of a busy road is dangerous A WARNING Be sure to follow the directions for changing a tire Changing a tire is dangerous if not done properly The vehicle can slip
321. has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle 3 61 Knowing Your Mazda Security System Theft Deterrent System If the theft deterrent system detects an inappropriate entry into the vehicle which could result in the vehicle or its contents being stolen the alarm alerts the surrounding area of an abnormality by sounding the horn and flashing the hazard warning lights Refer to Operation on page 3 62 NOTE The theft deterrent system operates with the advanced keyless function keyless entry system or the auxiliary key The system operates only when the driver is in the vehicle or within operational range while the advanced key is being carried The system will not function unless it is properly armed To properly secure the vehicle always make sure all windows are completely closed and all doors and the liftgate are locked before leaving the vehicle Remember to take your advanced key YV Operation What turns it on e Forcing open a door the hood or the liftgate e Opening a door or the hood by operating an inside door lock knob or the hood release handle What it does e The horn sounds intermittently and the hazard warning lights flash e The alarm continues for about 30 seconds then stops If the system is triggered again the l
322. he air by another vehicle s tires hits your vehicle How to avoid paint chipping Keeping a safe distance between you and the vehicle ahead reduces the chances of having your paint chipped by flying gravel Maintenance and Care Appearance Care NOTE The paint chipping zone varies with the speed of the vehicle For example when traveling at 90 km h 56 mph the paint chipping zone is 50 m 164 ft e In low temperatures a vehicle s finish hardens This increases the chance of paint chipping e Chipped paint can lead to rust forming on your Mazda Before this happens repair the damage by using Mazda touch up paint according to the instructions in this section Failure to repair the affected area could lead to serious rusting and expensive repairs 8 55 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care Exterior Care Follow all label and container directions when using a chemical cleaner or polish Read all warnings and cautions V Maintaining the Finish Washing A CAUTION gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched or wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object from either outside or inside the vehicle Keep hands and scrapers clear of the windshield when the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched
323. he confirmation prompt function is turned on Ex Calling John s device Is this correct Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition When the confirmation prompt function is turned off Ex Calling John s device NOTE If the confirmation prompt function is turned off when making an emergency call the system reads out and confirms the command before executing it 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Type A Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode Type B Navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Confirmation prompts 5 Prompt Confirmation prompts are on off Would you like to turn confirmation prompts off on 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Confirmation prompts are off on V Voice Recognition Learning Function Speaker Enrollment The voice recognition learning function enables voice recognition appropriate to the characteristics of the
324. he correct tire inflation pressure e Make sure to equip the vehicle with genuine wheels of the specified size on all wheels With AWD the system is calibrated for all four wheels being of the same dimensions Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Tire chains Install tire chains to the front tires Do not use tire chains on the rear wheels e Do not drive the vehicle faster than 30 km h 19 mph with the tire chains installed Do not drive the vehicle with tire chains on road conditions other than snow or ice Vv Towing If the vehicle requires towing have it towed with all four wheels completely off the ground page 7 21 5 19 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Cruise Control With cruise control you can set and automatically maintain any speed of more than about 30 km h 19 mph A WARNING Do not use the cruise control under the following conditions Using the cruise control under the following conditions is dangerous and could result in loss of vehicle control gt Hilly terrain gt Steep inclines gt Heavy or unsteady traffic gt Slippery or winding roads gt Similar restrictions that require inconsistent speed VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON switch is pressed and the cruise control system
325. he disc _ Folder MP3 file WMA file Order of playback Am i 2 L8 m 4 E HO wo oo r Level 1 Level2 Level3 Level4 Function menu If MP3 WMaA files are to be played operate the select button and move the cursor to select the playback file playback mode and display mode Folder number Playback list number File number Playback elapsed time Playback mode Playback status Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Folder File information display window Display mode tVoo1 001 300 03 03 ALL gt PARENT FOLDER 00000000 e 1 AMA BBB CCCCCCC CCCCCCC DDD DDD DDD EEE AAA FFFFFF AAA GGGG AAA HHHHH Vv FOLDER Changing the display mode 1 Move the cursor to the display mode by operating the select button to the left or right 2 Change the display mode by operating the select button up or down Display Displayed information FOLDER All folders and files display File tag display FOLDER name FILE name TITLE name ARTIST name and ALBUM name display TAG INFO TREE IDX Folder tree display Playlist display if there is a playlist on the disc PLST IDX Files on playlist display if the files on the playlist are being played PLAYLIST CD track display If CD tracks on a disc which CD TRACE has both MP3 WMA and CD audio files are being played Changing the playback mode
326. he ignition is switched ON a beep sound will be heard for about 6 seconds If the driver or the front passenger s seat belt is not fastened and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h 12 mph a beep sound will be heard again for a specified period of time Refer to Seat Belt Reminder on page 2 35 V Ignition Key Reminder If the ignition is switched off or the ignition is switched to ACC with the key inserted a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened V Lights On Reminder If lights are on and the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off or the key is removed from the ignition switch a continuous beep sound will be heard when the driver s door is opened NOTE e With advanced key When the advanced keyless function is used and the ignition is switched to ACC the Start Knob Not in Lock Warning Beep page 3 18 overrides the lights on reminder When the ignition is switched to ACC or the ignition is switched off the Ignition Key Reminder page 5 3 overrides the lights on reminder V Parking Brake Reminder If the parking brake has not been completely released and the vehicle is driven at about 5 km h 3 mph or faster a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the parking brake has not been released V Tire Inflation Pressure Warning Beep i The warning beep sound will be heard for about 3 seconds when ther
327. he upper driver s side corner of the dash 4 Purchase date and current mileage 5 Your dealer s name and location 6 Your question s 9 10 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Mexico Your complete and permanent satisfaction is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps V Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical condition in accordance with a certified physician you must contact your dealership in order to avoid the potential loss of the warranty of your vehicle which may occur if some third party is hired by the customer to make any modifications to this system Log on at www MazdaMexico com mx Answers to many questions including how to locate or contact a local
328. he vehicle California Civil Code Section 1793 22 b creates a presumption that Mazda has had a reasonable number of attempts to conform the vehicle to its applicable express warranties if within 18 months from delivery to the buyer or 18 000 miles on the vehicle s odometer whichever occurs first one or more of the following occurs e The same nonconformity a failure to conform to the written warranty that substantially impairs the use value or safety of the vehicle results in a condition that is likely to cause death or serious bodily injury if the vehicle is driven AND the nonconformity has been subject to repair two or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer or lessee has directly notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR e The same nonconformity has been subject to repair 4 or more times by Mazda or its agents AND the buyer has notified Mazda of the need for the repair of the nonconformity OR e The vehicle is out of service by reason of repair of nonconformities by Mazda or its agents for a cumulative total of more than 30 calendar days after delivery of the vehicle to the buyer NOTICE TO Mazda AS REQUIRED ABOVE SHALL BE SENT TO THE FOLLOWING ADDRESS Mazda North American Operations 7755 Irvine Center Drive Irvine CA 92618 ATTN Customer Mediation 8 The following remedies may be sought in BBB AUTO LINE repairs reimbursement for money paid to repair a vehicle or other expenses incurred as resu
329. heel de 4530s dct hacen a a ao R 3 65 MITTS re ONE ER E ON 3 65 Some models 3 1 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Advanced Keys The advanced keyless functions advanced keyless entry and start system enable the following operations while the advanced key is being carried page 3 7 e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate without operating the key e Starting the engine without operating the key Additional functions are available using the buttons on the advanced key Refer to Operation Using Advanced Key Functions on page 3 13 e The following operations are possible using the transmitter of the keyless entry system from a distance Lock Unlock Panic Lifigate button e Locking unlocking the doors and the liftgate Opening closing the power liftgate e Opening the power windows and the moonroof Operating the theft deterrent system e Turning on the alarm e Locking unlocking the doors or starting the engine using the auxiliary key AWARNING Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Children may find these new kinds of keys to be an interesting toy to play with and could cause the power windows or other controls to operate or even make the vehicle move Radio waves from
330. hes are equipped on the steering wheel learn to use the switches without looking down at them so that you can keep your maximum attention on the road while driving the vehicle CAUTION gt For the purposes of safe driving adjust the audio volume to a level that allows you to hear sounds outside of the vehicle including car horns and particularly emergency vehicle sirens gt Do not install non genuine speakers since their vibration may affect the Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RSC sensors NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Ifa cellular phone or CB radio is used in or near the vehicle it could cause noise to occur from the audio system however this does not indicate that the system has been damaged Some models 6 17 Interior Comfort Audio System V Radio Reception AM characteristics AM signals bend around such things as buildings or mountains and bounce off the ionosphere Therefore they can reach longer distances than FM signals Because of this two stations may sometimes be picked up on the same frequency at the same time Ionosphere Station 1 Station 2 FM characteristics An FM broadcast range is usually about 40 50 km 25 30 miles from the source Because of extra coding needed to break the sound into two channels stereo FM has even less rang
331. hile driving the fuel filler cap may not be installed properly Stop the engine and reinstall the fuel filler cap Refer to Fuel Filler Cap on page 3 48 5 50 Some models V Seat Belt Warning Light The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat is occupied and the seat belt is not fastened with the ignition switched ON VY Door Ajar Warning Light JAN This warning light illuminates when any door or liftgate is not securely closed Close the door or liftgate securely before driving the vehicle V Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light ne aaa This warning light indicates that little washer fluid remains Add fluid page 8 24 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds V Automatic Transaxle Warning Light AT This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The light illuminates when the transaxle has a problem A CAUTION If the automatic transaxle warning light illuminates the transaxle has an electrical problem Continuing to drive your Mazda in this condition could cause damage to your transaxle Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Vv AWD Warning Light AWD 4WD This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions e Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AW
332. hone 9 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 Prompt Deleted Type B Navigation system 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system 6 155 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code NOTE A registered device Mobile phone can be deleted using the registration list 6 Say Beep Delete 7 Prompt Please say the name of the device you would like to delete Available devices are XX XXX Ex device A XXXXX Ex device B XXXXX Ex device C or all Which device please 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be deleted NOTE Say All to delete all devices Mobile phone 9 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex device B Registered device tag Is this correct 10 Say Beep Yes 11 P
333. hut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If the engine is shut off while the indicator light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the advanced key including auxiliary key are needed Bring all the advanced keys including auxiliary keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer 3 57 Knowing Your Mazda Security System V Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system has been modified or if any add on equipment has been installed A CAUTION To avoid damage to your vehicle do not modify the system or install any add on equipment to the immobilizer system or the vehicle 3 58 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key The immobilizer system allows the engine to start only with a key the system recognizes If someone attempts to start the engine with an unrecognized key the engine will not start thereby helping to prevent the theft of your vehicle If you have a problem with the immobilizer system or the key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION gt Radio equipment like this is governed by laws in the United States Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment gt To avoid damage to the key do not gt Drop the key
334. ice Mobile phone operation Select one entry from the phonebook and send it using Bluetooth Prompt X Number of locations which include data numbers have been imported What name would you like to use for these numbers Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Voice tag Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt Number saved Would you like to import another contact Say Beep Yes or No If Yes the procedure proceeds to Step 5 If No the system returns to standby status Making calls using the phonebook Telephone calls can be made by saying the name of a person voice tag whose phone number has been registered in Bluetooth Hands Free in advance Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition For the phonebook setting method refer to page 6 150 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Call 3 Prompt Name please 4 Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook 5 P
335. ich has had its functions temporarily suspended e While carrying another advanced key push in the start knob until the KEY indicator light green illuminates e Insert the auxiliary key and switch the ignition ON 3 17 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Warning and Beep Sounds Y System Malfunction Warning Beep If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless function the KEY warning light red in the instrument cluster illuminates continuously and beep sounds will be heard A CAUTION If the KEY warning light red remains illuminated do not continue to drive the vehicle with the advanced keyless function Park the vehicle in a safe place and use the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 Y Start Knob Not in LOCK Warning Beep If the ignition is switched to ACC and the driver s door is opened a continuous beep sound will be heard to notify the driver that the ignition has not been switched off In this case the keyless entry system does not operate the car cannot be locked and the battery will run down 3 18 YV Advanced Key Removed from Vehicle Warning Beep Under the following conditions a beep sound will be heard and the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the ignition has not been switched off to notify the driver that the advance
336. icle The Mazda warranty is valid only in certain countries 9 19 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Warranty Add On Non Genuine Parts and Accessories Non genuine parts and accessories for Mazda vehicles can be found in stores These may fit your vehicle but they are not approved by Mazda for use with Mazda vehicles When you install non genuine parts or accessories they could affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems the Mazda warranty doesn t cover this Before you install any non genuine parts or accessories consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Always consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer before you install non genuine parts or accessories Installation of non genuine parts or accessories is dangerous Improperly designed parts or accessories could seriously affect your vehicle s performance or safety systems This could cause you to have an accident or increase your chances of injuries in an accident Be very careful in choosing and installing add on electrical equipment such as mobile telephones two way radios stereo systems and car alarm systems Incorrectly choosing or installing improper add on equipment or choosing an improper installer is dangerous Essential systems could be damaged causing engine stalling air bag SRS activation ABS TCS DSC inactivation or a fire in the vehicle Mazda assumes no responsibility for death injury or expenses that may result from the installati
337. if it is placed in a location where transmission is compromised such as inside a metal container or the trunk Move the Bluetooth audio device to a location where transmission is possible The battery consumption of Bluetooth audio devices is higher while Bluetooth connected e Ifanon Bluetooth device is to be used a commercially available Bluetooth adapter is required When playing an audio device with a Bluetooth adapter installed programming of the audio device may not be possible or audio may not be heard from the vehicle speakers if the connection of the adapter and the device is poor If this happens check whether the Bluetooth adapter is properly connected Bluetooth Audio Preparation Bluetooth audio device set up Bluetooth audio programming changes deletions and display of programmed device information can be performed Bluetooth audio device programming Any Bluetooth audio device must be programmed to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit before it can be listened to over the vehicle s speakers A maximum of seven devices including Bluetooth audio devices and hands free mobile phones can be programmed to one vehicle Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B NOTE e Always perform Bluetooth audio device programming while the vehicle is stopped e Programming cannot be performed while the vehicle is moving If you attempt to perform programming while the vehicle is moving Pairing prohibited is
338. ight Rating 2 645 kg 5 831 lbs 2 720 kg 5 997 Ibs Front 1 276 kg 2 813 lbs 1 307 kg 2 881 Ibs GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating Rear 1 400 kg 3 086 Ibs 1 458 kg 3 214 lbs V Air Conditioner Item Classification Refrigerant Type HFC134a R 134a 10 5 Specifications V Light Bulbs Exterior light Light bulb Category Wattage ECE R SAE High beam 60 HB3 HB3 Headlights Halogen 55 H11 H11 Low beam Xenon fusion 35 D2S D2S Front turn signal lights 21 WY21W 23CP Front side marker lights 5 WY5W 3CP Parking lights 5 WSW 4CP Fog lights 51 HB4 9006 Side turn signal lights Integrated with outside mirrors LED High mount brake light LED Rear turn signal lights 21 WY21W 23CP Taillights Brake lights LED Reverse lights 21 W21W 7440 License plate lights 5 WSW 4CP Rear side marker lights 5 WSW 4CP LED is the abbreviation for Light Emitting Diode Interior light Light bulb Category Wattage ECER Overhead lights Map lights Front 8 Overhead light Center 10 Overhead light Rear 10 Courtesy lights 5 T10 Vanity mirror lights 2 Luggage compartment light 10 V Tires NOTE The tires have been optimally matched with the chassis of your vehicle When replacing tires Mazda recommends that you replace tires
339. ight remain illuminated even after switching the ignition from ON to OFF and back to ON attempt the procedure again If this still does not resolve the issue consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer VY Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green CRUISE The indicator light has two colors Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber The indicator light illuminates amber when the ON switch is pressed and the cruise control system is activated Cruise Set Indicator Light Green The indicator light illuminates green when a cruising speed has been set Vv BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OFF This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction Lights On Indicator Light z002 This indicator light illuminates when the exterior lights and dashboard illumination are on YV Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights When operating the turn signal
340. ights and horn will activate until a door or the liftgate is unlocked with the key or with the transmitter 3 62 Some models NOTE If the battery goes dead while the theft deterrent system is armed the horn will activate and the hazard warning lights will flash when the battery is charged or replaced Y How to Arm the System 1 Close the windows and the moonroof securely 2 Remove the key from the ignition switch With advanced key Switch the ignition off with the start knob 3 Make sure all the windows the moonroof the hood are closed Close and lock all doors and the liftgate from the outside using the key or press the lock button on your keyless entry system transmitter The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed The following method will also arm the theft deterrent system With advanced key Press a request switch or the lock button on the transmitter Without advanced key Close the hood and the liftgate Press the area on the door lock switch marked A once Close all doors The theft deterrent system can also be armed by activating the auto re lock function with all the doors the liftgate and the hood closed 4 After 20 seconds the system is fully armed NOTE e Auto re lock function After unlocking with the transmitter or the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock and the hazard warning lights will fl
341. ights Headlights High beam Front turn signal lights Eog lights Headlights Low beam High mount brake light Luggage compartment light O License plate lights Reverse lights L Rear side marker lights Brake lights Taillights Rear turn signal lights Some models 8 38 AWARNING Do not replace the xenon fusion bulbs yourself Replacing the xenon fusion bulbs yourself is dangerous Because the xenon fusion bulbs require high voltage you could receive an electric shock if the bulbs are handled incorrectly Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when the replacement is necessary Never touch the glass portion of a halogen bulb with your bare hands and always wear eye protection when handling or working around the bulbs When a halogen bulb breaks it is dangerous These bulbs contain pressurized gas If one is broken it will explode and serious injuries could be caused by the flying glass If the glass portion is touched with bare hands body oil could cause the bulb to overheat and explode when lit Always keep halogen bulbs out of the reach of children Playing with a halogen bulb is dangerous Serious injuries could be caused by dropping a halogen bulb or breaking it some other way V Replacing Exterior Light Bulbs Headlight bulb High beam bulb 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood Mai
342. igit password x R gg Set ENTER Cancel RETURN Bonus group means the Bonus tracks originally recorded in the disc YV Assist Functions DVD video DVD audio video CD and audio CD Top menu and disc menu NOTE Operation may vary or cannot be performed depending on the disc Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc Top menu Multiple titles may have been recorded on some discs For these DVD discs the desired title can be selected in the top menu Disc menu The unique functions of each DVD disc are recorded as the menu This is referred to as the disc menu Various menu related images and sound are recorded in the disc menu Displaying selecting top menu disc menu 1 To display the top menu on the screen press the MENU button while the disc is not being played To display the disc menu on the screen press the MENU button during playback 2 Move the cursor to the desired menu by operating the select button up down or left right 3 Press the ENTER button to operate the selected menu 4 To return to playback press the MENU button or the STOP button then the PLAY button Function menu In the function menu the following items can be selected operated while in playback Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Language sound and subtitle selection DVD video and DVD audio Subtitle ON OFF DVD video Display angle change DVD video and DVD audi
343. ignition is switched off Press and hold the CD eject button amp to eject all CDs Playback Press the CD play button CD AUX to start play when a CD is in the unit If the CD play button CD AUX is pressed when a CD is not inserted and an external device is not connected No Disc is displayed All of the following information is displayed during playback Music CD The track number elapsed time album name artist name and song name are displayed MP3 WMA CD The folder number track number elapsed time folder name album name artist name and song name are displayed 6 61 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE If the entire title cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed If title information is not available NO TITLE is displayed If there are any undisplayable characters in the title is displayed Some CDs cannot display information Pause Press the Play Pause button PII Press the button again to resume playback Fast forward Reverse Fast forward Press and hold the track up button A Reverse Press and hold the track down button Y Track search Track up Press the track up button A or turn the file dial clockwise Track down Press the track down button W or turn the file dial counterclockwise Disc search Press the selection button for the desired tray number Folde
344. ild restraint system on any seat is dangerous Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s installation instructions and never use a seat belt extender NOTE When not in use remove the seat belt extender and store it in the vehicle If the seat belt extender is left connected the seat belt extender might get damaged as it will not retract with the rest of the seat belt and can easily fall out of the door when not in use and be damaged In addition the seat belt warning light will not illuminate and function properly 2 34 Seat Belt Warning Light The seat belt warning light illuminates if the driver or front passenger s seat is occupied and the seat belt is not fastened with the ignition switched ON Seat Belt Reminder NOTE Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer to deactivate or restore the belt reminder Though the belt reminder can be deactivated doing so will defeat the purpose of the system to warn the driver and the front passenger in the event that their seat belts are not fastened For the safety of the driver and front passenger Mazda recommends not deactivating the belt reminder If the vehicle is driven with the driver or front passenger s seat belt unfastened the seat belt warning light illuminates and a warning chime sounds If the driver or front passenger s seat belt is unfastened only when the front passenger seat is occupied and the vehicle is driven at a speed faster than about 20 km h
345. ile h at la l CANADA AV km h ert 1 To clear the data being displayed press the INFO switch for more than 1 5 second After pressing the INFO switch km h mile h will be displayed for about minute before the vehicle speed is recalculated and displayed Cup Holder A WARNING Never use a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving Using a cup holder to hold hot liquids while the vehicle is moving is dangerous If the contents spill you could be scalded Do not put anything other than cups or drink cans in cup holders Putting objects other than cups or drink cans in a cup holder is dangerous During sudden braking or maneuvering occupants could be hit and injured or objects could be thrown around the vehicle causing interference with the driver and the possibility of an accident Only use a cup holder for cups or drink cans CAUTION To reduce the possibility of injury in an accident or a sudden stop keep cup holders closed when not in use Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VW Front To use the cup holder push the release button To fit small items in the cup holder remove the flexible divider 6 191 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment VW Rear Second row seat Cup holders are located in the armrest Third row seat Cup holders are located in the third row seat side trims Right side 6 192 Some models Left side ee
346. ill be operated Inspect fluid level in the washer fluid reservoir add fluid if necessary Use plain water if washer fluid is unavailable But use only washer fluid in cold weather to prevent it from freezing NOTE Front and rear washer fluid is supplied from the same reservoir Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Body Lubrication All moving points of the body such as door and hood hinges and locks should be lubricated each time the engine oil is changed Use a nonfreezing lubricant on locks during cold weather Make sure the hood s secondary latch keeps the hood from opening when the primary latch is released 8 25 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Wiper Blades A CAUTION gt Hot waxes applied by automatic car washers have been known to affect the wiper s ability to clean windows gt To prevent damage to the wiper blades do not use gasoline kerosene paint thinner or other solvents on or near them gt When the wiper lever is in the AUTO position and the ignition is switched ON the wipers may move automatically in the following cases gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is touched gt If the windshield above the rain sensor is wiped with a cloth gt If the windshield is struck with a hand or other object gt If the rain sensor is struck with a hand or other object from inside the vehicle Be careful not to pinch hands or fingers as it may cause injury or
347. im Association T amp RA U5 115 is the nominal width of the tire in millimeters This three digit number gives the width in millimeters of the tire from sidewall edge to sidewall edge In general the larger the number the wider the tire 9 29 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada 70 70 is the aspect ratio This two digit number indicates the tire s ratio of height to width D D is the tire construction symbol D indicates diagonal ply construction 16 16 is the wheel rim diameter in inches 90 90 is the Load Index This two or three digit number indicates how much weight each tire can support M M is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating M 81 mph 9 30 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Location of the Tire Label Placard You will find the tire label containing tire inflation pressure by tire size and other important information on the driver s side B pillar or on the edge of the driver s door frame SAMPLE TIRE AND LOADING INFORMATION RENSEIGNEMENTS SUR LES PNEUS ET LE CHARGEMENT ZF SEATING CAPACITY FRONT REAR NOMBRE DE PLACES TOTAL 5 AVANT 2 ARRI RE The combined weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed kg or Ibs Le poids total de
348. in the luggage compartment To carry two golf bags use the following procedure 1 Put one golf bag in the luggage compartment with its top pointing to the left 2 Put the other golf bag on top of the first bag with its top pointing to the right NOTE e Some golf bags cannot fit depending on their size e Golf bags up to nine inches in diameter can be carried Accessory Sockets Only use genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent requiring no greater than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A Front The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON Center Rear The accessory sockets can be used regardless of whether the ignition is on or off Center Interior Comfort Interior Equipment 6 197 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment A CAUTION gt To prevent accessory socket damage or electrical failure pay attention to the following gt Do not use accessories that require more than 120 W DC 12 V 10 A gt Do not use accessories that are not genuine Mazda accessories or the equivalent gt Close the cover when the accessory socket is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from getting into the accessory socket gt Correctly insert the plug into the accessory socket gt Noise may occur on the audio playback depending on the device connected to the accessory socket gt Depending on the device connected to the ac
349. ing Coolant Level A WARNING Do not use a match or live flame in the engine compartment DO NOT ADD COOLANT WHEN THE ENGINE IS HOT A hot engine is dangerous If the engine has been running parts of the engine compartment can become very hot You could be burned Carefully inspect the engine coolant in the coolant reservoir but do not open it ar Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before attempting to work near the cooling fan Working near the cooling fan when it is running is dangerous The fan could continue running indefinitely even if the engine has stopped and the engine compartment temperature is high You could be hit by the fan and seriously injured xE w Y Do not remove either cooling system cap when the engine and radiator are hot When the engine and radiator are hot scalding coolant and steam may shoot out under pressure and cause serious injury NOTE Changing the coolant should be done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Inspect the antifreeze protection and coolant level in the coolant reservoir at least once a year at the beginning of the winter season and before traveling where temperatures may drop below freezing Inspect the condition and connections of all cooling system and heater hoses Replace any that are swollen or deteriorated The coolant should be at full in the radiator and between the F and L marks o
350. ing light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE e When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning 6 BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system A WARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than
351. ing the added protection of the side air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not hang net bags map pouches or backpacks with side straps on the front seats Never use seat covers on the front seats Always keep the side air bag modules in your front seats free to deploy in the event of a side collision Do not attach objects on or around the area where a curtain air bag deploys Attaching objects to the areas where the curtain air bag activates such as on the windshield glass side door glass front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge and assist grips is dangerous In an accident the object could interfere with the curtain air bag which inflates from the front and rear window pillars and along the roof edge impeding the added protection of the curtain air bag system or redirecting the air bag in a way that is dangerous Furthermore the bag could be cut open releasing the gas Do not place hangers or any other objects on the assist grips When hanging clothes hang them on the coat hook directly Always keep the curtain air bag modules free to deploy in the event of a side collision or roll over accident Do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats Placing luggage or other objects under the front seats is dangerous The components essential to the supplemental restraint system could be damaged and in the event of a side coll
352. injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Keep flames and sparks away from open battery cells and do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery when working near a battery Do not allow the positive terminal to contact the vehicle body Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells 8 30 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries V Battery Maintenance To get the best service from a battery Keep it securely mounted Keep the top clean and dry Keep terminals and connections clean tight and coated with petroleum jelly or terminal grease Rinse off spilled electrolyte immediately with a solution of water and baking soda If the vehicle will not be used for an extended time disconnect the battery cables 8 31 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Tires For reasons of proper performance safety and better fuel
353. ints mentioned below when they are being used Driving with the head restraints adjusted too low or removed is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Head restraints which must be raised for use gt Second row center head restraint gt Third row outboard head restraints except for foldable head restraints V Normal Head Restraints Height adjustment To raise a head restraint pull it up to the desired position To lower the head restraint press the stop catch release then push the head restraint down Adjust the head restraint so that the top is even with the top of the passenger s ears never the passenger s neck to prevent injury 2 15 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Front outboard seat A Second Row outboard seat Third Row outboard seat ca Second Row center seat ae 2 16 Removal Installation To remove the head restraint pull it up while pressing the stop catch To install the head restraint press the uprights into the holes while pressing the stop catch A WARNING Always drive with the head restraints set up when seats are being used and make sure they are properly set up Driving with the head restraints not set up is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Active Head Restraints The front seats are equipped with active head restraints In a rear
354. ion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR1620 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire and or water gt Never deform or crush Replacing the transmitter battery 1 Unfold the key page 3 21 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and push the tab to remove the key from the transmitter 3 Insert a screwdriver into the slot and gently pry open the transmitter 3 25 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 5 Put in the new battery CR1620 or equivalent with the positive pole facing down 6 Align the front and back covers and snap the transmitter shut 7 Align the key with the transmitter as shown in the figure and insert the key until a click sound is heard A CAUTION Insert the key into the transmitter securely until a click sound is heard If it is not inserted securely it could detach from the transmitter 3 26 WV Service If you have a problem with the keyless entry system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer If your transmitter is lost or stolen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible for a replacement and to make the lost or stolen transmitter inoperative A
355. ion is our business We are here to serve you All Authorized Mazda Dealers have the knowledge and the tools to keep your Mazda vehicle in top condition If you have any questions or recommendations for improvement regarding the service of your Mazda vehicle or servicing by Mazda Dealer personnel we recommend that you take the following steps NOTE If it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y STEP 1 Contact Your Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with an Authorized Mazda Dealer This is the quickest and best way to address the issue e If your concern has not been resolved by the CUSTOMER RELATIONS SALES SERVICE or PARTS MANAGER then please contact the GENERAL MANAGER of the dealership or the OWNER e Ifit becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in accordance with a certified physician go to STEP2 V STEP 2 Contact Mazda North American Operations If for any reason you feel the need for further assistance after contacting your dealership management or it becomes necessary to have the components or wiring system for the supplementary restraint system modified to accommodate a person with certain medical conditions in
356. ional antitheft wheel lug nuts one on each wheel will lock the tires and you must use a special key to unlock them This key is attached to the lug wrench and is stored with the spare tire Register them with the lock manufacturer by filling out the card provided in the glove compartment and mailing it in the accompanying envelope If you lose this key consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer or use the lock manufacturer s order form which is with the registration card Antitheft lug nut Special key Ce To remove an antitheft lug nut 1 Obtain the key for the antitheft lug nut 2 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 3 Place the lug wrench on top of the key and apply pressure Turn the wrench counterclockwise 7 12 Some models To install the nut 1 Place the key on top of the nut and be sure to hold the key square to it If you hold the key at an angle you may damage both key and nut Do not use a power impact wrench 2 Place the lug wrench on top of the key apply pressure and turn it clockwise V Mounting the Spare Tire 1 Remove dirt and grime from the mounting surfaces of the wheel and hub including the hub bolts with a cloth A WARNING Make sure the mounting surfaces of the wheel hub and lug nuts are clean before changing or replacing tires When ch
357. ioner system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Refer to the following table for the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illumination conditions This system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates according to the following table The air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning light flashes and the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates if the sensors have a possible malfunction If this happens the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy Some models 2 69 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light This indicator light illuminates to remind you that the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner will not deploy during a collision r e 2 PASS AIRBAG OFF If the front passenger in sensors are normal the indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON The light turns off after a few seconds The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates or is off under the following conditions Condition detected by the front passenger occupant Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light Front passenger front and side air bags Front passenger se
358. ions confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode Type B Navigation system Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 4 Say Beep Language 5 Prompt Select a language English French or Spanish 6 Say Beep French Speak the desired language English French or Spanish NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name of the language in the native pronunciation 7 Prompt French Desired language selected Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait Switching to French phonebook French selected Spoken in the newly selected language Method 2 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 2 Say Beep French Say the desired language English French or Spanish Change the desired language by saying the language name NOTE Other language settings can also be made while in the current setting by saying the name o
359. ir conditioner 5 Check whether coolant or steam is escaping from under the hood or from the engine compartment If steam is coming from the engine compartment Do not go near the front of the vehicle Stop the engine Wait until the steam dissipates then open the hood and start the engine If neither coolant nor steam is escaping Open the hood and idle the engine until it cools A CAUTION If the cooling fan does not operate while the engine is running the engine temperature will increase Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 Make sure the cooling fan is operating then turn off the engine after the temperature has decreased 7 When cool check the coolant reservoir level If it s low look for coolant leaks from the radiator and hoses If you find a leak or other damage or if coolant is still leaking Stop the engine and call an Authorized Mazda Dealer If you find no problems the engine is cool and no leaks are obvious Carefully add coolant as required page 8 21 A CAUTION If the engine continues to overheat or frequently overheats have the cooling system inspected The engine could be seriously damaged unless repairs are made Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer In Case of an Emergency Overheating 7 17 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting Jump Starting Jump starting is dangerous if done incorrectly So follow the procedure carefull
360. is below 14 dBm 40 uW The active emitting antenna surface is 72 cm therefore the radiated power density in front of the BSM device is 0 55 W cm This value is far below the legal human exposure protection limit of 1 mW cm MPE in Europe and US Declaration of compliance for 24 GHz blind spot radar U S A FCC ID OAYBSDTX This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz blind spot monitoring BSM radar system which complies with part 15 of the FCC rules Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation 3 This device may only work when the vehicle is in operation pursuant to 15 252 a 4 5 38 CANADA 1C 4135A BSDTX This vehicle is equipped with a 24 GHz blind spot monitoring BSM radar system which complies with the radio standards specification RSS 220 of Industry Canada Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE During printing time of this user manual the approvals listed below are granted Further countries may become available or actual certification identifiers may be subject to change or update AWARNING Changes or modifications
361. is switched ON Thereafter the warning light illuminates and a beep is heard when tire pressure is too low in one or more tires and flashes when there is a system malfunction 5 30 A WARNING If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed toa place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tire
362. is switched ON as fingers could be pinched or the wipers and wiper blades damaged when the wipers activate automatically If you are going to clean the windshield be sure the wipers are turned off completely this is particularly important when clearing ice and snow when it is most likely that the engine is left running Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE e Switching the auto wiper lever from the OFF to the AUTO position while driving at a vehicle speed of 4 km h 2 mph or higher or after driving the vehicle activates the windshield wipers once after which they operate according to the rainfall amount The auto wiper control may not operate when the rain sensor temperature is about 10 C 14 F or lower or about 85 C 185 F or higher e Ifthe windshield is coated with water repellent the rain sensor may not be able to sense the amount of rainfall correctly and auto wiper control may not operate properly e If dirt or foreign matter Such as ice or matter containing salt water adheres to the windshield above the rain sensor or if the windshield is iced it could cause the wipers to move automatically However if the wipers cannot remove this ice dirt or foreign matter the auto wiper control will stop operation In this case set the wiper lever to the low speed position or high speed position for manual operation or remove the ice dirt or foreign matter by hand to restore the auto wi
363. ision Some models 3 35 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Never allow children to operate the power liftgate system Allowing children to operate the power liftgate switch and the keyless entry system is dangerous Children are not aware of the dangers of people getting fingers and hands caught in a moving liftgate If someone s neck head or hands get caught in a closing door it could result in death or serious injury A CAUTION gt When closing the power liftgate make sure there are no foreign objects around the striker If foreign objects are obstructing the striker the liftgate may not close properly gt Do not install accessories to the power liftgate other than specified accessories Otherwise it cannot be opened closed automatically and could result in a malfunction gt Be careful when switching the power liftgate from electrical to manual operation The power liftgate may open close unexpectedly depending on its position which could result in injury 3 36 NOTE Do not apply unnecessary force to the power liftgate when it is opening closing electrically Unnecessary force on the liftgate may cause it to reverse direction of movement automatically Also it could result in a malfunction e The power liftgate may not open close electrically if the vehicle is parked on an incline or there is strong wind or the liftgate is laden with snow The power liftgate will not operate
364. ision the appropriate air bags may not deploy which could result in death or serious injury To prevent damage to the components essential to the supplemental restraint system do not place luggage or other objects under the front seats 2 58 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Do not touch the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated Touching the components of the supplemental restraint system after the air bags have inflated is dangerous Immediately after inflation they are very hot You could get burned Never install any front end equipment to your vehicle Installation of front end equipment such as frontal protection bar kangaroo bar bull bar push bar or other similar devices snowplow or winches is dangerous The air bag crash sensor system could be affected This could cause air bags to inflate unexpectedly or it could prevent the air bags from inflating during an accident Front occupants could be seriously injured Do not modify the suspension Modifying the vehicle suspension is dangerous If the vehicle s height or the suspension is modified the vehicle will be unable to accurately detect a collision or roll over accident resulting in incorrect or unexpected air bag deployment and the possibility of serious injuries To prevent false detection by the air bag sensor system heed the following gt Do not use tires or wheels other than those specified for your Mazda
365. istration related operations while the vehicle is parked Performing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could result in the loss of important data Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone A Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the device Mobile phone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without taking out and handling the device Mobile phone A CAUTION The types of devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited Therefore before purchasing or changing your device Mobile phone model consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service or visit www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for a complete list of compatible phones Devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile However even among these Bluetooth devices Mobile phone are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding device Mobile phone compatibility gt U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com b
366. ith the start knob installed in the OF F LOCK position the system is fully operational If the ignition is not switched off or the start knob is pushed in the system does not operate e All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked by pressing the lock button while any door or the liftgate is open The hazard warning lights will also not flash e Ifthe transmitter does not operate when pressing a button or the operational range becomes too small the battery may be dead To install a new battery refer to Maintenance page 3 5 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Transmitter with power liftgate Operation indicator light Lock button Unlock button Power liftgate button Panic button without power liftgate Lock button Operation indicator light iS Unlock button Panic button NOTE The unlock button can be used to open the power windows and the moonroof but the lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof Refer to the following pages Opening Closing the Power Windows page 3 44 Opening Closing the moonroof page 3 52 The operation indicator light flashes when the buttons are pressed 3 14 Lock button To lock the doors and the liftgate press the lock button A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once To confirm that all doors and the liftgate have been locked press the
367. itioned to top bottom of the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE to adjust each picture mode NOTE e If the picture adjustment mode is on and no operation has been done for about 5 seconds the mode is canceled automatically e If the picture is no longer adjustable by pressing the picture adjust button A or V it indicates that the adjustment value has reached the maximum minimum value Adjusting the brightness 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the BRIGHT mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Brighten e Picture adjust button V Darken BRIGHT TS E Adjusting the color adjustment 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the TINT mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Green e Picture adjust button V Red TINT Rii IG Adjusting the color density 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the COLOR mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e Picture adjust button A Darken Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e Picture adjust button V Lighten COLOR La Ya a i T Adjusting the contrast definition 1 Press the picture adjustment mode button PICTURE and select the CONTRAST mode 2 Press the picture adjust button A or V to adjust e
368. ity Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer concerning device compatibility gt U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth gt Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Audio profile e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e AVRCP Audio Video Remote Control Profile Ver 1 0 1 3 6 126 A2DP is a profile which transmits only audio to the Bluetooth unit If your Bluetooth audio device corresponds only to A2DP but not AVRCP you cannot operate it using the control panel of the vehicle s audio system In this case the Bluetooth audio device can be operated by controlling the device itself the same as when a portable audio system without the Bluetooth communication function is connected to the AUX terminal 7 A2DP AVRCP Function A2DP Ver 1 0 Ver 1 3 Playback No Yes Yes Pause No Yes Yes File Track No Yes Yes up down Reverse No No Yes Fast forward No No Yes Text display No No Yes Yes Available No Not available NOTE e The system may not operate normally depending on the Bluetooth audio device To make sure that your Bluetooth audio device is Ver 1 0 or 1 3 refer to the Owner s Manual for the Bluetooth audio device 3Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE It may not be possible to play a Bluetooth audio device
369. jury or death This vehicle has a higher center of gravity Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and AWD vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and AWD vehicles are not designed for cornering at high speeds any more than low profile sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions In addition utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles RSC might help if you get into trouble but then it might not be able to allow you to fully recover always drive carefully with the vehicle s height in mind Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded by lowering vehicle speed and applying the brakes earlier Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a high center of gravity is different when it is loaded compared to when it is not and could result in the loss of vehicle control and an accident 4 8 V Emergency Maneuvering A WARNING Do not perform abrupt maneuvers when driving the vehicle in an emergency situation Performing abrupt maneuvers even when driving in an emergency situation is dangerous as it could reduce vehicle stability and operability resulting in an accident Operate the accelerator pedal brake pedal and the steering wheel smoothly A WARNING Make sure the floor mats are hooked on the retenti
370. k into or damage your vehicle pressing the panic button will activate the vehicle s alarm NOTE The panic button will work whether any door or the liftgate is open or closed Turning on the alarm Pressing the panic button for 1 second or more will trigger the alarm for about 2 minutes and 30 seconds and the following will occur e The horn sounds intermittently e The hazard warning lights flash Turning off the alarm The alarm stops by pressing any button on the transmitter 3 15 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Declaration of Conformity Keyless entry system U S A FCC WARNING Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Note This device complies with Part 15 of the FCC Rules Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause harmful interference and 2 this device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation CANADA This device complies with RSS 210 of Industry CANADA Operation is subject to the following two conditions 1 this device may not cause interference and 2 this device must accept any interference including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device MEXICO Este equipo opera a titulo secundario consecuentemente debe aceptar interferencias perjudiciales i
371. kwise again NOTE The window and the moonroof opening operation also can be stopped by turning the key clockwise However the doors and the liftgate will lock Closing The windows and the moonroof can be closed in case they are left open after getting out of the vehicle NOTE With advanced key If the auto lock function page 3 8 has been activated the doors and the liftgate automatically lock as you walk away from the vehicle however the power windows and the moonroof cannot be closed When leaving the vehicle close the windows and the moonroof using the power window switch or the tilt or slide switch inside the vehicle the key or a request switch on the front door handles 3 46 With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder 2 Turn the key clockwise and hold until the windows and the moonroof are completely closed After the doors and the liftgate are locked the windows and the moonroof close as long as the key is turned With request switch on the driver s door Advanced key 1 If the doors and the liftgate are locked unlock them Press and hold the request switch on the driver s door After the doors and the liftgate are locked the windows and the moonroof close as long as the request switch is pressed Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Fuel Filler Lid and Cap A WARNING When removing the fuel filler cap loosen the cap slightly and wait for any hissing
372. l ta 2900 Tatar tt 2919 Telugu te 2904 Thai th 2907 Tibetan bo 1114 6 115 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Country Code List Country Code Country Code Afghanistan AF 1005 Cape Verde CV 1221 Albania AL 1011 Cayman Islands KY 2024 Algeria DZ 1325 Central African Republic CF 1205 American Samoa AS 1018 Chad TD 2903 Andorra AD 1003 Chile CL 1211 Angola AO 1014 China CN 1213 Anguilla Al 1008 Christmas Island CX 1223 Antarctica AQ 1016 Cocos Keeling Islands CC 1202 Antigua and Barbuda AG 1006 Colombia CO 1214 Argentina AR 1017 Comoros KM 2012 Armenia AM 1012 Congo CG 1206 Aruba AW 1022 Congo The Democratic CD 1203 Australia AU 1020 Republic of the Austria AT 1019 Cook Islands CK 1210 Azerbaijan AZ 1025 Costa Rica CR 1217 Bahamas BS 1118 Cote D Ivoire CI 1208 Bahrain BH 1107 Croatia Hrvatska HR 1717 Bangladesh BD 1103 Cuba CU 1220 Barbados BB 1101 Cyprus cy 1224 Belarus BY 1124 Czech Republic CZ 1225 Belgium BE 1104 Denmark DK 1310 Belize BZ 1125 Djibouti DJ 1309 Benin BJ 1109 Dominica DM 1312 Bermuda BM 1112 Dominican Republic DO 1314 Bhutan BT 1119 East Timor TP 2915 Bolivia BO 1114 Ecuador EC 1402 Bosnia and Herzegovina BA 1100 Egypt EG 1406 Botswana BW 1122 El Salvador SV 2
373. layed in alphabetical order Ex selection button 1 A gt B gt C gt A Each time selection button 8 is pressed the display shows the last four letters of the alphabet W X Y Z followed by symbols and then numerals 3 Press selection button 5 to display Voice Tag will be recorded in phonebook After completion this Voice Tag will be available with Call command NOTE e Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you e Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker e Say voice commands after the beep sound Beep is heard 4 Prompt Adding a voice tag allows you to access a contact using the CALL command After the beep say the name you would like to use for this contact NOTE If you want to cancel a voice tag registration press selection button 1 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation 5 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 6 Prompt Adding XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 7 Say Beep Yes 8 When a voice tag registration is completed the display returns to the Hands Free phonebook screen Y Mute The microphone can be muted during a call Press selection button 3 V Transferring a Call Transferring a call from Hands Free to a device Mobile phone Press selection button 2 V Outg
374. ld the just trained HomeLink button and observe the indicator light If the indicator light stays on constantly programming is complete and your device should activate when the HomeLink button is pressed and released NOTE To program the remaining two HomeLink buttons begin with Programming step 2 Do not repeat step 1 If the indicator light blinks rapidly for two seconds and then turns to a constant light continue with Programming steps 6 8 to complete the programming of a rolling code equipped device most commonly a garage door opener 6 At the garage door opener receiver motor head unit in the garage locate the learn or smart button This can usually be found where the hanging antenna wire is attached to the motor head unit 7 Firmly press and release the learn or smart button The name and color of the button may vary by manufacturer NOTE There are 30 seconds in which to initiate step 8 8 Return to the vehicle and firmly press hold for two seconds and release the programmed HomeLink button Repeat the press hold release sequence a second time and depending on the brand of the garage door opener or other rolling code equipped device repeat this sequence a third time to complete the programming process 5 77 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls HomeLink should now activate your rolling code equipped device NOTE To program the r
375. ldren Side turn signal lights se Brake lights Taillights High mount brake light Due to the complexity and difficulty of the procedure the LED bulbs must be replaced by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE LED bulb replacement is not possible because it is built into the unit Replace the unit Some models 8 43 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Rear turn signal lights Rear side marker light 1 Turn the bolts counterclockwise and remove them 3 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 8 44 Rear turn signal lights SS K 4 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 5 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Reverse lights 1 Remove the cover 2 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it 3 Disconnect the bulb from the socket 4 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer License plate lights 1 Wrap a flathead screwdriver with a soft cloth to prevent damage to the lens and remove the lens by carefully prying on the edge of the lens with a flathead screwdriver Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 2 Disconnect the bulb by pulling it out P l Poar i Pp 3 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal V Replacing Interior Light Bulbs Overhead light Map lights Front Overhe
376. le name is as follows however the displayable number of characters on this unit is limited Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file exten sion 1S09660 level 1 12 1S09660 level 2 31 Joliet extended format 64 Romeo extended format 128 English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available MP3 A CAUTION This unit plays files with the mp3 file extension as a MP3 file Do not use the MP3 file extension for files other than MP3 files It may cause noise or a malfunction In a MP3 file the track name artist name album name and category name are recorded with data called ID3 Tag and the information can be displayed on the monitor MP3 files which do not comply with the specific standard may not be played correctly or its file and folder name may not be displayed correctly The file extension may not be provided depending on the computer operating system version software or settings In this case add the file extension mp3 to the end of the file name and then write the disc Playlist This unit can play playlist files Playlist is a function that allows free setting of the playback order of MP3 files The file extension of a playlist file in which the order of playback is recorded is m3u or pls Operating tips for WMA WMA is short for Windows Media Audio and is the audio
377. licks are heard 3 48 A CAUTION If the check fuel cap warning light illuminates the fuel filler cap may not be properly installed If the warning light illuminates park your vehicle safely off the right of way remove the fuel filler cap and reinstall it correctly After the cap has been correctly installed the fuel cap warning light may continue to illuminate until a number of driving cycles have been completed A drive cycle consists of starting the engine after four or more hours with the engine off and driving the vehicle on city and highway roads Continuing to drive with the check fuel cap warning light illuminated could cause the check engine light to illuminate as well A WARNING Always check that the hood is closed and securely locked A hood that is not closed and securely locked is dangerous as it could fly open while the vehicle is moving and block the driver s vision which could result in a serious accident V Opening the Hood 1 With the vehicle parked pull the release handle to unlock the hood Release handle 2 Insert your hand into the hood opening slide the hood latch lever to the right and lift the hood Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 3 Grasp the support rod in the padded area and secure it in the support rod hole indicated by the arrow to hold the hood open V Closing the Hood A WARNING Do not leave items in the engine compartment
378. lights the left or right turn signal indicator light flashes to indicate which turn signal light is operating page 5 66 When operating the hazard warning lights both turn signal indicator lights flash page 5 75 NOTE If an indicator light remains illuminated does not flash or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out Some models 5 57 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Beep Sounds V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 5 58 Some models Y Seat Belt Warning Beep If the driver s seat belt is not fastened when t
379. ll not fully open and close automatically Resetting of the automatic function can be performed using the master control switches or the front passenger door switch The power window auto function reset procedure can be done on one or both door switches The power window auto function will only resume on the side that has been reset l 2 Switch the ignition ON Make sure that the power window lock switch located on the driver s door is not depressed Press the switch and fully open the power window Pull up the switch to fully close the power window and continue holding the switch for about 2 seconds after the window fully closes Repeat Steps 3 4 for each front power window Make sure that the power windows operate correctly using the door switches Two step down function With the power window completely closed press the switch lightly and it will open and stop about 3 cm 1 in from the top If you continue to press and hold the switch the window will resume opening all the way 3 41 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE Pressing the power window switch once when the window is fully closed will only open it about 3 cm 1 in to allow convenient ventilation of the cabin Canceling the two step down function To cancel the two step down function for the front power windows carry out the following procedure using the master control switches 1 Switch the ignition ON and co
380. llar Comedy Playboy Radio political talk and more World class News Stay informed with FOX CNN CNBC NPR BBC and more Plus local traffic and weather Family amp Kids Entertain the entire family with Radio Disney Kids Place Live Laugh USA and more Sign up for SIRIUS Radio today For more information visit www sirius com Satellite radio can be subscribed to and received in the United States Except Alaska and Hawaii and Canada How to Activate Satellite Radio You must call SIRIUS to activate your service Activation is free and takes only a few minutes 6 51 Interior Comfort Audio System SIRIUS service uses an ID code to identify your radio This code is needed to activate SIRIUS service and report any problems To activate you SIRIUS radio tuner call a SIRIUS customer service specialist at 1 888 539 7474 or you can visit SIRIUS online at www sirius com Please have the following information ready e SIRIUS ID 12 digit electronic serial no or ESN e Valid credit card information may not be required at initial sign up Be sure you are parked outside with a clear view of open sky you will be instructed to turn on your radio in SIRIUS mode and tuned to channel 184 Activation typically takes only 2 5 minutes ESN Electronic Serial Number SIRIUS operation All operations of the satellite radio are conducted by means of the audio unit SIRIUS radio mode selection Wh
381. lock button again within 5 seconds If they are closed and locked the horn will sound NOTE A beep sound can be heard for confirmation when the doors are locked using the advanced keyless transmitter If you prefer the beep sound can be turned off Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that all doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the lock button on the transmitter while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62 NOTE e All doors and the liftgate cannot be locked when any door or the liftgate is open Confirm that all doors and the liftgate are locked visually or audibly by use of the double click Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Unlock button To unlock the driver s door press the unlock button A beep will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the unlock button again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard
382. lock or unlocked position A WARNING Make sure the opening is clear before closing a window and the moonroof Closing power windows and the moonroof are dangerous A person s hands head or even neck could be caught by the window or the moonroof and result in serious injury or even death This warning applies especially to children NOTE The power windows and the moonroof cannot be opened or closed from outside the vehicle under the following condition e A door or the liftgate is opened e The key is inserted into the ignition switch e The ignition is in any position except OFF With advanced key The power windows and the moonroof may not close completely Make sure all the windows and the moonroof are closed If the power windows and the moonroof cannot be closed completely operate each power window switch or the tilt slide switch from inside the vehicle After closing the windows and the moonroof from outside the vehicle verify that they are completely closed Opening Because nobody likes getting into a very hot car Mazda has introduced a way to open the two front windows and the moonroof as you approach the vehicle to get the air moving before you get in A WARNING Use the remote auto window and the auto moonroof function only when you can see the vehicle and it is in a secure area Do not let children play with your keys If they open the window and moonroof without your knowing the open windows a
383. lready programmed it will be overwritten with the new setting Activating the seat to a pre programmed position 1 Shift the selector lever to the P position 2 Press the programming button 1 2 or 3 that you selected when programming your seat position A beep sound is heard after the adjustment to the programmed position is completed NOTE When the ignition is switched to ACC or off a pre programmed seat position can be activated regardless of the selector lever position Ifthe seat is already adjusted to the position you are activating the seat does not move however a beep sound is heard to confirm that the adjustment operation is completed Essential Safety Equipment Seats Activating the seat position when unlocking with an advanced key retractable type key Your desired seat position can be activated when unlocking the doors Perform the following procedure using the advanced key retractable type key 1 Adjust the seat to the desired position 2 Switch the ignition off 3 Press the SET button next to the programming buttons and then the unlock button on the advanced key retractable type key you want to program within about 5 seconds A beep sound is heard when the operation is completed When the driver s door is unlocked using a programmed advanced key retractable type key the seat is activated to a programmed position if the driver s door is opened within about 40 seconds A be
384. lt of a vehicle nonconformity repurchase or replacement of your vehicle and compensation for damages and remedies available under Mazda s written warranty or applicable law 9 The following remedies may not be sought in BBB AUTO LINE punitive or multiple damages attorneys fees or consequential damages other than as provided in California Civil Code Section 1794 a and b 9 5 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance 10 You may reject the decision issued by a BBB AUTO LINE arbitrator If you reject the decision you will be free to pursue further legal action The arbitrator s decision and any findings will be admissible in a court action 11 If you accept the arbitrator s decision Mazda will be bound by the decision and will comply with the decision within a reasonable time not to exceed 30 days after we receive notice of your acceptance of the decision 12 Please call BBB AUTO LINE at 1 800 955 5100 for further details about the program 9 6 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance Customer Assistance Canada VW Satisfaction Review Process Your complete and permanent satisfaction is of primary concern to Mazda All Authorized Mazda Dealers have both the knowledge and tools to keep your Mazda in top condition In our experience any questions problems or complaints regarding the operation of your Mazda or any other general service transactions are mo
385. luetooth gt Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Response profile e HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 5 e DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 Type B Navigation system e PBAP Phone Book Access Profile Ver 1 0 e A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 Some models 6 133 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition e OPP Object Push Profile Ver 1 1 Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds e If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the device Mobile phone automatically e Ifthe device Mobile phone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the device Mobile phone V Component Parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following items e Talk button e Pick up button e Hang up button e Information display Type A Navigation system e Microphone e Audio unit Navigation system 6 134 Talk button Pick Up button and Hang Up button Basic functions of Bluetooth Hands Free can be used for such things as maki
386. lugs into the outlet gt Do not disassemble the outlet Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System A CAUTION gt Always close the cover when not in use If foreign objects or liquid penetrate the outlet it may cause a malfunction gt Do not use electrical appliances that exceed the prescribed power capacity It may cause a malfunction NOTE To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling Plug in 1 Open the cover 2 Lightly insert the plug and turn the outlet 90 degrees then insert it fully POWER OUTLET Unplug 1 Pull the plug out 2 Close the cover 6 111 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System NOTE The following electrical appliances may not operate even if their electrical capacity is 100 Wor less e Appliances requiring large amounts of power for activation such as cathode ray tube televisions refrigerators with a compressor electrical pumps and electrical tools e Appliances with a power supply frequency switch function such as clocks and audio e Appliances for precise data processing such as measurement equipment Some electrical appliances other than the above may not operate The protection circuit may operate and the power supply may be stopped to prevent battery depletion When using an electrical appliance for data processing such as a personal computer back up the data freq
387. m Warning Light 5 49 5 44 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page J Low Fuel Warning Light 5 50 R Check Fuel Cap Warning Light 5 50 A Seat Belt Warning Light 5 50 AT P Door Ajar Warning Light 5 50 ju Low Washer Fluid Level Warning Light 5 50 AT Automatic Transaxle Warning Light 5 51 4WD AWD Warning Light 5 51 Tire Pressure Monitoring System Warning Light 5 51 K EY KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green 5 53 en Security Indicator Light 5 55 Headlight High Beam Indicator Light 5 55 PRNDM Shift Position Indicator Light 5 55 be TCS DSC RSC Indicator Light 5 56 TCS TCS OFF Indicator Light 5 56 OFF CRUISE Cruise Main Indicator Light Amber Cruise Set Indicator Light Green 5 56 Bre BSM OFF Indicator Light 5 57 5 45 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Signal Warning Indicator Lights Page 2 D QZ Lights On Indicator Light 5 57 e gt Turn Signal Hazard Warning Indicator Lights 5 57 V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is f
388. m its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket nN N Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal asa o0 Install the coolant reservoir If you are unsure of how tight the bolts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Bolt tightening torque 6 9 11 8 0 7 1 2 5 1 8 7 N m kgfm ft lbf Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer e Ifthe halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used e Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Parking lights 1 Make sure the ignition is switched off and the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Turn the cover counterclockwise and remove it os 4 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it N 8 41 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Remove the bulb by pushing it in slightly and turning it counterclockwise 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal Front side marker lights Front turn signal lights Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 3 Remove the attachment bolts and the coolant reservoir before replacing the light bulb e 4 Turn the socket and bulb a
389. m provides braking assistance thus enhancing braking performance When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the brakes apply more firmly NOTE When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly the pedal will feel softer but the brakes will apply more firmly This is a normal effect of the brake assist operation and does not indicate a malfunction When the brake pedal is depressed hard or depressed more quickly a motor pump operation noise may be heard This is a normal effect of the brake assist and does not indicate a malfunction The brake assist equipment does not supersede the functionality of the vehicle s main braking system 5 10 Brake Pad Wear Indicator When the disc brake pads become worn the built in wear indicators contact the disc plates This causes a loud screeching noise to warn that the pads should be replaced When you hear this noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive with worn disc pads Driving with worn disc pads is dangerous The brakes could fail and cause a serious accident As soon as you hear a screeching noise consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Automatic Transaxle Controls Various Lockouts gt Indicates that you must depress the brake pedal to shift The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON gt Indicates the
390. malfunction YV BSM OFF Switch When the BSM switch is pressed the BSM system turns off and the BSM OFF indicator light illuminates Press the BSM OFF switch again to turn on the BSM system The BSM OFF indicator light turns off NOTE The system may not operate normally when towing a trailer Turn off the system by operating the BSM OFF switch when towing a trailer e If the ignition is switched off with the BSM system turned off the system becomes operable automatically when the ignition is switched ON Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Care of Radar Sensors The radar sensors are equipped inside the rear bumper Radar sensors Always keep the bumper surface near the radar sensor area clean so that the BSM system operates normally Refer to the Exterior Care page 8 56 NOTE e The BSM OFF indicator light flashes if the radar sensors cannot operate normally If the light remains flashing after cleaning the bumper surface near the radar sensor area consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer e For repairs or paintwork around the radar sensors or replacement of the bumper consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 37 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving VW Safety Certification Radiation Hazard This BSM blind spot monitoring device emits intentional electromagnetic radiation in the 24 GHz to 25 GHz frequency range The total radiated average power over the entire bandwidth
391. may not function correctly even with a genuine wheel Refer to System Error Activation on page 5 32 Be sure to install the tire pressure sensors whenever tires or wheels are replaced Refer to Tires and Wheels on page 5 32 If a tire wears evenly a wear indicator will appear as a solid band across the tread Replace the tire when this happens Tread wear indicator New tread Worn tread You should replace the tire before the band crosses the entire tread NOTE Tires degrade over time even when they are not being used on the road It is recommended that tires generally be replaced when they are 6 years or older Heat caused by hot climates or frequent high loading conditions can accelerate the aging process You should replace the spare tire when you replace the other road tires due to the aging of the spare tire The period in which the tire was manufactured both week and year is indicated by a 4 digit number Refer to Tire Labeling on page 9 25 V Temporary Spare Tire Inspect the temporary spare tire at least monthly to make sure it s properly inflated and stored NOTE The temporary spare tire condition gradually deteriorates even if it has not been used Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The temporary spare tire is easier to handle because of its construction which is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire This tire should be used only for an emergency and only for a short distance
392. me please 6 Say Beep XXXXX Ex Mary s phone Say a voice tag for the name registered 7 Prompt Adding XXXXxX Ex Mary s phone Registered voice tag Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Home Work Mobile or Other 10 Say Beep Mobile Say Home Work Mobile or Other for the desired location to be registered 11 Prompt Mobile Location to be registered Is this correct 20 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Say Beep Yes Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXKXXKX Ex 555 1234 Say the phone number to be registered Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Phone number registration Is this correct Say Beep Yes Prompt Number saved Would you like to add another number for this entry Say Beep Yes or No If Yes an additional phone number registration can be made for the same entry If No the procedure proceeds to Step 20 Prompt Returning to main menu Type B Navigation system 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press
393. me using the time setting buttons H M The hours advance while the time setting button H is pressed The minutes advance while the time setting button M is pressed With navigation system Refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM NOTE Minutes and seconds are adjusted by the GPS however it is necessary to adjust hours under the following conditions e Driving across different time zones Daylight saving time start and end V Ambient Temperature Display When the ignition is switched ON press the OUTSIDE switch page 6 6 to display the ambient temperature OUTSIDE TO I LIF 6 187 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment NOTE e Under the following conditions the ambient temperature display may differ from the actual ambient temperature depending on the surroundings and vehicle conditions e Significantly cold or hot temperatures e Sudden changes in ambient temperature e The vehicle is parked The vehicle is driven at low speeds e Press the OUTSIDE switch for a few seconds or more to switch the display from Fahrenheit to Centigrade or vice versa e Press the OUTSIDE switch again to switch the display from ambient temperature to the temperature set for the air conditioner VY Climate Control Display The climate control system status is displayed To operate the climate control system refer to Climate Control System page 6 2 V Audio Display The audio system
394. med when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF The security indicator light in the instrument cluster flashes every 2 seconds until the system is disarmed Disarming The system is disarmed when the ignition is switched ON with the registered advanced key The security indicator light illuminates for about 3 seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct advanced key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE The engine may not start and the security indicator light may illuminate or flash if the advanced key is placed in an area where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal such as on the dashboard or in the glove box Move the advanced key to another place switch the ignition off and then restart the engine Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper advanced key and the engine fails to start check the security indicator light If the indicator light is flashing switch the ignition to ACC or switch the ignition off and wait for a while then restart the engine If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Ifthe security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not s
395. ment Allowing a person to ride in the luggage compartment is dangerous The person in the luggage compartment could be seriously injured or killed during sudden braking or a collision Do not drive with the liftgate open Exhaust gas in the cabin of a vehicle is dangerous An open liftgate in a moving vehicle will cause exhaust gas to be drawn into the cabin This gas contains CO carbon monoxide which is colorless odorless and highly poisonous and it can cause loss of consciousness and death Moreover an open liftgate could cause occupants to fall out in an accident Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks A CAUTION Be careful not to apply excessive force to the damper stay on the liftgate such as by putting your hand on the stay Otherwise the damper stay may bend and affect the liftgate operation Locking Unlocking with Request Switch with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 V Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Advanced Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Y Locking Unlocking with Transmitter with Retractable Type Key The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless E
396. mission is generally a home telephone answering machine or a company s automated guidance call center 1 Press selection button 4 after connecting to a home device or service to display the tone transmission screen 2 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number or symbol and then press the enter button ENTER to transmit the code NOTE If the DTMF code has two or more digits or symbols each one must be transmitted individually Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation Hands Free Setting V Device Device registration For the registration of a Bluetooth equipped device to Bluetooth Hands Free refer to Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation page 6 166 Device selection If several devices have been programmed the Bluetooth unit links the device last programmed If you would like to link a different programmed device it is necessary to change the link The order of device priority after the link has been changed is maintained even when the ignition is switched off NOTE If the device name cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed Changing the link to only a Bluetooth Hands Free device 1 Press selection button 6 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 3 to display the link change screen and the current pairing programming device name 3 Press selection button 1 2 3 4 5
397. mming or during operation of the HomeLink system Programming or operating the HomeLink system without verifying the safety of areas surrounding garage doors and gates is dangerous and could result in an unexpected accident and serious injury if someone were to be hit A CAUTION HomeLink has been tested and complies with FCC and Industry Canada rules Changes or modifications not expressly approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the device 5 76 NOTE FCC ID NZLOBIAL3 CANADA 4112A OBIHL3 This device complies with FCC rules part 15 Operation is subject to the following conditions 1 This device may not cause any harmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference that may be received including interference that may cause undesired operation NOTE The programming will not be erased even if the battery is disconnected V Pre programming the HomeLink System NOTE It is recommended that a new battery be placed in the hand held transmitter of the device being programmed to HomeLink for quicker training and accurate transmission of the radio frequency signal e Verify that there is a remote control transmitter available for the device you would like to program e Disconnect the power to the device V Programming the HomeLink System A CAUTION When programming a garage door opener or a gate disconnect the power to these devices before
398. mplete the following procedure within 5 seconds Press the power window switch 2 times firmly then pull it 2 times firmly Master control switches M POA Driver s window Front passenger s Py 2 Switch the ignition off 3 With the ignition off and within 40 seconds switch the ignition ON and complete the following procedure within 5 seconds Press the power window switch 2 times firmly then pull 2 times firmly 3 42 NOTE The two step down function cannot be canceled if the procedure is not completed within the specified times or the procedure is changed along the way To redo the procedure first switch the ignition off and proceed from the beginning Ifyou are unable to cancel the function despite carrying out the cancellation procedure consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Restoring the two step down function With the two step down function in the canceled state repeat the previous procedure for canceling the function on each door switch and it will be restored NOTE If you are unable to restore the function despite doing the restore procedure consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Jam safe window If a person s hands head or an object blocks the window during the manual closing operation or the auto closing operation the window will stop and open halfway A WARNING Make sure nothing blocks the window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding
399. mpt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXKKX Telephone number 5 7 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 Prompt Dialing Making calls using the phonebook BR WO N 6 7 Press the talk button with a short press Say Beep Call Prompt Name please Say Beep XXXXX Ex John s phone Say a voice tag registered in the phonebook Prompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook Say Beep Yes Prompt Dialing Redialing function l 2 Press the talk button with a short press Say Beep Redial 6 149 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 3 Prompt Dialing Ending the current call Press the hang up button during the call V Phonebook Settings Editing phonebook The data registered
400. ms can only be accommodated in the three positions on the second row seats Some child restraint systems also employ specially designed LATCH attachments refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 50 2 42 A WARNING Tethered Child Restraint Systems Work Only on Tether Equipped Rear Seats Installation of a tether equipped child restraint system in the front passenger s seat or the third row seats defeats the safety design of the system and will result in an increased chance of serious injury if the child restraint system goes forward without benefit of being tethered Place tether equipped child restraint systems where there are tether anchors V Second Row Seats Child Restraint System Installation Follow these instructions when using a child restraint system unless you are attaching a LATCH equipped child restraint system to the rear LATCH lower anchors Refer to LATCH Child Restraint Systems page 2 50 NOTE Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions carefully If you are not sure whether you have a LATCH system or tether check in the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions and follow them accordingly Depending on the type of child restraint system it may use LATCH system instead of seat belts or if the belt goes across the child s chest may recommend against using automatic locking mode 1 When installing the child restraint system on the second row sea
401. ms for a short period of time typically 30 seconds or less The EDR in this vehicle is designed to record such data as e How various systems in your vehicle were operating e Whether or not the driver and passenger safety belts were buckled fastened e How far if at all the driver was depressing the accelerator and or brake pedal and e How fast the vehicle was traveling These data can help provide a better understanding of the circumstances in which crashes and injuries occur NOTE EDR data is recorded by your vehicle only if a non trivial crash or near crash like situation occurs no data is recorded by the EDR under normal driving conditions and no personal data e g name gender age and crash location are recorded However other parties such as law enforcement could combine the EDR data with the type of personally identifying data routinely acquired during a crash investigation To read data recorded by an EDR special equipment is required and access to the vehicle or the EDR is needed In addition to the vehicle manufacturer other parties such as law enforcement that have the special equipment can read the information if they have access to the vehicle or the EDR Mazda will not disclose any of the data recorded in an EDR to a third party unless e A written agreement from the vehicle owner or the lessee is obtained e Officially requested by the police or other law enforcement authorities e Used as a defense for Maz
402. n U S A and CANADA ILSAC Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Only use oils Certified For Gasoline Engines by the American Petroleum Institute API An oil with this trademark symbol conforms to the current engine and emission system protection standards and fuel economy requirements of the International Lubricant Standardization and Approval Committee ILSAC comprised of U S and Japanese automobile manufacturers C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 Except U S A and CANADA ILSAC 8 19 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance The quality designation SM or ILSAC must be on the label C 40 30 20 10 0 10 20 30 40 50 F 40 20 0 20 40 60 80 100 120 5W 20 V Inspecting Engine Oil Level 1 Be sure the vehicle is on a level surface N Warm up the engine to normal operating temperature ies Turn it off and wait at least 5 minutes for the oil to return to the oil pan 4 Pull out the dipstick wipe it clean and reinsert it fully 5 Pull it out again and examine the level The level is normal if it is between MIN and MAX If it is below MIN add oil to raise the level within the hatching zone 8 20 A CAUTION Do not add engine oil over MAX This may cause engine damage 6 Make sure the O ring on the dipstick is positioned properly before reinserting the dipstick Engine Coolant V Inspect
403. n has five speeds Interior Comfort Climate Control System Mode selector switch 174 MODE The desired airflow mode can be selected page 6 13 V Operation of Automatic Air Conditioning Operation from front seats 1 Turn the front air conditioning on 2 Press the rear switch The rear air conditioning operates REAR 3 Selection of the airflow mode airflow amount and temperature will be automatically controlled to the same temperature setting as the front air conditioner for the driver s side 6 15 Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE When selecting heat the system will restrict If the AUTO switch is pressed while the front A C switch is off the rear air conditioning operates only to circulate air Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents When the rear air conditioner is controlled to the same temperature setting as the front air conditioner for the driver s side SYNC is displayed on the rear screen Operation from rear seats 1 Turn the front air conditioning on 2 Press the AUTO switch The selection of the airflow mode and airflow amount will be automatically controlled AUTO ON 3 Use the temperature control switch to set the desired temperature 6 16 NOTE If the AUTO switch is pressed while the
404. n the coolant reservoir when the engine is cool If it is at or near L add enough coolant to the coolant reservoir to provide freezing and corrosion protection and to bring the level to F Securely tighten the coolant reservoir tank cap after adding coolant 8 21 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance A CAUTION gt Radiator coolant will damage paint Rinse it off quickly if spilled gt Use only soft demineralized water in the coolant mixture Water that contains minerals will cut down on the coolant s effectiveness gt Do not add only water Always add a proper coolant mixture gt The engine has aluminum parts and must be protected by an ethylene glycol based coolant to prevent corrosion and freezing gt DO NOT USE coolants Containing Alcohol methanol Borate or Silicate These coolants could damage the cooling system gt DO NOT MIX alcohol or methanol with the coolant This could damage the cooling system gt Do not use a solution that contains more than 60 antifreeze This would reduce effectiveness 8 22 NOTE If the FL22 mark is shown on or near the cooling system cap it is recommended to use Mazda Genuine FL22 engine coolant page 8 3 If the coolant reservoir is empty or new coolant is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Brake Fluid V Inspecting Brake Fluid Level Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir regularly It should be kept at MAX
405. n the link change is completed a A symbol and Link Changed are displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs while trying to change the link Error is displayed and then it returns to the link change screen 6 130 NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the FA symbol is displayed If a link change error occurs check the programming status of the Bluetooth audio device and the location of the device in the vehicle not in the trunk or a metal type box and then try the link operation again Deleting the link to a Bluetooth audio device NOTE If the device name and Bluetooth address cannot be displayed is added at the end to the part of the title which can be displayed l Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen Press selection button 4 to display the pair link deletion screen and the current pairing programming device name Press selection button 1 2 3 4 5 6 or 7 to select the name of the device you would like to delete The link delete confirmation screen is displayed and then Delete select device the device name and the Bluetooth address are displayed Press selection button 1 to delete the selected device NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the previous display 6 When the link deletion is completed Deleted
406. nation of basic operations and controls opening closing and adjustment of various parts Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System sccsssssssseseees 3 2 Advanced Keys AE a Ne ate ee On tee eet ee 3 2 Operation Using Advanced Keyless Functions c 3 7 Operation Using Advanced Key Functions ccseeeees 3 13 Advanced Key Suspend Function c cccescesceeseeseeeeseeeees 3 17 Warning and Beep Sounds ceccescesseesseeeeseeeeeeteeeeeeeestens 3 18 When Warning Indicator Beep is Activated ccceeeseeees 3 20 Doors and LOCKS weviscsssssccectevensencsssssnccecasvevsvonckssdesssucesbesdescesessess 3 21 KYS nE tales E NE COENE OTRE 3 21 Keyless Entry System w ccccccccsssssssscsssssssssssssessssssesssasssseeses 3 22 Door LOCKS rriaire aa E AEAT 3 28 Liftgate a a E A E E e 3 33 Power WAG OWS curiirianenerani a e 3 40 Fuel Filler Lid and Cap ssssesessessssesesssessssrsrssesresessesesesresesee 3 47 TOO Sai E Gi A ONE 3 49 MOGNTOOE uth cto te taltle tet tol tte te en te le te ace 3 51 Security System sc susssssivccnvensovensecccesenseevecevasetesdsosvostavengevessestieonesss 3 54 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key c esceseeseeeees 3 54 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key ceeeceeees 3 58 Theft Deterrent System o c cceccsscsscsssesseeseesessesseestestesseeseeaees 3 62 Steering Wheel and Mirrors sccscsscssscsssessssssessssssesesesees 3 65 Steering W
407. nce Driving e Your Mazda will handle differently with a trailer in tow so practice turning backing and stopping in a traffic free area Take time to get accustomed to the extra weight and length Allow more room between your vehicle and the one in front because braking distance increases with a trailer For each 16 km h 10 mph of speed allow at least one vehicle and trailer length between your Mazda and the vehicle ahead Avoid jerky starts or sudden acceleration Avoid sudden braking It may cause loss of control and result in jackknifing especially so on wet or slippery roads Shift the shift lever to the D position when towing a trailer in hilly terrain or when heavily loaded The D position will allow operating the vehicle without frequent shifting Lane changes and turning Avoid quick lane changes sudden turns and tight turns Slow down before turning to avoid the need of sudden braking A turning trailer will make a tighter arc than the tow vehicle Compensate with turns that are larger than normal Passing Plan well ahead to pass other vehicles and provide plenty of room before changing lanes Crosswinds from passing vehicles especially larger ones and the effects of rough roads will affect handling If swaying occurs firmly grip the steering wheel and reduce speed immediately but gradually Steer straight ahead If no extreme correction of steering or braking is made the combination of less speed and firm st
408. ncluyendo equipos de la misma clase y puede no causar interferencias a sistemas operando a titulo primario Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave Modelo SKEI1A 04 Sistema de arranque y de acceso avanzado sin llave con marcado de confirmaci n por radio COFETEL RLVMASKO08 1120 3 16 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System Vv Auxiliary Key Function Use the auxiliary key stored in the advanced key in the event of a dead transmitter battery or malfunction Removing the auxiliary key Pull out the auxiliary key from the advanced key e s Locking unlocking the doors The doors can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Locking Unlocking with Key page 3 28 Starting the engine The engine can be started with the auxiliary key refer to Ignition Switch page 5 2 Locking unlocking the glove box The glove box can be locked unlocked using the auxiliary key refer to Glove Box page 6 194 Advanced Key Suspend Function If one advanced key is left in the vehicle and a second advanced key is used to lock it the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle are temporarily suspended to prevent theft of the vehicle The following are inoperable e Starting the engine using the start knob e Operating the request switches To restore these functions perform any one of the following e Press the lock or unlock button on the advanced key wh
409. nction may appear on the display but is only adjustable in the European market models NOTE About 5 seconds after selecting any mode the volume function will be automatically selected To reset bass treble fade and balance press the audio control dial for 2 seconds The unit will beep and CLEAR will be displayed Automatic Level Control ALC The automatic level control ALC is a feature that automatically adjusts audio volume and sound quality according to the vehicle speed The volume increases in accordance with the increase in vehicle speed and decreases as vehicle speed decreases Interior Comfort Audio System Select the desired ALC mode ALE OFF nochange ALC LEVEL Minimum ALC LEWEL 2 Medium ALC LEWEL S Maximum Turn the audio control dial to select ALC OFF or ALC LEVEL1 3 modes The selected mode will be indicated ALC OFF A z N ALC LEVEL 1 C wy 4 ALC LEWEL 2 wy 4 ALC LEWELS BEEP setting The beep sound when operating the audio system can be set on or off ILLM EFT setting Action Illumination setting during operation The audio system illumination during operation can be set on or off Time adjustment Rotating the audio control dial switches the display between 12 and 24 hour clock time page 6 187 6 31 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Radio Scan button Band
410. nd Locks A WARNING Always take all children and pets with you or leave a responsible person with them Leaving a child or a pet unattended in a parked vehicle is dangerous In hot weather temperatures inside a vehicle can become high enough to cause brain damage or even death Do not leave the key in your vehicle with children and keep them in a place where your children will not find or play with them Leaving children in a vehicle with the key is dangerous This could result in someone being badly injured or even killed Keep all doors locked when driving Unlocked doors in a moving vehicle are dangerous Passengers can fall out if a door is accidentally opened and can more easily be thrown out in an accident Always close all the windows and the moonroof lock the doors and take the key with you when leaving your vehicle unattended Leaving your vehicle unlocked is dangerous as children could lock themselves in a hot vehicle which could result in death Also a vehicle left unlocked becomes an easy target for thieves and intruders 3 28 After closing the doors always verify that they are securely closed Doors not securely closed are dangerous if the vehicle is driven with a door not securely closed the door could open unexpectedly resulting in an accident Always confirm the safety around the vehicle before opening a door Suddenly opening a door is dangerous A passing vehicle or a pedestrian could be
411. nd front passenger Fan control dial The fan has seven speeds The selected speed will be displayed 6 7 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Mode selector switch E a The desired airflow mode can be selected page 6 5 NOTE With the airflow mode set to the 74 position and the temperature control dial set at a medium temperature heated air is directed to the feet and a comparably lower air temperature will flow through the central left and right vents e To set the air vent to YY press the windshield defroster switch e Inthe position the air conditioner is automatically turned on and the amp gt mode is automatically selected to defrost the windshield In the 4 position the amp mode cannot be changed to the lt mode A C switch Pressing the A C switch while the AUTO switch is turned on will turn off the air conditioning cooling dehumidifying functions The air conditioning can be turned on and off by pressing the A C switch while the fan control dial is on 6 8 NOTE e The air conditioning operates when the A C switch is pressed even if the fan is off e The air conditioner may not function when the outside temperature approaches 0 C 32 F Indicator light remains on even when system is off Air intake selector Outside or recirculated air positions can be selected Press the switch to select outside recirculated air positions Recircul
412. nd moonroof are an even bigger invitation to a thief than leaving the doors unlocked The windows and moonroof can be opened for ventilating the cabin before getting in the vehicle With unlock button Keyless entry system Press the unlock button on the transmitter once then press again within 1 5 seconds and hold After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the two front windows and the moonroof open while the unlock button is pressed To stop the windows and the moonroof while opening release the button If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows and the moonroof open Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Advanced key Operation indicator Lock button light Unlock button Power liftgate button Panic button Retractable type key Lock button Unlock button Operation indicator light Panic button NOTE e The unlock button does not operate unless it is pressed twice sequentially e The lock button cannot be used to close the power windows and the moonroof With key 1 Insert the key in the driver s door key cylinder 3 45 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks 2 Turn the key counterclockwise and hold until the windows and the moonroof are completely open After the doors and the liftgate are unlocked the windows and the moonroof fully open automatically To stop this operation turn the key to the center position then turn it countercloc
413. nd or sound The disc has a scratch Replace the disc with another one is distorted Dew condensation on the disc Clear the dew condensation ip ite E t The LCD is high tech equipment with a a P 99 99 effective sensor resolution However please be aware that 0 01 luminescent pixel failure or pixel continuous spots on the illuminated pixels may exist screen Subtitles z cannot b Other languages are not recorded on the Check the available language in the instruction manual disc accompanying the disc changed Display angle cannot Multiple angles are not recorded on the Check the available angle in the instruction manual be changed disc accompanying the disc The remote controller is not pointed Point the remote controller toward the receiver on the unit toward the receiver on the unit The receiver is near the disc slot There ican obstruction between the Operate the remote controller avoiding the obstruction so Remote that the signal reaches the receiver on the unit The _ remote controller and the unit f controller is receiver is near the disc slot inoperable The remote controller batteries are Replace the batteries with new ones weak Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 89 Remote controller batteries poles are Install the batteries in the correct direction pointed in the wrong direction Refer to Remote Controller on page 6 89 No power to the headphones Turn on the power to the he
414. nder rare circumstances as explained in Rocking the Vehicle page 4 9 N Neutral In N the wheels and transaxle are not locked The vehicle will roll freely even on the slightest incline unless the parking brake or brakes are on A WARNING If the engine is running faster than idle do not shift from N or P into a driving gear It s dangerous to shift from N or P into a driving gear when the engine is running faster than idle If this is done the vehicle could move suddenly causing an accident or serious injury Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Shifting into N while driving is dangerous Engine braking cannot be applied when decelerating which could lead to an accident or serious injury CAUTION Do not shift into N when driving the vehicle Doing so can cause transaxle damage NOTE Apply the parking brake or depress the brake pedal before moving the shift lever from N to prevent the vehicle from moving unexpectedly D Drive D is the normal driving position From a stop the transaxle will automatically shift through a 6 gear sequence M Manual M is the manual shift mode position Gears can be shifted up or down by operating the shift lever Refer to Manual Shift Mode page 5 13 V Active Adaptive Shift AAS Active Adaptive Shift AAS automatically controls the transaxle shift points to best suit the road conditions and driver input This improves driving comfort
415. nformation except Canada H H is the speed rating The speed rating denotes the maximum speed for which the use of the tire is rated Letter Rating Speed Rating 99 mph 106 mph 112 mph 118 mph 124 mph 130 mph 149 mph 168 mph 186 mph lt l al lt a al l al zo For tires with a maximum speed capability over 149 mph tire manufacturers sometimes use the letters ZR For tires with a maximum speed capability over 186 mph tire manufacturers always use the letters ZR M S or M S Mud and Snow AT All Terrain AS All Season The M S or M S indicates that the tire has some functional use in mud and snow U S DOT Tire Identification Number TIN This begins with the letters DOT which indicates the tire meets all federal standards The next two numbers or letters are the plant code where it was manufactured and the last four numbers represent the week and year the tire was manufactured For example the numbers 457 means the 45st week of 1997 After 2000 the numbers go to four digits For example the number 2102 means the 21th week of 2002 The other numbers are marketing codes used at the manufacturer s discretion This information is used to contact consumers if a tire defect requires a recall Tire Ply Composition and Materials Used The number of plies indicates the number of layers of rubber coated fabric in the tire In general the greater the number
416. ng calls or hanging up using the talk button pick up button and hang up button on the steering wheel Talk button Pick up button Talk button operations A short press or a long press of the talk button is used to operate the system as follows e Short press Press the button less than 0 7 sec e Long press Press the button 0 7 sec or more Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Information display Type A Navigation system When available the information display shows telephone numbers Bluetooth Hands Free messages and operation status DISC IN CAT ST RPT RDM AUTO M o ol Jd Porm Bluetooth phone connected Microphone The microphone is used for speaking voice commands or exchanging conversation Microphone Audio unit Navigation system The audio unit or navigation system is used for adjusting the volume V Voice To prevent the deterioration in voice recognition rate and voice quality the following points must be observed e It is not necessary to face the microphone or approach it Speak the voice commands while maintaining a safe driving position e Close the windows and or the moonroof to reduce loud noises from outside the vehicle or turn down the airflow of the climate control system while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Voice recognition may not function correctly or voice quality may deteriorat
417. ng brake firmly and put the transaxle in P Avoid parking on an incline but if you must follow these instructions 1 Depress and hold down the brake pedal 2 Have a helper put wheel blocks against the downhill side of all vehicle and trailer tires 3 Then release the brake pedal slowly until the blocks bear the load e Ifthe grade is downhill turn the steering wheel so that the front of the front tires face the curb e Ifitis uphill face the rear of the front tires against the curb 4 Firmly apply the parking brake 5 Shift the transaxle into P and stop the engine To restart after parking on an incline 1 With the transaxle in P start the engine Be sure to depress and hold the brake pedal 2 Shift into gear 4 20 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing 3 Release the parking brake also the foot brake and pull away from the wheel blocks Stop apply the parking brake and shift into P 4 Have a helper retrieve the wheel blocks Fuel consumption Trailer towing causes higher fuel consumption Maintenance If you tow a trailer frequently have your vehicle serviced as shown in Scheduled Maintenance page 8 3 4 21 4 22 Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges eiccen ee eeii Switches and Controls Lighting Control yeeie eee hee i RE Turn and Lane Change Signals 0 cccecseeseesseeseeeseeteesrees Fog Lights acct cus tates eS cated ushers inns daratiestcouns Windshield Wipers and Washe
418. ng wheel while the vehicle is moving Adjusting the steering wheel while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Moving it can very easily cause the driver to abruptly turn to the left or right This can lead to loss of control or an accident V Steering Wheel Adjustment To change the angle or length of the steering wheel 1 Stop the vehicle pull down the lock release lever under the steering column Tilt wheel release A i AY 2 Tilt the steering wheel and or adjust the steering column length to the desired positions push the lever up to lock the column 3 Push the wheel up and down to be certain it s locked before driving Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors Mirrors V Outside Mirrors Check the mirror angles before driving Mirror type The mirror combination flat or convex installed on the driver and front passenger sides varies depending on the vehicle models Flat type Flat surface mirror Convex type The mirror has single curvature on its surface A WARNING Be sure to look over your shoulder before changing lanes Changing lanes without taking into account the actual distance of the vehicle in the convex mirror is dangerous You could have a serious accident What you see in the convex mirror is closer than it appears Power mirror The ignition must be switched to ACC or ON To adjust 1 Press the left or right side of the selector switch to choo
419. ngle by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Sound output balance adjustment Video CD 1 Press the DISPLAY button during the video CD playback to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor to the sound output balance adjustment mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 300 03 03 JEN ALL gt 6 101 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 3 Set the sound output to the desired balance by operating the select button up or down Press the button and the settings changes in the order of L R gt L gt R The sound balance changes according to the setting L Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the left is output R Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the right is output L R Audio recorded in the audio output channel from the left right is output 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Repeat random playback Video CD DVD audio and audio CD Tracks can be played repeatedly or randomly 1 Press the DISPLAY button while in the playback to display the function menu on the monitor screen 2 Move the cursor to the repeat random playback mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 00 03 03 A L R gt 6 102 3 Select the desired mode by operating the select button up or down 1 During DVD audio Each time the button is pressed the mode
420. ni plug cable Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details Refer to Auxiliary Input page 6 68 Interior Comfort Audio System 6 37 Interior Comfort Audio System YW Error Indications If you see an error indication on the display find the cause in the chart If you cannot clear the error indication take the vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer CD is defective Indication Cause Solution TE Insert the CD properly If the error indication continues D is tiered upside down to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CHECK CD Insert another CD properly If the error indication continues to display consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 38 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Set Type B Functions and information available for the selected mode are displayed on the left and right of the audio unit screen To select and operate a desired function or select information press the corresponding selection button 1 8 C ewam coax COCO seus J prone r Selection ad Selection button 1 WHA Pa button 5 Selection Selection button 2 button 6 Selection Selection button 3 button 7 Selection Selection button 4 NA gt u mure osecay__ auno conr MUTE DISPLAY _aupio conr CONT button 8 NA Screen Adjustments and Other Settings sssssssessssesrssessssessrsesrrsersnssrsresrsr
421. ning lights will flash once to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are locked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is armed The hazard warning lights do not flash if all the doors and the liftgate are locked before the theft deterrent system is properly armed When the doors are locked by pressing the request switch on the front doors while the theft deterrent system is armed the hazard warning lights will flash once to indicate that the system is armed Refer to Theft Deterrent System on page 3 62 To unlock Driver s door request switch To unlock the driver s door press the request switch A beep sound will be heard twice and the hazard warning lights will flash twice To unlock all doors and the liftgate press the request switch again within 3 seconds and two more beep sounds will be heard NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the doors and the liftgate are unlocked With theft deterrent system The hazard warning lights flash when the theft deterrent system is turned off The hazard warning lights do not flash unless the theft deterrent system has been properly turned off When the doors are unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off Re
422. niria iieii 6 187 Coin BOX SAO EEE EE EA 6 194 Courtesy Lights s seeseseeseseeseesesee 6 185 Cruise Control icnssieoisiiiisiniiiiii 5 20 Cup H lderin orugas 6 191 Customer Assistance s ssseseeseeeeseee 9 2 D Dashboard Illumination 008 5 42 Daytime Running Lights 5 65 Defroster Mito eira anedes 5 74 Rear Window ssssessesseseeseesessese 5 73 Dimensions sieri 10 5 Door Locks 0 eceeceeseeseeteeeseeseeeeeeees 3 28 Driving In Flooded Area 005 4 12 Driving on Uneven Road 005 4 13 Index D Driving Tips srein itano 4 6 Automatic transaxle 5 16 Break in period ceseseeeees 4 6 Driving in flooded area 4 12 Driving on uneven road 4 13 Hazardous driving cceceees 4 7 Money saving suggestions 4 6 Rocking the vehicle eee 4 9 Winter driving cece 4 10 Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control RS ee assehte Ron steel eigen td whe 5 26 TCS DSC RSC Indicator light 5 27 E Emergency Starting 0 0 0 0 eee 7 18 Jump starting ee eeeeeeeeeeeeees 7 18 Push starting eeceeeeseeereerees 7 20 Emergency Towing ccseesseeceees 7 21 Emission Control System 06 4 3 Engine Coolant ss22ae4 stele 8 21 Exhaust gas sesser 4 4 Hood release seser 3 49 ONI EE E O 8 19 Overheating 0 0 7 16 Starting 225 01 eA esccte eh Reh esas
423. nitialization Returns all the adjusted screen adjustment settings and language settings to their initial setting Press selection button 8 Brightness adjustment Increase brightness Press selection button 6 6 40 Return button Decrease brightness Press selection button 2 Contrast adjustment Higher contrast Press selection button 7 Lower contrast Press selection button 3 Tint adjustment Green tint enhancement Press selection button 6 Red tint enhancement Press selection button 2 Color adjustment To deepen a color Press selection button 7 To fade color Press selection button 3 Adjustment is available depending on the display NOTE Continuous adjustment of the brightness contrast tint and color can be done by long pressing the selection button for the adjustment item Daytime Night screen When the headlights are on daytime mode can also be selected if a brighter screen is needed at night This selection can only be done when the headlights are on The screen can be returned to the daytime screen while the headlights or running lights are on by pressing the dashboard illumination knob Language setting The displayed language can be changed to one of the three available languages Press selection button 5 to display the language setting screen English display Press selection button 2 French display Press selection button 3 Spanish display Press selecti
424. nition is switched to ACC or switched off from ON the KEY indicator light green flashes for approximately 30 seconds indicating that the remaining battery power is low Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable Refer to Advanced Key Maintenance page 3 5 NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 Y Engine Start Not Permitted Warning Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the ignition cannot be switched from off e The advanced key battery is dead e The advanced key is not within operational range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 e A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range V Advanced Key Left in vehicle Warning Beep If an advanced key is left in the vehicle cabin and all the doors and the liftgate are locked using a separate advanced key a beep sound is heard for about 10 seconds to remind the driver that the advanced key has been left in the vehicle cabin If this happens the doors and the liftgate lock but the functions of the advanced key left in the vehicle cabin may be temporarily suspended Perform the following procedure to restore the functions of the advanced key pag
425. normally as if the vehicle had no ABS Should this happen consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible NOTE When the engine is jump started to charge the battery uneven rpm occurs and the ABS warning light may illuminate If this occurs it is the result of the weak battery and does not indicate an ABS malfunction Recharge the battery The brake assist system does not operate while the ABS warning light is illuminated V Electronic Brake Force Distribution System Warning O BRAKE If the electronic brake force distribution control unit determines that some components are operating incorrectly the control unit may illuminate the brake system warning light and the ABS warning light on simultaneously The problem is likely to be the electronic brake force distribution system 5 9 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving AWARNING Do not drive with both the ABS warning light and brake warning light illuminated Have the vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving when the brake system warning light and ABS warning light are illuminated simultaneously is dangerous When both lights are illuminated the rear wheels could lock more quickly in an emergency stop than under normal circumstances VW Brake Assist During emergency braking situations when it is necessary to depress the brake pedal with greater force the brake assist syste
426. not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators Meters and Gauges GY Speedometer ier aae a Mi nighavaied eatin teenie teed E EE page 5 40 Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector cccccccccsesscscssescsseseseeeeseeeeens page 5 40 G Tachometer E E ed ede ened eee page 5 41 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge cccccccsscsesessesesscsessesessesseseseecseseeseeeesees page 5 41 Fuel Gauges satu niente caida dina adindiiinni a a a a page 5 42 Dashboard Mlumination c cccccccccccseseeceseseeseeesesecseecsesecseseeseeesseecseseeseeesens page 5 42 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the dashboard gauges illuminate 5 39 Driving Your Mazda Instrument Cluster and Indicators V Speedometer The speedometer indicates the speed of the vehicle V Odometer Trip Meter and Trip Meter Selector The display mode can be changed between trip meter A and trip meter B by pressing the selector while one of them is displayed The selected mode will be displayed NN N Selector 5 40 Odometer TRIP m A Lie Trip meter A Press the selector Odometer Trip meter B Press the selector Odometer The odometer records the total distance the vehicle has been driven Trip meter The trip meter can record the total distance of
427. not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs etc The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction e Ifthe memory portion of the CD is transparent or translucent do not use the disc Transparent e Anew CD may have rough edges on its inner and outer perimeters If a disc with rough edges is used proper setting will not be possible and the CD player In dash CD changer will not play the CD In addition the disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Remove the rough edges in advance by using a ball point pen or pencil as shown below To remove the rough edges rub the side of the pen or pencil against the inner and outer perimeter of the CD e When driving over uneven surfaces the sound may jump a S Interior Comfort Audio System e The CD player In dash CD changer has been designed to play CDs bearing the identification logo as shown below No other discs can be played COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITALAUDIO Nae ReWritable dso dise dist TEXT Rener ReWritable Use discs that have been legitimately produced If illegally copied discs such as pirated discs are used the system may not operate properly Be sure never to touch the signal surface when handling the CDs Pick up a CD by grasping the outer edge or the edge of the hole and the outer edge Do not stick paper or tape on the CD Avoid scratching the reverse side the side wi
428. ns csccsccsssssccssesscssssssesscescssessscessersssssessssssesssesees 10 4 Specifications s i aa a 10 4 Personalization Features csssscsssssscscssssssssssesssssssesccscsssccceees 10 8 Personalization Features 0 ccccccesccceescccsessecesssecessseeeeseeeeses 10 8 10 1 Identification Numbers Vehicle Information Labels VW Vehicle Identification Number The vehicle identification number legally identifies your vehicle The number is on a plate attached to the cowl panel located on the left corner of the dashboard This plate can easily be seen through the windshield 10 2 V Chassis Number Open the cover shown in the figure to check the chassis number Vehicle Emission Control Information Label Identification Numbers YW Tire Pressure Label Cee Vv Engine Number Specifications Specifications Y Engine Item Specification Type DOHC 24V 60 V 6 cylinder BorexStroke 95 5 x 86 7 mm 3 75 x 3 41 in Displacement 3 726 ml 3 726 cc 227 4 cu in Compression ratio 10 3 VY Electrical System Item Classification Battery 12V 55AH S5HR Spark plug number Motorcraft AYFS22FM Spark plug gap 1 29 1 45 mm 0 051 0 057 in CAUTION When cleaning the platinum plugs do not use a wire brush The fine particulate coating on the platinum alloy could be damaged VY Lubricant Quality Lubrica
429. nt Classification Engine oil Refer to Recommended Oil on page 8 19 Automatic transaxle fluid Mazda Genuine JWS3309 Transfer case oil API Service GL 5 SAE 75W 140 Rear differential oil API Service GL 5 SAE 80W 90 Power steering fluid Mazda Genuine ATF M NI M V or equivalent e g Dexron II Brake fluid SAE J1703 or FMVSS116 DOT 3 10 4 Specifications Vv Capacities Approximate Quantities Item Capacity f F With oil filter replacement 5 2 L 5 5 US qt 4 6 Imp qt Engine oil f Without oil filter replacement 4 7 L 5 0 US qt 4 2 Imp qt Mexico 12 1 L 12 8 US qt 10 6 Imp qt Coolant _ With Towing Package 12 1 L 12 8 US qt 10 6 Imp qt Except Mexico Without Towing Package 11 5 L 12 2 US qt 10 1 Imp qt Automatic transaxle fluid 6 6 L 7 0 US qt 5 8 Imp qt Transfer case oil 0 532 L 0 562 US qt 0 468 Imp qt Rear differential oil 1 0 L 1 1 US qt 0 9 Imp qt Washer fluid Fuel tank 4 5 L 4 8 US qt 4 0 Imp qt 76 0 L 20 1 US gal 16 7 Imp gal Check oil and fluid levels with dipsticks or reservoir gauges V Dimensions Item Vehicle specification Overall length 5 086 mm 200 2 in Overall width 1 936 mm 76 2 in Overall height 1 728 mm 68 0 in Front tread 1 654 mm 65 1 in Rear tread 1 644 mm 64 7 in Wheelbase 2 875 mm 113 2 in V Weights Weight Item 2WD AWD GVWR Gross Vehicle We
430. ntenance and Care Owner Maintenance 3 Turn the cover counterclockwise and remove it y 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pulling the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward 8 39 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket N 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of children Low beam bulb Xenon fusion bulb You cannot replace the low beam bulbs by yourself The bulbs must be replaced at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Halogen bulbs 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Lift the hood 8 40 3 Remove the attachment bolts and the coolant reservoir before replacing the light bulb 4 Turn the cover counterclockwise and remove it 5 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pulling the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward e w a Turn the socket and bulb assembly to remove it Carefully remove the bulb fro
431. ntial Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Light ee PoS If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning beep sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning bee
432. ntry System page 3 22 3 33 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Switch The liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the door lock switch refer to Power Door Locks page 3 29 V Opening and Closing the Liftgate Manually opening the liftgate AWARNING Always fully open the liftgate when opening it Raising the liftgate only partially is dangerous as it could drop unexpectedly resulting in injury Pull up on the handle 3 34 NOTE If the vehicle battery is dead or there is a malfunction in the electrical system and the liftgate cannot be unlocked perform the following procedure as an emergency measure to unlock it 1 Remove the cap on the interior surface of the liftgate with a flathead screwdriver Sa 2 With power liftgate Push the liftgate while pressing the lever down Without power liftgate Turn the lever to the right to unlock the liftgate With power liftgate Lever Without power liftgate Lever After performing this emergency measure have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Manually closing the liftgate Use both hands to push the liftgate down until the lock snaps shut Do not slam it Pull up on the liftgate to make sure it is securely latched V Power Liftgate The power liftgate opens closes electrically by operating switches in the vehicle or the buttons on the keyl
433. o Sound output balance adjustment Video CD Repeat random playback Video CD DVD audio and audio CD DVD video function menu TDA Lil a ea aT 001 _ 001 Bootes ne ne 7 EZ sna uo ie Bel A he H ii 01 se T 1 Ja DOD DVD audio function menu 6 G 001 T 001 00 01 03 1 gt oe on LPCM o 6 99 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Video CD audio CD function menu T 001 300 03 03 A LR ALL DP NOTE e In the function menu the title group number chapter track number and playback elapsed time cannot be selected changed e Settings set in the function menu are available only for the current disc Settings set in the initial setting function menu are available for the Rear Entertainment System unit itself so that the settings remain after the disc is changed Refer to Initial Setting Function on page 6 105 Displaying the function menu Press the DISPLAY button while in playback to display the function menu on the monitor screen Press the DISPLAY button again to cancel NOTE For audio CD the function menu is automatically displayed when playback is started Language sound and subtitles selection DVD video and DVD audio Sound and subtitles can be changed to the desired language 6 100 NOTE Available languages varies depending on the DVD disc 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 2 Mo
434. o start the engine using the advanced keyless start system once the battery is completely dead Refer to KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key on page 5 53 If this occurs you will have to use the auxiliary key if you need to start the engine immediately Refer to Advanced Key Battery Dead Warning on page 3 19 e Additional advanced keys can be obtained at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Up to 6 advanced keys can be used with the advanced keyless functions per vehicle 3 4 Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System V Advanced Key Maintenance A CAUTION gt Make sure the battery is installed with the correct pole facing upward Battery leakage could occur if it is not installed correctly gt When replacing the battery be careful not to touch any of the internal circuitry and electrical terminals bend the electrical terminals or get dirt in the transmitter as the transmitter could be damaged gt There is the danger of explosion if the battery is not correctly replaced gt Replace only with the same type battery CR2025 or equivalent gt Dispose of used batteries according to the following instructions gt Insulate the plus and minus terminals of the battery using cellophane or equivalent tape gt Never disassemble gt Never throw the battery into fire or water gt Never deform or crush The following conditions indicate that
435. o to Step 14 If No the procedure returns to Step 9 14 Prompt Your new pairing code is YYYY Use this pairing code when pairing devices to the Hands free system Do you want to pair a device now 15 Say Beep Yes or No 16 If Yes the system switches to the device registration mode If No the system returns to standby status Device programming Pairing To use Bluetooth Hands Free the device equipped with Bluetooth has to be programmed to the hands free unit using the following procedure 6 139 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Type A Up to seven Bluetooth equipped mobile telephones can be programmed to the vehicle Type B Navigation system A maximum of seven devices including hands free mobile phones and Bluetooth audio devices can be programmed to one vehicle NOTE e A device can be programmed only when the vehicle is parked If the vehicle starts to move the pairing procedure will end Programming is dangerous while driving pair up your device before you start driving Park the car in a safe place before programming e Type B Navigation system If a Bluetooth device has already been programmed to the vehicle as a Bluetooth audio device it does not need to be programmed again when using the device as a hands free mobile phone Conversely it does not need to be programmed again as a Bluetooth audio device if it has already be
436. of plies the more weight a tire can support Tire manufacturers also must indicate the tire materials which include steel nylon polyester and other Maximum Load Rating This number indicates the maximum load in kilograms and pounds that can be carried by the tire Maximum Permissible Inflation Pressure This number is the greatest amount of air pressure that should ever be put in the tire under normal driving conditions 9 27 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tread Wear Traction and Temperature Grades Tread wear The tread wear grade is a comparative rating based on the wear rate of the tire when tested under controlled conditions on a specified government test course For example a tire graded 150 would wear one and one half 1 1 2 times as well on the government course as a tire graded 100 Traction The traction grades from highest to lowest are AA A B and C The grades represent the tire s ability to stop on wet pavement as measured under controlled conditions on specified government test surfaces of asphalt and concrete A tire marked C may have poor traction performance Temperature The temperature grades are A the highest B and C representing the tire s resistance to the generation of heat and its ability to dissipate heat when tested under controlled conditions on a specified indoor laboratory test wheel Snow Tires In some heavy snow areas local governments
437. of the same type originally fitted to your vehicle For details contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer 10 6 Some models Specifications Check the tire pressure label for tire size and inflation pressure Refer to Tire Inflation Pressure on page 8 32 Standard tire nee Inflation pressure Tire size Front Rear P245 60R18 104H 250 kPa 36 psi 250 kPa 36 psi P245 50R20 102V 230 kPa 34 psi 230 kPa 34 psi Temporary spare tire Except Mexico Tire size Inflation pressure T155 90D18 103M 420 kPa 60 psi Mexico Tire size Inflation pressure 195 80R17 99M 250 kPa 36 psi V Fuses Refer to Fuses on page 8 47 10 7 Personalization Features Personalization Features The following Personalization Features are available These settings can only be changed by an Authorized Mazda Dealer Item Feature Factory Setting Available Settings The advanced key s remaining battery level warning light in the instrument cluster can be Activated Deactivated deactivated Advanced keviees The beep sound which is heard when entry y locking unlocking all doors or the liftgate can Activated Deactivated be deactivated The function to automatically lock the doors when leaving the vehicle while carrying the key Deactivated Activated can be activated 1 When the autolock function is operating the warning sound will be heard regardless of the
438. oing Call Records A maximum of six outgoing call records are displayed Making phone calls using the outgoing call record or deleting one or all outgoing call records is possible Making a call using the outgoing call record 1 Press selection button 3 to display the outgoing call record screen 2 Press the desired selection button of the outgoing call record The content of the outgoing call record is displayed 3 Press selection button 1 or the pick up button of the audio control switch to make a call Deleting one outgoing call record 1 Press selection button 3 to display the outgoing call record screen 2 Press the desired selection button of the outgoing call record The content of the outgoing call record is displayed 3 Press selection button 2 to display Delete recent outgoing call 4 Press selection button 1 to delete the outgoing call record NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the previous display Deleting all the outgoing call records 1 Press selection button 3 to display the outgoing call record screen 2 Press selection button 5 to display Delete all recent outgoing calls 3 Press selection button 1 to delete all outgoing call records NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the previous display VY Incoming Call Records A maximum of six incoming call records are displayed Making phone calls using the incoming call record or
439. oken unit and make sure to carry out new registration for the replaced unit If the license for the broken unit is not canceled you will be charged a reception fee for both units DLP Down Link Processor SATELLITE RADIO Module 6 64 Audio Control Switch Operation When the audio unit is turned on operation of the audio unit from the steering wheel is possible NOTE Because the audio unit will be turned off under the following conditions the switches will be inoperable When the ignition is switched off When the power button on the audio unit is pressed and the audio unit is turned off e When the CD being played is ejected and the audio unit is turned off Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Interior Comfort Audio System With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Use the talk button pick up button and hang up button for navigation system sound operation For details refer to the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner s ZS ACF Talk button Pick up button Hang up button NOTE The talk button pick up button and hang up button are operable with the audio unit turned off Mazda has installed this system to prevent distraction while driving the vehicle and using audio controls on the dashboard Always make safe driving your first priority Y Adj
440. old tire pressure shown on the tires Except 18 inch tires Your vehicle is originally equipped with all season radials designed to be used all year around In some extreme climates you may find it necessary to replace them with snow tires during the winter months to further improve traction on snow and ice covered roads A WARNING Use only the same size and type tires snow radial or non radial on all four wheels Using tires different in size or type is dangerous Your vehicle s handling could be greatly affected and result in an accident A CAUTION Check local regulations before using studded tires NOTE If your vehicle is equipped with the tire pressure monitoring system the system may not function correctly when using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls page 5 32 YW Tire Chains Check local regulations before using tire chains A CAUTION gt Chains may affect handling gt Do not go faster than 50 km h 30 mph or the chain manufacturer s recommended limit whichever is lower gt Drive carefully and avoid bumps holes and sharp turns gt Avoid locked wheel braking gt Do not use chains on a temporary spare tire it may result in damage to the vehicle and to the tire gt Do not use chains on roads that are free of snow or ice The tires and chains could be damaged gt Chains may scratch or chip aluminum wheels NOTE e Use of tire chains on a vehicle equipped
441. olently backward resulting in serious injury or death to the child Even though you may feel assured that the front passenger air bag will not deploy based on the fact that the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates you should not use a rear facing child restraint system in the front seat It is dangerous to allow anyone to lean over or against the side window the area of the front passenger seat the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides from which the side and curtain air bags deploy even if a child restraint system is used The impact of inflation from a side or curtain air bag could cause serious injury or death to an out of position child Furthermore leaning over or against the front door could block the side and curtain air bags and eliminate the advantages of supplemental protection With the front air bag and the additional side air bag that comes out of the front seat the rear seat is always a better location for children Take special care not to allow a child to lean over or against the side window even if the child is seated in a child restraint system V Front Passenger s Seat Child Restraint System Installation 1 Switch the ignition ON 2 Slide the seat as far back as possible 2 47 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Place the child restraint system on the seat without putting your weight on the seat and fasten the seat belt
442. om the phonebook 7 Prompt Deleting XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location Is this correct 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt XXXXX Ex John s phone Registered voice tag Home Registered location deleted Complete deletion of the phonebook data All data registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook can be erased NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep Erase all 5 Prompt Are you sure you want to erase everything from your Hands Free system phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt You are about to delete everything from your Hands Free system phonebook Do you want to continue 8 Say Beep Yes 9 Prompt Please wait erasing the Hands Free system phonebook 10 Prompt Hands Free system phonebook erased Read ou
443. on button 7 Selection AUX button button 1 Oo Track up button Selection button 2 Selection button 3 WU _ Track down youne DISPLAY me f button Ni AUTO M RETURN ENTERI Play Pause button Return button Selection Manual tuning dial Enter button Text button button 4 Y What is Bluetooth Audio Bluetooth audio outline By programming portable audio devices equipped with the Bluetooth communication function to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit you can listen to music or audio recorded on these audio devices from the vehicle s speakers Bluetooth audio devices do not need to be plugged into the auxiliary jack After programming operate the audio system s control panel to play stop the music or audio CAUTION gt Always program audio devices to the Bluetooth audio system while the vehicle is stopped 6 125 Some models Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B gt Because only specified Bluetooth audio devices can be used consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer when purchasing or changing devices Bluetooth audio devices which correspond to specified Bluetooth versions and profiles can be Bluetooth connected to the vehicle s Bluetooth unit However even among these devices are ones which cannot be Bluetooth connected or have limited functionality Each device to be used with the vehicle s Bluetooth unit needs to be checked individually for compatibil
444. on inspect them for correct balance Zis O7 Forward Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Also inspect them for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e Severe braking After rotation inflate all tire pressures to specification page 10 6 and inspect the lug nuts for tightness A CAUTION Rotate unidirectional tires and radial tires that have an asymmetrical tread pattern or studs only from front to rear not from side to side Tire performance will be reduced if rotated from side to side 8 34 V Replacing a Tire A WARNING Always use tires that are in good condition Driving with worn tires is dangerous Reduced braking steering and traction could result in an accident Replace all four tires at the same time Replacing just one tire is dangerous It could cause poor handling and poor braking resulting in loss of vehicle control Mazda strongly recommends that you replace all four tires at the same time A CAUTION With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged NOTE With Tire Pressure Monitoring System When tires with steel wire reinforcement in the sidewalls are used the system
445. on and select the AUX mode Refer to Mode on page 6 95 6 Operate the equipment following the instruction manual accompanying the equipment 6 113 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Language Code List Language Code Language Code Abkhazian ab 1001 Greek el 1411 Afar aa 1000 Greenlandic kl 2011 Afrekaans af 1005 Guarani gn 1613 Albanian sq 2816 Gujarati gu 1620 Amharic am 1012 Hausa ha 1700 Arabic ar 1017 Hebrew iw 1822 Armenian hy 1724 Hindi hi 1708 Assamase as 1018 Hungarian hu 1720 Aymara ay 1024 Icelandic is 1818 Azerbaijani az 1025 Indonesian in 1813 Bashkir ba 1100 Interlingua ia 1800 Basque eu 1420 Interlingue ie 1804 Bengali bn 1113 Inupiak ik 1810 Bhutani dz 1325 Irish ga 1600 Bihari bh 1107 Italian it 1819 Bislama bi 1108 Japanese ja 1900 Breton br 1117 Javanese jw 1922 Bulgarian bg 1106 Kannada kn 2013 Burmese my 2224 Kashmiri ks 2018 Byelorussian be 1104 Kazakh kk 2010 Cambodian km 2012 Kinyarwanda TW 2122 Catalan ca 1200 Kirghiz ky 2024 Chinese zh 3507 Kirundi m 2713 Corsican co 1214 Korean ko 2014 Croatian hr 1717 Kurdish ku 2020 Czech cs 1218 Laothian lo 2114 Danish da 1300 Latin la 2100 Dutch nl 2311 Latvian lv 2121
446. on button 4 Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE A language setting is unavailable for the satellite radio English is constantly displayed Screen display off Press selection button 4 Press the display button DISPLAY or the return button RETURN to return to the previously selected mode s screen 6 41 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls Selection Selection button 1 Selection button 2 Selection button 3 button 5 Selection button 6 Selection button 7 bit mue MUTE DISPLAY Selection button 8 a ne AUTO M AUDIO CONT A Pus A rerun i Power Volume dial Power ON OFF Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on Press the power volume dial again to turn the audio system off NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the audio system on for a long period of time when the engine is not running Volume adjustment To adjust the volume turn the power volume dial Turn the power volume dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it 6 42 Audio control button Return button Audio sound adjustment When the audio control button AUDIO CONT is pressed the audio settings screen is displayed Press the audio control button AUDIO CONT or the return button RETURN
447. on chassis and body T T T T T Exhaust system and heat shields I I I I I All locks and hinges Is Geile de Te Tee Ee 1 LIL Washer fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I 8 10 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Chart symbols I Inspect Inspect and clean repair adjust fill up or replace if necessary R Replace T Tighten L Lubricate Remarks 1 Use FL22 type coolant in vehicles with the inscription FL22 on the radiator cap itself or the surrounding area Use FL22 when replacing the coolant 2 According to state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or kilometer period to ensure long term reliability Maintenance Interval Months 6 12 18 24 30 36 42 48 54 60 66 72 x1000 km 10 20 30 40 50 60 70 80 90 100 110 120 AIR CONDITIONER SYSTEM Cabin air filter R R R 3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 40 000 km a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d
448. on of add on non genuine parts or accessories 9 20 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Cell Phones Cell Phones Warning A WARNING Please comply with the legal regulations concerning the use of communication equipment in vehicles in your State or Province Use of any electrical devices such as cell phones computers portable radios vehicle navigation or other devices by the driver while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Dialing a number on a cell phone while driving also ties up the driver s hands Use of these devices will cause the driver to be distracted and could lead to a serious accident If a passenger is unable to use the device pull off the right of way to a safe area before use If use of a cell phone is necessary despite this warning use a hands free system to at least leave the hands free to drive the vehicle Never use a cell phone or other electrical devices while the vehicle is moving and instead concentrate on the full time job of driving 9 21 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Event Data Recorder Event Data Recorder This vehicle is equipped with an event data recorder EDR The main purpose of an EDR is to record in certain crash or near crash like situations such as an air bag deployment or hitting a road obstacle The data that will assist in understanding how a vehicle s systems performed The EDR is designed to record data related to vehicle dynamics and safety syste
449. on pins to prevent them from bunching up under the foot pedals Using a floor mat that is not secured is dangerous as it will interfere with the accelerator and brake pedal operation which could result in an accident Do not install two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side Installing two floor mats one on top of the other on the driver s side is dangerous as the retention pins can only keep one floor mat from sliding forward In using a heavy duty floor mat for winter use always remove the original floor mat Loose floor mat s will interfere with the foot pedal and could result in an accident When setting a floor mat position the floor mat so that its eyelets are inserted over the pointed end of the retention posts Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Rocking the Vehicle A WARNING Do not spin the wheels at more than 56 km h 35 mph and do not allow anyone to stand behind a wheel when pushing the vehicle When the vehicle is stuck spinning the wheels at high speed is dangerous The spinning tire could overheat and explode This could cause serious injuries CAUTION Too much rocking may cause engine overheating transaxle failure and tire damage If you must rock the vehicle to free it from snow sand or mud depress the accelerator slightly and slowly move the shift lever from D to R 4 9 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Winter Driving e Carry eme
450. on the tire label Production options weight is the combination weight of installed regular production options weighing over 2 3 kilograms in excess of the standard items which they replace and not previously considered in the curb weight or accessory weight including heavy duty brakes ride levelers roof rack heavy duty battery and special trim Rim is the metal support wheel for a tire or a tire and tube assembly upon which the tire beads are seated 9 33 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada Tire Maintenance Improper or inadequate vehicle maintenance can cause tires to wear abnormally Here are some important maintenance points YW Tire Inflation Pressure Inspect all tire pressure monthly including the spare when the tires are cold Maintain recommended pressures for the best ride top handling and minimum tire wear Use the pressures specified on the vehicle tire information placard or tire label for optimum service YW Tire Rotation To equalize tread wear rotate the tires every 12 000 km 7 500 miles or sooner if irregular wear develops During rotation inspect them for correct balance Z C so Do not include TEMPORARY USE ONLY spare tire in rotation Inspect the tires for uneven wear and damage Abnormal wear is usually caused by one or a combination of the following e Incorrect tire pressure e Improper wheel alignment e Out of balance wheel e
451. one or Phone 3 Say Beep Setup 4 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts language passcode select phone or select music player 5 Say Beep Pairing options 6 Prompt Available options are Pair Edit Delete List or Set Pairing Code 7 Say Beep Pair 8 Prompt Start the pairing process on your Bluetooth device Your pairing code is 0000 XX XX Input this code on your Bluetooth device when prompted on the device See device manual for instructions 9 Using the device perform a search for the Bluetooth device Peripheral device NOTE For the operation of the device refer to its instruction manual 10 Select Mazda from the device list searched by the device 11 Input the 4 digit pairing code to the device 12 Prompt Please say the name of the device after the beep 13 Say Beep XX XX Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device Example Stan s device 6 141 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE Speak a programmed device tag within 10 seconds If more than two devices are to be programmed they cannot be programmed with the same or similar device tag 14 Prompt XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag Is this correct 15 Say Beep Yes 16 Prompt Pairing complete Afte
452. one iiien 3 49 Homi inniinn aniis 5 74 I Ignition KEYS onee EE EE 3 21 Switch eeen ann a 5 2 Illuminated Entry System 6 184 Immobilizer System with Advanced Key ccesceseees 3 54 Immobilizer System without Advanced Key eeee 3 58 Indicator Lights eceeceeseeseeeeeees 5 44 BSM OFF eceeeeeeseeseeeeeeeeeees 5 57 CTUISE aoina in aai 5 56 Headlight high beam 5 55 Sec rity irarri e 5 55 Shift position s sesseseeseseeseeeeseesee 5 55 TOS OFF rio sevetiases eia 5 56 TCS DSC RSC vcetne 5 56 Turn signal hazard warning 5 57 Information Display ce 6 186 Ambient temperature display 6 187 Audio display c eceeeeeee 6 188 Climate control display 6 188 Clock iiis is 6 187 Information display functions 6 186 Trip computer s sssesesseseseesees 6 188 Instrument Cluster ee eeeeeeeeeeees 5 39 Diteror Caten soinnin 8 60 Interior Lights 2 0 ce eeeeeeseeeeeees 6 184 J Jump Starting oe ee eeeeseseeseeseeeeeeees 7 18 Index K Keyless Entry System c eeee 3 22 Keyser age atianeind 3 21 L Label Information cceeeeeeeees 10 2 Lane Change Signals 0 0 0 0 eee 5 66 Liti ate 4 36 Seer outa ET 3 33 Light Bulbs Replacement cceeeeseeeeeerees 8 38 Specifications cece 10 6 Lighting Control cceeeeseeeeeeees 5 60 Lubricant Quality 00 10 4 Luggage Compa
453. oner or load limiter is still better than wearing no seat belt at all however if the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters are not replaced the risk of injury in a collision will increase Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems Do not modify the components or NOTE wiring or use electronic testing devices e The pretensioner system will activate in a on the pretensioner system moderate or severe frontal near frontal Modifying the components or wiring of the pretensioner system including the use of electronic testing devices is dangerous You could accidentally activate it or make it inoperable which would prevent it from activating in an accident The occupants or repairers could be seriously injured Properly dispose of the pretensioner system Improper disposal of the pretensioner system or a vehicle with non deactivated pretensioners is dangerous Unless all safety procedures are followed injury could collision or roll over accident It will not activate in most side or rear impacts With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The pretensioner system for the front passenger is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat Some smoke non toxic gas will be released when the air bags and pretensioners deploy This does not indicate a fire This gas normally has no effect on occupants however those with sensitive skin may ex
454. ont passenger seat seat a child in a child restraint system on the rear seat and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 2 49 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint LATCH Child Restraint Systems Your Mazda is equipped with LATCH lower anchors for attachment of specially designed LATCH child restraint systems the second row seats Both anchors must be used otherwise the seat will bounce around and put the child in danger Most LATCH child restraint systems must also be used in conjunction with a tether to be effective If they have a tether you must use it to better assure your child s safety A WARNING Follow the manufacturer s instructions for the use of the child restraint system An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions Never attach two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor Attaching two child restraint systems to the same LATCH lower anchor is dangerous In a collision one anchor may not be strong enough to hold two child restraint system attachments and it may break causing serious injury or death If you use the seat position for another child restraint system when an outboard LATCH
455. ontrol system 34 ENG BAR 20 A Engine control system 35 ENG BAR 2 7 5A PCM 8 50 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Relay box Engine compartment 2 3 DESCRIPTION MUSE PROTECTED COMPONENT RATING 1 INJ 7 5A Engine control system 2 Z 3 Some models 8 51 Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance Fuse block Glove box DESCRIPTION ee G PROTECTED COMPONENT 1 OUTLET FR 15 A Accessory socket Front 2 MIRROR 7 5A Power control mirror 3 4 METER 10A Instrument cluster 3 SAS 7 5A ABS Air bag 6 ENG IGA 7 5A Engine control system 7 STA 7 5 A Ignition system 8 9 A C 7 5A Air conditioner 10 R WIPER 15 A Rear window wiper and washer 11 TRAILER 12 P LIFT GATE 20 A Power lift gate 13 SUNROOF 15A Moonroof 14 AUDIO 10A Audio system 15 M DEF 10A Mirror defroster 16 P W 25A Power windows Passenger side 17 TAIL 10 A Taillight 18 ILLUMI 10A Dashboard illumination 19 INJ 7 5A Engine control system 8 52 Some models Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance FUSE DESCRIPTION RATING PROTECTED COMPONENT 20 21 OUTLET CTR 22 OUTLET RR 23 WIPER 30A Windshield wiper and washer 24 P WIND 30 A Power windo
456. or ON 2 Turn on the Bluetooth audio device s power Make sure that the 4 symbol is displayed in the audio unit screen The symbol is not displayed if an unprogrammed Bluetooth audio device is being used or the vehicle s Bluetooth unit has a malfunction NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed 3 Press the AUX button CD AUX to switch the Bluetooth audio mode 4 The audio recorded to the Bluetooth audio device begins playback 6 131 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Audio Type B NOTE e Ifthe Bluetooth audio device does not begin playback press the Play Pause button Pil e Ifthe mode is switched from Bluetooth audio mode to another mode radio mode audio playback from the Bluetooth audio device stops e Ifa call is received on a hands free mobile phone during playback from the Bluetooth audio device the playback is stopped Playback from the Bluetooth audio device resumes after the call ends Playback Press the AUX button CD AUX to switch the Bluetooth audio mode and start playback NOTE If the Bluetooth audio device does not begin playback press the Play Pause button PI If the current device is lower than AVRCP Ver 1 3 Bluetooth Audio is displayed If the current device is AVRCP Ver 1 3 Bluetooth Audio track number elapsed time album name artist name and song name are displayed NOTE e
457. or RSC as a substitute for safe driving The ABS and RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident When driving on ice or in water snow mud sand or similar hazards e Be cautious and allow extra distance for braking Avoid sudden braking and sudden maneuvering Do not pump the brakes Continue to press down on the brake pedal If you get stuck select a lower gear and accelerate slowly Do not spin the front wheels Do not perform abrupt maneuvers when the road surface changes such as from a paved road to gravel because the reaction of the vehicle against the driving operation changes Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips e For more traction in starting on slippery surfaces such as ice or packed snow use sand rock salt chains carpeting or other nonslip material under the front wheels NOTE Use snow chains only on the front wheels 4 7 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Roll over A WARNING Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers when driving this vehicle Sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous as it could result in the increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle roll over personal in
458. ort is completed press selection button 2 and select Cancel The phonebook data is deleted and the screen returns to the normal display after Importing has been cancelled is displayed Making calls using the phonebook 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook screen 2 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a list and then press the enter button ENTER to display the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook screen containing the detailed information recorded NOTE Press each selection button to display the alphabetical sequence for the selection button selected e Each time the selection button is pressed a letter is displayed in alphabetical order Ex selection button 1 A gt B C gt A Each time selection button 8 is pressed the display shows the last four letters of the alphabet W X Y Z followed by symbols and then numerals 3 Press selection button 1 2 3 or 4 to make a call Voice tag addition 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook screen 6 170 2 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a list and then press the enter button ENTER to display the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook screen containing the detailed information recorded NOTE Press each selection button to display the alphabetical sequence for the selection button selected Each time the selection button is pressed a letter is disp
459. ot be inserted to the desired tray number if the number is already occupied Multiple CD insertion 1 Press and hold the load button LOAD 2 Press the load button LOAD again When Please Insert a Disc is displayed insert the CD 3 When Please Insert a Disc is displayed again insert the next CD NOTE The first inserted CD will be played automatically when e No other CD is inserted within 15 seconds after Please Insert a Disc is displayed The CD trays are full Ejecting CDs Normal ejection 1 Press the CD eject button amp Disc Ejecting will be displayed 2 Remove the CD NOTE When the CD is ejected during play the next CD will be played automatically Ejecting CDs from desired tray number 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 4 2 Press the selection button for the desired tray number while Disc Ejecting is displayed 3 Remove the CD Multiple CD ejection 1 Press and hold the CD eject button 2 Press the CD eject button amp again Interior Comfort Audio System NOTE If the button is not pressed and about five seconds have elapsed while Disc Ejecting is displaying CDs are automatically ejected 3 Remove the CD then the next CD will be ejected NOTE e CDs will be ejected starting from the one in the tray with the lowest number e All CDs in the trays will be ejected continuously e CDs can be ejected when the
460. otation such as when trying to pull away from an icy surface or when trying to extricate the vehicle from mud sand or similar conditions If the AWD warning light illuminates If the AWD warning light illuminates contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer If the AWD warning light flashes Park the vehicle in a safe place After a few moments if the warning light stops flashing you can resume driving If the light does not stop flashing contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer AWARNING Never spin a wheel that is off the ground Spinning a wheel that is off the ground as a result of the vehicle being stuck or in a ditch is dangerous The drive assembly could be seriously damaged which could lead to an accident or could even lead to overheating oil leakage and a fire YW Tires and Tire Chains The condition of the tires plays a large role in the performance of the vehicle Moreover to prevent adverse effects to the drive assembly please note the following Tires When replacing tires always replace all front and rear tires at the same time All tires must be of the same size manufacture brand and tread pattern Pay particular attention when equipping snow or other types of winter tires Do not mix tread worn tires with normal tires Inspect tire inflation pressures at the specified periods and adjust to the specified pressures NOTE Check the tire inflation pressure label attached to driver s door frame for t
461. ow For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 66 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System In addition the front passenger side air bag is designed to only deploy in accordance with the total seated weight on the front passenger seat For details refer to the driver and front passenger occupant classification system page 2 69 A side air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact 2 63 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags V Curtain Air Bags The curtain air bags are mounted in the front and rear window pillars and the roof edge along both sides When the air bag crash sensors detect a side impact of greater than moderate force the curtain air bag inflates quickly and helps to reduce injury mainly to the rear outboard passenger s head caused by directly hitting interior parts such as a door or window For more details about air bag deployment refer to SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria page 2 66 In a side impact Greater than moderate impact to one side of the vehicle will cause the curtain air bag on that side only to inflate A curtain air bag will deploy only on the side the vehicle receives the force of the impact In a roll over In response to a vehicle roll over both curtain air bags inflate Both curtain air bags will deploy after a roll over accident is detected 2 64 Esse
462. p sound will be heard for about 5 seconds every minute The air bag and seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sound will continue to be heard for approximately 35 minutes Have your vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible 2 28 A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible Center Rear Position Seat Belt Second Row Seats Before using the center rear lap shoulder belt make sure tongue A and anchor buckle B are fastened Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A WARNING Using the Seat Belt Guide Not using the seat belt guide is dangerous If the seat belt guide is not used the shoulder portion of the center rear seat belt could be mistakenly positioned under the head restraint a position that cannot provide adequate protection ina collision and could result in the center rear passenger being seriously injured or killed Always make sure the shoulder portion of the center rear seat belt is on the right side of the left rear head restraint and guided correctly through
463. p sounding Driving the vehicle with the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system warning beep sounding is dangerous In a collision the air bags and the front seat belt pretensioner system will not deploy and this could result in death or serious injury Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the vehicle inspected as soon as possible 2 65 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria This chart indicates the applicable SRS equipment that will deploy depending on the type of collision The illustrations are the representative cases of collisions Types of collision A severe frontal near frontal A severe side A roll over near stl es ee A rear collision collision collision roll over SATS C SRS equipment Moe ie e xA Front seat A belt X both sides X both sides pretensioner Driver air x No air bag and front bag seat belt Front pretensioner will be passenger air x activated in a rear bag collision Side air bag X impact side only Bo a X impact side only X both sides X The SRS air bag equipment is designed to deploy in a collision 1 With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System The front passenger front and side air bags and the seat belt pretensioner are designed to deploy depending on the condition of the total seated weight on the front passenger seat 2 66 Essen
464. per operation e If the auto wiper lever is left in the AUTO position the wipers could operate automatically from the effect of strong light sources electromagnetic waves or infrared light because the rain sensor uses an optical sensor It is recommended that the auto wiper lever be switched to the OFF position other than when driving the vehicle under rainy conditions 5 71 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Y Windshield Washer Pull the lever toward you and hold it to spray washer fluid Washer NOTE With the wiper lever in the OFF or intermittent position AUTO position the wipers will operate continuously until the lever is released If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 24 If it s normal consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 5 72 Rear Window Wiper and DENG The ignition must be switched ON V Rear Window Wiper Type A Type B Turn the wiper on by turning the rear wiper washer switch ON Normal INT Intermittent V Rear Window Washer To spray washer fluid turn the rear wiper washer switch to the 4 position After the switch is released the washer will stop If the washer does not work inspect the fluid level page 8 24 If it s normal and the washer still does not work consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Rear Window Defroster The rear window defroster clears frost fo
465. performing programming as continuous operation of the devices could damage the motor The HomeLink system provides 3 buttons which can be individually selected and programmed using the transmitters for current on market devices as follows 1 Press and hold the two outer HomeLink buttons buttons one and three releasing only when the indicator light begins to flash after 20 seconds Do not hold the buttons for longer than 30 seconds and do not repeat step 1 to program a second and or third hand held transmitter to the remaining two HomeLink buttons 2 Position the end of your hand held transmitter 2 5 7 5 cm 1 3 inches away from the HomeLink button you wish to program while keeping the indicator light in view 3 Simultaneously press and hold both the chosen HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons Do not release the buttons until step 4 has been completed NOTE Some gate operators and garage door openers may require you to replace this Programming Step 3 with procedures noted in the Gate Operator Canadian Programming section 4 After the HomeLink indicator light changes from a slow to a rapidly blinking light release both the HomeLink and hand held transmitter buttons NOTE If the HomeLink indicator light does not change to a rapidly blinking light contact HomeLink at www homelink com or call 1 800 355 3515 for assistance Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls 5 Press and ho
466. perience light skin irritation If residue from the deployment of the air bags or the front pretensioner system gets on the skin or in the eyes wash it off as soon as result Ask an Authorized Mazda possible Dealer how to safely dispose of the pretensioner system or how to scrap V Air Bag Front Seat Belt a pretensioner equipped vehicle Pretensioner System Warning Light o 74 If the air bag front seat belt pretensioner system is working properly the warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON or after the engine is cranked The warning light turns off after a specified period of time 2 27 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems A system malfunction is indicated if the warning light constantly flashes constantly illuminates or does not illuminate at all when the ignition is switched ON If any of these occur consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible The system may not operate in an accident A WARNING Never tamper with the air bag pretensioner systems and always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer perform all servicing and repairs Self servicing or tampering with the systems is dangerous An air bag pretensioner could accidentally activate or become disabled causing serious injury or death V Air Bag Front Seat Belt Pretensioner System Warning Beep If a malfunction is detected in the air bag front seat belt pretensioner systems and the warning light a warning bee
467. phones page 6 81 The cooling fan for this unit may activate if the temperature of the unit is high however this does not indicate a malfunction YV Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet The auxiliary terminals and power outlet are positioned as shown in the figure Auxiliary terminals The auxiliary terminals consist of one image input terminal and two sound input terminals for left and right Image input terminal Yellow Sound input Right terminal Red Sound input Left terminal White To use open the cover A CAUTION Close the cover when the terminals are not in use If foreign material penetrates or liquid is spilled on it it may cause a malfunction NOTE e For monaural equipment with one sound output terminal connect the terminal to the sound input terminal White The sound is output from the speaker to which the terminal has been connected Noise may occur depending on the connected equipment Power Outlet The power outlet can be used as a power supply for electrical devices when the ignition is switched to ACC or ON Only use AC 115 V electrical appliances requiring no greater than 100 W Open the cover to use the power outlet A WARNING gt Never use medical instruments with the power outlet gt Follow the cautions below to prevent electrical shock gt Do not plug accessories into the power outlet or unplug them with wet hands gt Do not put anything other than p
468. place at first 192 000 km 120 000 miles or 10 years after type that every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 5 years Engine coolant Replace at first 96 000 km 60 000 miles or 4 years after that Others every 2 years Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM g Puerto Rico C R C R Air filter Others C R C Fuel lines and hoses z Hoses and tubes for emission IGNITION SYSTEM USA Replace every 96 000 km 60 000 miles Spark plugs a Others Replace every 160 000 km 100 000 miles ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I 1 8 6 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 Maintenance Interval CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I Brake fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Disc brakes I I I I Tire Rotation Rotate every 8 000 km 5 000 miles Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I I I I I I I Front and rear suspension ball joints and wheel I I bearing axial play Rear
469. play returns to the normal display If an error occurs during program pairing Error is displayed and the display returns to the pairing program screen Programming a Bluetooth Hands Free device which does not have a PIN code four digits 1 Press selection button 6 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 2 to display the pairing program screen 3 Enter Pin 0000 and Rotate Press TUNE dial to change code Select OK when complete are displayed for input of the PIN code 4 Turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to set the four digits and display Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN 0000 NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the pairing program screen 6 168 5 Operate the Bluetooth Hands Free device while Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN 0000 is displayed and set it to the program mode 6 The Bluetooth Hands Free device will request input of a PIN code Input 0000 7 When the pairing programming is completed a symbol and Pairing complete are displayed and then the display returns to the normal display If an error occurs during program pairing Error is displayed and the display returns to the pairing pro
470. position is occupied use the center seat belts instead and the tether if tether equipped Make sure the child restraint system is properly secured An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions on belt routing to secure the seat just as you would with a child in it so that nobody is tempted to put a child in an improperly secured seat later on When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt or latch it down to BOTH LATCH lower anchors for LATCH child restraint systems Make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH child restraint system Not following the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing the child restraint system is dangerous If seat belts or a foreign object prevent the child restraint system from being securely attached to the LATCH lower anchors and the child restraint system is installed improperly the child restraint system could move ina sudden stop or collision causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants When installing the child restraint system make sure there are no seat belts or foreign objects near or around the LATCH lower anchors Always follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions 2 50 Y LATCH Child Restraint System In
471. pot remover to remove oil tar and similar materials will usually also take off the wax Rewax these areas even if the rest of the vehicle does not need it V Repairing Damage to the Finish Deep scratches or chips on the finish should be repaired promptly Exposed metal quickly rusts and can lead to major repairs A CAUTION If your Mazda is damaged and needs metal parts repaired or replaced make sure the body shop applies anti corrosion materials to all parts both repaired and new This will prevent them from rusting V Bright Metal Maintenance Use tar remover to remove road tar and insects Never do this with a knife or similar tool To prevent corrosion on bright metal surfaces apply wax or chrome preservative and rub it to a high luster During cold weather or in coastal areas cover bright metal parts with a coating of wax or preservative heavier than usual It would also help to coat them with noncorrosive petroleum jelly or some other protective compound 8 58 A CAUTION Don t use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may result in damage to the protective coating and cause discoloration or paint deterioration V Underbody Maintenance Road chemicals and salt used for ice and snow removal and solvents used for dust control may collect on the underbody If not removed they will speed up rustin
472. quency and channel number will be displayed NOTE If no stations can be tuned after scanning operations A will be displayed 6 33 Interior Comfort Audio System V Operating the Compact Disc CD Player Load button Track up Fast forward button Scan button CD slot Folder up button CD eject button Random button Track down CD play button Reverse button Power Volume dial Type Playable data e Music data CD DA Music MP3 CD player MP3 file NOTE Ifa disc has both music data CD DA and MP3 files playback of the two file types differs depending on how the disc was recorded Inserting the CD Insert the CD into the slot label side up The auto loading mechanism will set the CD and begin play NOTE There will be a short lapse before play begins while the player reads the digital signals on the CD 6 34 Repeat button Folder down button Display feed dial Ejecting the CD Press the CD eject button amp to eject the CD Playback Press the CD play button CD to start play when a CD is in the unit Ifa CD is not in the unit when the CD play button CD is pressed NO DISC will flash on and off NOTE When the load button LOAD is pressed the CD will load and play even if the CD eject button amp had been previously pressed Fast forward Reverse Press and hold the fast forward button A to advance through a tra
473. r ccsccsceeseeeeeteesresseeeees Rear Window Wiper and Washer cc cceseeseeseeseeeseeteesees Rear Window Defroster cccecceesceseeeeseeeeeeeeeeeeseeseenseesees Driving Your Mazda Explanation of instruments and controls Starting and Driving Tonito Switch es sci ecciiicv dh winceeeeses RREN Starting the Engine 0 cccceccsceeeseesceeseeeceeseeeeeseeaeenseeeeeees Turning the Engine Off ccccececeeeeeeeceeseeeeeeeeseeeseeatenes Brake System derniere e ese Heese ieee lies Automatic Transaxle Controls cccecceeceeseeeeteeeeeeteeneennees Power Steering vce cccssedcecseevendeclevcesetescvsedesiecitvectascostsseieleveeteecs All Wheel Drive AWD Operation sssi Cruise Control aeeie n E EErEE riii Traction Control System TCS ssssesssssessseseseesseesesseseeseseeses Dynamic Stability Control DSC Roll Stability Control A PaO me occ Sa RATE ERR QR ICR enten Tire Pressure Monitoring System cceccescssesseeseeseeseeseens Blind Spot Monitoring BSM System oi Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Warning Indicator Lights ccccesceeseeseeeseeteeeeeeseeeeeeseestenes Beep Sounds so 3 echei icine hate einen dienes Hazard Warning Flasher 0 0 0 0 cceeeesesseeceececeeeeeeeeeneeseeaeees HomeLink Wireless Control System 0 c cccscesseeseeseeseeseens Some models 5 1 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Ignition Switch Auxiliary k
474. r 1 Enter the chapter track number using the number keys 0 to 9 while the disc is being played 2 Press the ENTER button to start the playback from the selected chapter track Example when selecting chapter track number 10 1 Press the number key 1 2 Press the number key 0 3 Press the ENTER button NOTE Ifa chapter track number not in the disc is input the last chapter track is played Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for chapter track numbers Skipping to desired title group The playback can be started from the desired title group by entering the title group number 1 Enter the title group number using the number keys 0 to 9 while the playback is stopped 2 Press the ENTER button to start the playback from the selected title Example When selecting title number s6722 1 Press the number key 2 2 Press the ENTER button 6 98 NOTE Ifa title group number not in the disc is input the last title group is played e Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for the title group numbers Bonus group playback 1 Press the number button 0 while a disc is not being played If the disc has a bonus group the display shows as follows Bonus Group 2 Press the ENTER button to change the display to the password input screen then enter the password For the password see the instruction manual attached to the disc Please input a 4 d
475. r All specifications and descriptions are accurate at the time of printing Because improvement is a constant goal at Mazda we reserve the right to make changes in specifications at any time without notice and without obligation Air Conditioning and the Environment Your Mazda s genuine air conditioner is filled with HFC134a R134a a refrigerant that has been found not to damage the earth s ozone layer If the air conditioner does not operate properly consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Perchlorate Certain components of this vehicle such as air bag modules seat belt pretensioners lithium batteries may contain Perchlorate Material Special handling may apply for service or vehicle end of life disposal See www dtsc ca gov hazardouswaste perchlorate Please be aware that this manual applies to all models equipment and options As a result you may find some explanations for equipment not installed on your vehicle 2011 Mazda Motor Corporation Printed in Japan July 2011 Print1 How to Use This Manual We want to help you get the most driving pleasure from your vehicle Your owner s manual when read from cover to cover can do that in many ways Illustrations complement the words of the manual to best explain how to enjoy your Mazda By reading your manual you can find out about the features important safety information and driving under various road conditions The symbol below in this manu
476. r No 7 When Yes is spoken the procedure proceeds to Step 8 When No is spoken the procedure returns to Step 3 8 Prompt Dialing Type B Navigation system 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number 5 Prompt XXXXXXXXXXX Telephone number After the beep continue to add numbers or say Go Back to re enter the last entered numbers or press the Pick Up button to execute dialing 6 Dialing Press the pick up button or say Dial then go to Step 7 Adding inputting telephone number Say XXXX desired telephone number then go to Step 5 Telephone number correction Say Go Back The prompt replies Go Back The last entered numbers have been removed Then go back to Step 3 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Dial command and a telephone number can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Dial 123 4567 then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped V Receiving an Incoming Call 1 Prompt Incoming call pres
477. r is displayed and the display returns to the pairing program screen NOTE Some Bluetooth audio devices need a certain amount of time before the fi symbol is displayed Programming a Bluetooth audio device which does not have a PIN code four digits 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 2 again to display the pairing program screen 3 Enter Pin 0000 and Rotate Press TUNE dial to change code Select OK when complete are displayed for input of the PIN code 4 Turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to set the four digits and display Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN 0000 NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the pairing program screen 5 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the program mode while Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN 0000 is displayed 6 The Bluetooth audio device will request input of a PIN code Input 0000 7 When the pairing programming is completed a 4 symbol and Pairing complete are displayed and then it returns to the normal display If an error occurs during program pairing Error is displayed and the display returns to the pairing program screen
478. r a device is registered the system automatically identifies the device By activating Bluetooth Hands Free again or by activating Bluetooth Hands Free first after switching the ignition from OFF to ACC the system reads out a voice guidance XXXXXX Ex Stan s device Device tag is connected NOTE Type B Navigation system Device registration can also be done by operating the audio unit or panel buttons on the navigation unit Refer to Bluetooth Audio Preparation page 6 127 For audio unit or the separate manual NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner s Manual For navigation unit e Depending on the device the registration status may be lost after a certain period of time If this occurs repeat the entire process from Step 1 6 142 YV Making a Call Using a Telephone Number NOTE Practice this while parked until you are confident you can do it while driving in a non taxing road situation If you are not completely comfortable make all calls from a safe parking position and move out only when fully under control and you can devote your eyes and mind to driving Type A 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Dial 3 Prompt Number please 4 Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 5 Prompt Dialing XXXXXXXXXXX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number is this correct 6 Say Beep Yes o
479. r about 30 seconds If you are out of the operational range before the doors and the liftgate are completely closed or another advanced key is left in the vehicle the auto lock function will not work Always make sure that all doors and the liftgate are closed and locked before leaving the vehicle The auto lock function does not close the power windows and the moonroof e Auto re lock function After unlocking doors and the liftgate by pressing the request switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically lock if any of the following operations are not performed within about 30 seconds If your vehicle has a theft deterrent system the hazard warning lights will flash for confirmation Adoor or the liftgate is opened The auxiliary key is inserted into the ignition switch The start knob is pushed 3 10 Y Starting the Engine Ignition switch positions As there is no traditional key some of the ignition switch functions are different Start knob The engraved mark on the actual vehicle may read OFF or LOCK depending on the type of ignition system OFF LOCK Knob Released The power supply to electrical devices is turned off OFF LOCK Knob Depressed The ignition can be switched to ACC when the KEY indicator light green illuminates in the instrument cluster Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System AWARNING Before leaving the driver
480. r are inoperable or the operation range becomes narrow or unsteady the battery may be dead Replace the battery using the following procedure 6 89 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Battery CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent 1 Press the battery case tab in the direction indicated by the arrow using your thumbnail and pull out the battery case 2 Remove the old battery and install a new one with the plus pole pointed up Battery CR2025 LITHIUM or equivalent 3 Press the battery case tab in the direction of the arrow until a click sound is heard NOTE If the remote controller is inoperable even after the batteries are replaced consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer 6 90 A CAUTION gt Install the battery with the correct pole pointing in the correct direction Battery leakage could occur if they are not installed correctly gt When replacing the batteries be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or get oil on them Also be careful not to get dirt in the remote controller as it could be damaged Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Sound Output Y Sound Output from Vehicle Speakers Vehicles with audio system Change the audio system to the Rear Entertainment System mode Sound Music being played by the Rear Entertainment System can be heard from the vehicle speakers For audio operation refer to Audio System page 6 17 Press the AUX button
481. r down 2 6 Some models V Seat Position Memory The driver s seat position memory function allows you to program a desired seat position The personalized positions can be easily activated with the simple touch of a button The programmed positions can also be activated when unlocking the doors using a programmed advanced key retractable type key Seat positions for up to three people can be programmed into the memory using the three available programming buttons A CAUTION When activating the seat position do not place your hands or fingers around the seat bottom The seat moves to the desired position automatically and if your hands or fingers are placed around the seat bottom it could cause injury NOTE Only operate the seat memory function while the vehicle is parked Vehicle maintenance or other reasons requiring the vehicle battery to be disconnected will result in the seat position memory being erased In this case re program the seat positions Programming 1 Adjust the seat to the desired position For each seat position adjustment method refer to the following pages Seat Slide page 2 5 Seat Recline page 2 5 Height Adjustment page 2 6 2 Press the SET button followed by one of the programming buttons 1 2 or 3 within about 5 seconds A beep sound is heard after the programming is completed SET button NOTE If the programming button 1 2 or 3 you have selected is a
482. r search during MP3 WMA CD playback Folder up Press the folder up button A Folder down Press the folder down button 6 62 NOTE Press and hold the A or W button to continuously move up or down through the folders Music scan During music CD playback This function scans the titles on a CD and plays ten seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to During MP3 WMA CD playback This function scans the titles in a folder currently being played and plays ten seconds of each song to aid you in finding a song you want to listen to Press the scan button SCAN during playback to start the scan play operation Press the scan button SCAN again to cancel scan playback NOTE If the unit is left in scan normal playback will resume where scan was selected Repeat playback During music CD playback 1 Press selection button 1 during playback to play the current track repeatedly Repeat Track is displayed 2 Press selection button 1 again to cancel the repeat playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Track repeat 1 Press selection button 1 during playback to play the current track repeatedly Repeat Track is displayed 2 Press selection button 1 twice to cancel the repeat playback Folder repeat 1 Press selection button 1 twice during playback to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly Repeat Folder is displayed 2 Pre
483. r settings In this case add the file extension wma to the end of the file name and then write the disc 6 25 MEMO 6 26 Interior Comfort Audio System Types of the Audio Set 3 DISC FOLDER Audio Set Type B C o COO o Jro v G rae vou Dil MUTE DISPLAY AUDIO CONT Ae f PUSH PUSH 6 27 MEMO 6 28 Interior Comfort Audio System Audio Set Type A Audio information is displayed on the information display 3DISCA FOLDER The Pil 4 SAT buttons are only functional if the vehicle is equipped with the separately purchased SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit U S A and Canada Power Volume Sound Controls ccsccscesseesseeeeeeeseeeceeeeseeeeeeseeeseeeeesaeeaeeeeeeaeeaes page 6 30 Operating the RAG isc53 23efa aneseesteleledacetdcactasthesuaolsaiadasaseass dneetl ELETRE SAGTER RORE ER RORE page 6 32 Operating the Compact Disc CD Player ccceeceesessesseeeeeeseceeeeeeeeeseeseeesenaees page 6 34 Operating the Auxiliary jack cccccsccssecseesseeeeseceseeeceseeseceeeeseeesecseenseeaeeneeeaeenes page 6 37 Error Indications ccccsceesceseeseceseeeeesecseeesecsceeaeesecenesaeceeesseseeeeseeeseseeeaeeaeeeeesarenes page 6 38 6 29 Interior Comfort Audio System V Power Volume Sound Controls Power Volume dial Power ON OFF
484. r system when the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates When an infant or small child sits on the front passenger seat the system shuts off the front passenger front and side air bags and seat belt pretensioner system so make sure the front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light illuminates Even if the front passenger air bag is shut off Mazda strongly recommends that children be properly restrained and child restraint systems of all kinds are properly secured on the rear seats which are the best place for children For more details refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 69 2 36 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint AWARNING Use the correct size child restraint system For effective protection in vehicle accidents and sudden stops a child must be properly restrained using a seat belt or child restraint system depending on age and size If not the child could be seriously injured or even killed in an accident Follow the manufacturer s instructions and always keep the child restraint system buckled down An unsecured child restraint system is dangerous In a sudden stop or a collision it could move causing serious injury or death to the child or other occupants Make sure any child restraint system is properly secured in place according to the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions When not in use remove it from the vehicle or fasten it with a seat belt
485. rd when the driver s door is opened Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Starting the Engine NOTE Engine starting is controlled by the spark ignition system This system meets all Canadian Interference Causing Equipment Standard requirements regulating the impulse electrical field strength of radio noise 1 Occupants should fasten their seat belts 2 Make sure the parking brake is on 3 Depress the brake pedal 4 Put the vehicle in park P If you must restart the engine while the vehicle is moving shift into neutral N NOTE The starter will not operate if the shift lever is not in P or N 5 Switch the ignition to START and hold up to 10 seconds at a time until the engine starts A CAUTION Do not try the starter for more than 10 seconds at a time If the engine stalls or fails to start wait 10 seconds before trying again Otherwise you may damage the starter and drain the battery 6 After starting the engine let it idle for about 10 seconds 5 4 NOTE e In extremely cold weather or after the vehicle has not been driven in several days let the engine warm up without operating the accelerator e Whether the engine is cold or warm it should be started without use of the accelerator Turning the Engine Off 1 Stop the vehicle completely 2 Shift the shift lever to the P position 3 Switch the ignition from ON to OFF LOCK A WARNING Do not stop the engine while th
486. re sensors e When using the following devices in the vehicle that may cause radio interference with the receiver unit e A digital device such as a personal computer e A current converter device such as a DC AC converter e When excess snow or ice adheres to the vehicle especially around the wheels e When the tire pressure sensor batteries are exhausted e When using a wheel with no tire pressure sensor installed e When using tires with steel wire reinforcement in the side walls e When using tire chains 5 32 YW Tires and Wheels A CAUTION When inspecting or adjusting the tire air pressures do not apply excessive force to the stem part of the wheel unit The stem part could be damaged Changing tires and wheels The following procedure allows the TPMS to recognize a tire pressure sensor s unique ID signal code whenever tires or wheels are changed such as changing to and from winter tires NOTE Each tire pressure sensor has a unique ID signal code The signal code must be registered with the TPMS before it can work The easiest way to do it is to have an Authorized Mazda Dealer change your tire and complete ID signal code registration When having tires changed at an Authorized Mazda Dealer When an Authorized Mazda Dealer changes your vehicle s tires they will complete the tire pressure sensor ID signal code registration When changing tires yourself If you or someone else changes tires yo
487. re using the auxiliary Jack read the manufacturer s instructions for connecting a portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack To prevent discharging of the battery do not use the auxiliary input for long periods with the engine off or idling e Noise may occur depending on the product connected to the auxiliary jack With regard to connecting a portable audio or similar device to a power source use the battery for the device not the accessory socket Connecting the auxiliary jack 1 Open the console lid Interior Comfort Audio System 2 Pass the connection plug cord through the cutout of the console and insert the plug into the auxiliary jack A WARNING Do not allow the connection plug cord to get tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever Allowing the plug cord to become tangled with the parking brake or the shift lever is dangerous as it could interfere with driving resulting in an accident A CAUTION Do not place objects or apply force to the auxiliary jack with the plug connected NOTE e Insert the plug to the auxiliary jack securely e Insert or remove the plug with the plug perpendicular to the auxiliary jack hole e Insert or remove the plug by holding its base To listen to a portable audio unit 1 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON 2 Press the power volume dial to turn the audio system on 6 69 Interior Comfort Audio System 3 Type A Press the AUX button AUX
488. re warning beep sound is heard decrease vehicle speed immediately and avoid sudden maneuvering and braking If the tire pressure monitoring system warning light illuminates or flashes or the tire pressure warning beep sound is heard it is dangerous to drive the vehicle at high speeds or perform sudden maneuvering or braking Vehicle drivability could worsen and result in an accident To determine if you have a slow leak or a flat pull over to a safe position where you can check the visual condition of the tire and determine if you have enough air to proceed to a place where air may be added and the system monitored again by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or a tire repair station Do not ignore the TPMS Warning Light Ignoring the TPMS warning light is dangerous even if you know why it is illuminated Have the problem taken care of as soon as possible before it develops into a more serious situation that could lead to tire failure and a dangerous accident 5 52 Warning light illuminates Warning beep sounds When the warning light illuminates and the warning beep sound is heard about 3 seconds tire pressure is too low in one or more tires Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Driving Your
489. ree system need to be compliant with Bluetooth specifications and the appropriate profile However even among these Bluetooth devices Mobile phone are some which will not connect with your Mazda or will have limited function Therefore consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service for information regarding device Mobile phone compatibility gt U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Web www MazdaUSA com bluetooth gt Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Web www mazdahandsfree ca Applicable Bluetooth specification Ver 2 0 or higher Response profile e HFP Hands Free Profile Ver 1 5 e DUN Dial up Networking Profile Ver 1 1 PBAP Phone Book Access Profile Ver 1 0 A2DP Advanced Audio Distribution Profile Ver 1 0 e OPP Object Push Profile Ver 1 1 Bluetooth Bluetooth is the registered trademark of Bluetooth SIG Inc NOTE The Bluetooth Hands Free system is operable several seconds after the ignition is switched to ACC or ON requires less than 15 seconds If the ignition is switched off during a hands free call the line is transferred to the device Mobile phone automatically If the device Mobile phone is in a location where radio reception is difficult such as a metal container or in the trunk the call may not be connected using Bluetooth If communication is not possible change the location of the device Mobile phone V Component Parts Bluetooth Hands Free consists of the following it
490. rently being received is displayed e A category name may have a full title and an abbreviated title In this case the full title is displayed If the category only has an abbreviated title it is displayed If there is no category name No Category is displayed Artist name display e The artist name for the channel currently being received is displayed e If there is no artist name No Artist is displayed Song title display e The song title for the channel currently being received is displayed e If there is no song title No Song is displayed Information display e The information for the channel currently being received is displayed e If there is no information No Information is displayed Display scroll If each title cannot be fully displayed at one time press the text button TEXT to display the rest of the characters If the last character of the title is displayed press the text button TEXT to return the beginning of the title Instant replay This function allows you to rewind and replay the program that you were previously or are currently listening to Press the Play Pause button PII When the seek tuning button W is pressed playback starts from the beginning of the current program When the seek tuning button is pressed twice playback starts from the beginning of the previous program Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the se
491. repeatedly TRACK RPT is displayed 2 To cancel the repeat playback press the button again after 3 seconds Folder repeat 1 Press the repeat button RPT during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks in the current folder repeatedly FOLDER RPT is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback 6 35 Interior Comfort Audio System During MP3 CD playback Folder random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly FOLDER RDM is displayed 2 To cancel the random playback press the button again after 3 seconds CD random 1 Press the random button RDM during playback and then press the button again within 3 seconds to play the tracks on the CD randomly DISC RDM is displayed 2 Press the button again to cancel the random playback Switching the display Each time the display button DISP is pressed during playback the display will switch in the following order Music CD Track number Elapsed time 4 Track name 4 Album name 4 Artist name 6 36 MP3 CD File number Elaps
492. ress selection button 3 to display the ID code change screen Enter Pin and are displayed and input of the registered ID code is possible Registered ID code input 4 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number and press the enter button ENTER to input the number Registered ID code input confirmation 5 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to confirm the four digits Interior Comfort Audio System 6 If the four digits match the registered ID code Enter Pin and are displayed If they do not match the registered ID code Error appears and then the display returns to New ID code input 7 Turn the manual tuning dial to select a number and press the enter button ENTER to input the number New ID code input confirmation 8 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to confirm the four digits 9 Pin Changed appears to indicate that the new ID code input has been completed 10 The display returns to its normal display NOTE Channels locked before changing the ID code remain after changing the ID code To unlock a channel input the changed ID code Parental lock ID reset If the registered ID code has been forgotten reset the ID code to the
493. rgency gear including tire chains window scraper a small shovel jumper cables and a small bag of sand or salt Ask an Authorized Mazda Dealer to perform the following precautions e Have the proper ratio of antifreeze in the radiator Refer to Engine Coolant on page 8 21 e Inspect the battery and its cables Cold reduces battery capacity e Inspect the ignition system for damage and loose connections e Use washer fluid made with antifreeze but do not use engine coolant antifreeze for washer fluid page 8 24 e Do not use the parking brake in freezing weather as it may freeze Instead shift to P and block the rear wheels e Do not apply excessive force to a window scraper when removing ice or frozen snow on the mirror glass and windshield e Never use warm or hot water for removing snow or ice from windows and mirrors as it could result in the glass cracking e Braking performance can be adversely affected if snow or ice adheres to the brake equipment If this situation occurs drive the vehicle slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying the brakes several times until the brake performance returns to normal 4 10 Y Snow Tires Use snow tires on all four wheels Do not go faster than 120 km h 75 mph while driving with snow tires Inflate snow tires 30 kPa 0 3 kgf cm 4 3 psi more than recommended on the tire pressure label driver s door frame but never more than the maximum c
494. rie ri arar an a E nee ees Driving Tips ssccsccssccssssccssssscsscsssssscssssssecsssssessssessssssssesseases 4 6 Break In Period nicnn a ee i 4 6 Money Saving Suggestions eeeceeseeseeeseeseeeseeeeeeeeaeessenseeaes 4 6 Hazardous Driving lt 2 cesccsscegsesdestiegicoscsesesedececdcestvestunivscsecsvoods 4 7 IGOR Mat iinei eE EKE EREET 4 9 Rocking the Vehicle ssssssesssesseseesesseseeseestsresesresesseseeseseesesrese 4 9 Winter Driving ic rs AE E ATO i 4 10 Driving In Flooded Area cccecceeceesceeseesseeseeeeeeeeteeseeeseestens 4 12 Overloading 2 i2 f ete Sees Ses es 4 12 Driving on Uneven Road ccccceceesesseesseeeeeeeeeeeteeseenseeaeens 4 13 TOWING 55 scesecssesscsonsesedsanavsnseseasgunssotestoune tons seansesscessesoussonusesesonesseass 4 14 Trailer Towing U S A and Canada 0 cececeeseeseseeteetreee 4 14 4 1 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Fuel Requirements Vehicles with catalytic converters or oxygen sensors must use ONLY UNLEADED FUEL which will reduce exhaust emissions and keep spark plug fouling to a minimum Fuel with a lower rating could cause the emission control system to lose effectiveness It could also cause engine knocking and serious engine damage Your Mazda will perform best with fuel listed in the table Fuel Octane Rating Anti knock index Regular unleaded fuel 87 R M 2 method or above 91 RON or above
495. ring easy closure operation when the power liftgate is between the near shut position and fully closed position When the power liftgate is moving in the open close direction and an obstruction is detected the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate moves in the reverse direction NOTE If the system repeatedly detects an object obstructing the power liftgate in the open close direction several times the beep sound will be heard and the system changes to manual operation Power liftgate drop prevention mechanism The power liftgate drop prevention mechanism activates if the system detects weight such as that caused by a snow laden liftgate when it is opened electrically After the liftgate is fully opened the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate closes automatically NOTE e Ifthe power liftgate is snow laden remove the snow before operating the liftgate Trying to force the power liftgate closed manually immediately after it has fully opened automatically may activate the liftgate drop prevention mechanism However this does not indicate a malfunction Liftgate easy closure The Easy Closure system automatically closes the liftgate completely from the near shut position This system also operates when the liftgate is closed manually A WARNING When closing a liftgate always keep hands and fingers away from the liftgate Placing hands or fingers around a liftgate is dangerous because the liftgat
496. ritten to the disc depending on the write software Folder No Interior Comfort Audio System C Folder J Track File es 1 EO Lee D revtig 4 Level2 Level4 Playback may not occur in the above hierarchy depending on the audio unit The folder order is automatically assigned and this order cannot be optionally set Any folder without an MP3 file will be ignored It will be skipped and the folder number will not be displayed MP3 files not conforming to the MP3 format containing both header frames and data frames will be skipped and not played This unit will play MP3 files that have up to eight levels However the more levels a disc has the longer it will take to initially start playing It is recommended to record discs with two levels or less A single disc with up to 512 files can be played and a single folder with up to 255 files can be played When naming an MP3 file be sure to add an MP3 file extension mp3 after the file name 6 23 Interior Comfort Audio System e The maximum number of characters that can be used for file names is as follows However this unit will only display up to 32 characters including the file extension mp3 Maximum number of characters in a file name including a separator and the three letters of the file extension ISO9660 level 1 12 1S09660 level 2 31 Joliet extended 64 format Romeo e
497. river s door frame 4 14 High altitude operation In a high altitude operating environment a gasoline engine loses power at a rate of 3 to 4 per 304 m 1 000 ft of elevation In these conditions a reduction in gross vehicle weight and gross combination weight is recommended TRAILER TOWING LOAD TABLE Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Because vehicle weights vary adjustments must be made to meet the requirements in this table Model Item Without Towing With Towing Package Package MAX FRONTAL ARTA Pee 2 97 m 32 f 4 65 m 50 f Add trailer s weight load and hitch vehicle passengers and vehicle load MAX TTW 907 kg 2 000 Ib 1 588 kg 3 500 Ib 3 105 kg 6 845 Ib 3 786 kg 8 347 Ib MAX GCWR 5 g 3 202 kg 7 059 Ib 3 883 kg 8 560 Ib 1 276 kg 2 813 Ib Front 3 1 307 kg 2 881 Ib MAX GAWR 7 7 1 400 kg 3 086 Ib vie 1 458 kg 3 214 Ib 2 645 kg 5 831 Ib MAX GVWR 2 720 kg 5 997 Ib TRAILER TON GUE LOAD Tongue load E r Trailer load a Tongue load Trailer load x 100 10 to 15 4 15 Before Driving Your Mazda Towing Model Item Without Towing With Towing Package Package o0 DISTRIBUTION Front ee OF TRAILER 5 LOAD o a Rear 40 GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating sum of TTW vehicle weights and 2 passengers GAWR Gross Axle Weight R
498. river s door frame or door pillar The GVW must never exceed the GVWR 9 40 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada SAMPLE C gt DATE MO GVWRPNBV LO LB LID KG FRONT GAWRIPNBE AV CLIO LB TI KG REAR GAWR PNBE AR O LB CO KG ITHIAVEC LIU TIRESIPNEVS WITHIAVEC TIRES PNEVS RIMSIJANTES RIMS JANTES I KPAI PSI COLD A FROID KPAI PSI COLD A FROID VIN TYPE m BAR CODE is J A WARNING Exceeding Axle Weight Rating Limits Exceeding the Safety Certification Label axle weight rating limits is dangerous and could result in death or serious injury as a result of substandard vehicle handling performance engine transmission and or structural damage serious damage to the vehicle or loss of control Always keep the vehicle within the axle weight rating limits Do not tow a trailer with this vehicle Towing a trailer with this vehicle is dangerous because it has not been designed to tow a trailer and doing so will affect the drive system which could result in vehicle damage 9 41 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada GCW GCW Gross Combination Weight is the weigh
499. river s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident A CAUTION Driving with the parking brake on will cause excessive wear of the brake linings or pads NOTE For parking in snow refer to Winter Driving page 4 10 regarding parking brake use Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Setting the parking brake Depress the brake pedal then depress the parking brake pedal fully Releasing the parking brake Depress the brake pedal then depress the parking brake pedal until it releases Gradually let up on the parking brake pedal w usn O Bush OF NOTE Release the parking brake pedal once before trying to reapply it 5 7 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving V Brake System Warning Light BRAKE This warning has the following functions Parking brake warning The light illuminates when the parking brake is applied with the ignition switched to START or ON It turns off when the parking brake is fully released Low brake fluid level warning If the light stays on after the parking brake is fully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle
500. rmful interference and 2 This device must accept any interference received including interference that may cause undesired operation A WARNING Changes or modifications not expressively approved by the party responsible for compliance could void the user s authority to operate the equipment The term IC before the radio certification number only signifies that Industry Canada technical specifications were met The antenna used for this transmitter must not be co located or operating in conjunction with any other antenna or transmitter End users and installers must be provided with installation instructions and transmitter operating conditions for satisfying RF exposure compliance Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service e U S A Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www MazdaUSA com bluetooth e Canada Phone 800 430 0153 Toll free www mazdahandsfree ca 6 163 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation Bluetooth Hands Free Phone button LOAD Selection button 1 Selection button 2 Selection button 3 Selection MPA aa button 5 Selection button 6 Selection button 7 Selection button 4 DISPLAY scan Power Volume dial Y What is Bluetooth Hands Free Bluetooth Hands Free Outline By connecting a Bluetooth equipped de
501. rns and injuries When working near a battery do not allow metal tools to contact the positive or negative terminal of the battery 7 18 In Case of an Emergency Emergency Starting AA Keep all flames including cigarettes and sparks away from open battery cells Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious burns and injuries Do not jump start a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level Jump starting a frozen battery or one with a low fluid level is dangerous It may rupture or explode causing serious injury Connect the negative cable to a good ground point away from the battery Connecting the end of the second jumper cable to the negative terminal of the discharged battery is dangerous A spark could cause the gas around the battery to explode and injure someone Route the jumper cables away from parts that will be moving Connecting a jumper cable near or to moving parts cooling fans belts is dangerous The cable could get caught when the engine starts and cause serious injury CAUTION Use only a 12 V booster system You can damage a 12 V starter ignition system and other electrical parts beyond repair with a 24 V power supply two 12 V batteries in series or a 24 V motor generator set Connect cables in numerical order and disconnect in rev
502. rompt Calling XXXXX Ex John s phone XXXX Ex at home Is this correct Voice tag and phone number location registered in phonebook 6 Say Beep Yes 7 Prompt Dialing NOTE The Call command and the voice tag can be combined Ex In Step 2 say Call John s phone then Steps 3 and 4 can be skipped V Redialing Function Redialing the number of the person previously dialed using the phone is possible 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Redial 3 Prompt Dialing Y Emergency Calls A call can be made to the emergency phone number 911 using the voice input command 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Emergency 3 USA Canada vehicles Prompt Dialing 911 is this correct 4 Say Beep Yes 5 Prompt Dialing 6 147 Interior
503. rompt Deleted 6 156 Registered device editing Type A 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of the following Pairing options confirmation prompts select phone language or passcode 4 Say Beep Pairing options 5 Prompt Select one of the following Pair edit delete or list 6 Say Beep Edit 7 Prompt Please say 1 for XXXXX Ex device A 2 for XXXXX Ex device B which device please The device tag of the registered device is read out by the HFP 8 Say Beep X Say the number of the device to be edited 9 Prompt New name please 10 Say Beep XXXXX Ex device C Speak a device tag an arbitrary name for the device 11 Prompt XXXXxX Ex device C Device tag is this correct 12 Say Beep Yes 13 Prompt New name saved returning to main menu Type B Navigation system 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 3 Prompt Select one of
504. rsesresens page 6 40 Power Volume Sound Controls cccccccceseesseeeeseeceesecesesaeeeeeeseeeseeeeeseeaeeeseeasenes page 6 42 Operating the Radio ees cscescicercssasensssavesseveoesevensoiadvyesssbdedencesteraeueams avessedanvecesseesesseceses page 6 46 Operating the Satellite Radio 0 ccceccescecseesceeseeseeeseeeeceseeseeeeeeseeeseeseceseeaeeneeeaeenes page 6 50 Operating the In Dash CD Changer ccccccseesessseeceeeececeeeeeeaeeaeeeseeaeeeseeaeeneenaes page 6 60 Operating the Auxiliary Jack essere rreren e a EEE EEEE page 6 63 Err Tin iCatiOns s iccicscsccsescesesscissesssesstssesaasssaescsaedcacesacassesscsasteceniagasaddiasaarasesacanczeans page 6 64 6 39 Interior Comfort Audio System Y Screen Adjustments and Other Settings OGG a Selection lie Selection button 1 mPa GES button 5 Selection Selection button 2 button 6 Selection button 3 REPLAY Selection button 7 ha Selection button 4 DISPLAY oa Selection button 8 RE AUDIO CONT HN PUSH POWER scan AUTO M CEES PUSH A TEXT RETURN Display button Press the display button DISPLAY to display the tone adjustment screen Press the display button DISPLAY again or the return button RETURN to return to the previous screen Next page display Press selection button 1 Previous page display Press selection button 5 I
505. rsonal injury or death This vehicle has a higher center of gravity Vehicles with a higher center of gravity such as utility and AWD vehicles handle differently than vehicles with a lower center of gravity Utility and AWD vehicles are not designed for cornering at high speeds any more than low profile sports cars are designed to perform satisfactorily under off road conditions In addition utility vehicles have a significantly higher rollover rate than other types of vehicles RSC might help if you get into trouble but then it might not be able to allow you to fully recover always drive carefully with the vehicle s height in mind Drive carefully when the vehicle is loaded by lowering vehicle speed and applying the brakes earlier Abrupt maneuvering and sudden braking when driving a loaded vehicle is dangerous as the driving behavior of a vehicle with a high center of gravity is different when it is loaded compared to when it is not and could result in the loss of vehicle control and an accident 5 18 YV AWD Warning Light 4WD This warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Thereafter the warning light will illuminate or flash under the following conditions e Illuminates when there is an abnormality with the AWD system e Flashes when the differential oil temperature is abnormally high e Flashes when there are continually large differences between front and rear wheel r
506. rtainment System transmitter e When the signal is blocked by an obstruction such as the seat Replacing the battery 1 Remove the screw using a coin or equivalent and remove the cover Remove the batteries Cover Screw 2 Insert two AAA size batteries Match the polarity of the batteries with the and marks in the battery case 3 Install the cover 4 Install the screw NOTE Battery life reference Manganese batteries About 20 hours Alkaline batteries About 40 hours The battery life is indicated as a reference and does not provide any guarantees The battery life varies depending on usage conditions volume surrounding environment 6 93 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System A CAUTION gt If the battery power is depleted the headphones will not operate properly If any of the following occurs replace the batteries gt The power indicator does not illuminate even when the power is turned on gt Noise is mixed with the sound gt The reception range narrows gt Periodically inspect the batteries for leakage gt If the headphones are not to be used for an extended period remove the batteries gt Be careful not to allow the battery case screw to become loose gt Install the batteries with the poles correctly positioned Battery leakage could occur if they are not installed correctly gt When replacing the batteries be careful not to bend the electrical terminals or
507. rtment Light 6 185 M Maintenance Introduction ccecesceeseeseeseeeees 8 2 Owner maintenance precautions 00 eeeeceeeeseeeeeeees 8 17 Owner maintenance schedule 8 16 Scheduled rossi nests 8 3 Map Lights ccc sceseeesesscseseecievevest 6 185 Mirror Defroster ccccceeseeteeeees 5 74 Mirrors Outside MITTOTS 20 eects 3 65 Rearview mirror ceeeeeeeeeeees 3 66 Money Saving Suggestions 4 6 Moonroof ccceeseeeeeceeseeeeeeeeneeeees 3 51 O Odometer and Trip Meter 5 40 Outside Mirrors s s s 3 65 Overhead Console ceceee 6 193 Overhead Lights eceseeeereee 6 184 Overheating nn 7 16 Index O Overloading cececeeseeseeseeteeeeeeees 4 12 P Paint Damage cccceceseeseeseeeeeeees 8 54 Parking Brake cceeceesesseeteeseeeeees 5 7 Parking in an Emergency 0 00 7 2 Personalization Features 004 10 8 Power Door Locks ccceeceseeeteeees 3 29 Power Liftgate 00 0 cc eceeeeseseeteeees 3 35 Power Outlet ccceceeeeseeseereetees 6 198 Power Steering ociccsccsacsiisoiisis 5 17 Flid enin fndere sire 8 24 Power Windows ccccessesseeseeeeeees 3 40 Push Starting cccceesesesseeseeeeeeees 7 20 R Rear Coat Hooks 0 00 ceceeeereerees 6 196 Rear Door Child Safety Locks 3 32 Rear Entertainment System 6 72 Before operation e e
508. ry to help resolve your dispute through mediation If mediation is not successful or if you do not wish to participate in mediation claims within the program s jurisdiction may be presented to an arbitrator at an informal hearing The arbitrator s decision should ordinarily be issued within 40 days from the time your complaint is filed there may be a delay of 7 days if you did not first contact Mazda about your problem or a delay of up to 30 days if the arbitrator requests an inspection report by an impartial technical expert or further investigation and report by BBB AUTO LINE 9 4 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance 6 You are required to use BBB AUTO LINE before asserting in court any rights or remedies conferred by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 You are also required to use BBB AUTO LINE before exercising rights or seeking remedies created by Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act 15 U S C sec 2301 et seq If you choose to seek redress by pursuing rights and remedies not created by California Civil Code Section 1793 22 or Title I of the Magnuson Moss Warranty Act resort to BBB AUTO LINE is not required by those statutes 7 California Civil Code Section 1793 2 d requires that if Mazda or its representative is unable to repair a new motor vehicle to conform to the vehicle s applicable express warranty after a reasonable number of attempts Mazda may be required to replace or repurchase t
509. s Adjust the tire pressure to the correct tire pressure Refer to the specification charts page 10 6 A CAUTION When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving NOTE e Perform tire pressure adjustment when the tires are cold Tire pressure will vary according to the tire temperature therefore let the vehicle stand for 1 hour or only drive it 1 6 km 1 mile or less before adjusting the tire pressures When pressure is adjusted on hot tires to the cold inflation pressure the TPMS warning light beep may turn on after the tires cool and pressure drops below specification Also an illuminated TPMS warning light resulting from the tire air pressure dropping due to cold ambient temperature may turn off if the ambient temperature rises In this case it will also be necessary to adjust the tire air pressures If the TPMS warning light illuminates due to a drop in tire air pressure make sure to check and adjust the tire air pressures e After adjusting the tire air pressures it may require some time for the TPMS warning light to turn off If the TPMS warning light remains illuminated drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and then verify that it turns off e Tires lose air naturally over time and the TPMS cannot tell if the tires are getting
510. s such modification made on a used vehicle is also subject to penalties 4 3 Before Driving Your Mazda Fuel and Engine Exhaust Precautions Engine Exhaust Carbon Monoxide A WARNING Do not drive your vehicle if you smell exhaust gas inside the vehicle Engine exhaust gas is dangerous This gas contains carbon monoxide CO which is colorless odorless and poisonous When inhaled it can cause loss of consciousness and death If you smell exhaust gas inside your vehicle keep all windows fully open and contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately Do not run the engine when inside an enclosed area Running the engine inside an enclosed area such as a garage is dangerous Exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could easily enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Open the windows or adjust the heating or cooling system to draw fresh air when idling the engine Exhaust gas is dangerous When your vehicle is stopped with the windows closed and the engine running for a long time even in an open area exhaust gas which contains poisonous carbon monoxide could enter the cabin Loss of consciousness or even death could occur Clear snow from underneath and around your vehicle particularly the tail pipe before starting the engine Running the engine when a vehicle is stopped in deep snow is dangerous The exhaust pipe could be blocked by the snow allowing exhaust gas to enter the cabin Beca
511. s about to lock up the ABS responds by automatically releasing and reapplying that wheel s brake The driver will feel a slight vibration in the brake pedal and may hear a chattering noise from the brake system This is normal ABS system operation Continue to depress the brake pedal without pumping the brakes A WARNING Do not rely on ABS or RSC as a substitute for safe driving The ABS and RSC cannot compensate for unsafe and reckless driving excessive speed tailgating following another vehicle too closely driving on ice and snow and hydroplaning reduced tire friction and road contact because of water on the road surface You can still have an accident NOTE e Braking distances may be longer on loose surfaces snow or gravel for example which usually have a hard foundation A vehicle with a normal braking system may require less distance to stop under these conditions because the tires will build up a wedge of surface layer when the wheels skid The sound of the ABS operating may be heard when starting the engine or immediately after starting the vehicle however it does not indicate a malfunction YV ABS Warning Light The warning light stays on for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the ABS warning light stays on while you re driving the ABS control unit has detected a system malfunction If this occurs your brakes will function
512. s cannot agree upon the owner may wish to use the services offered by the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan CAMVAP CAMVAP uses the services of Provincial Administrators to assist consumers in scheduling and preparing for their arbitration hearings However before you can proceed with CAMVAP you must follow your Mazda dispute resolution process as outlined previously 9 8 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Customer Assistance CAMVAP is fully implemented in all provinces and territories Consumers wishing to obtain further information about the Program should contact the Provincial Administrator at 1 800 207 0685 or by contacting the Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan Office at Canadian Motor Vehicle Arbitration Plan 235 Yorkland Boulevard suite 300 North York Ontario M2J 4Y8 http camvap ca Provincial Administrators may be reached locally as listed below Province Territory CAMVAP Number British Columbia amp Yukon Territories 1 800 207 0685 Alberta amp Northwest Territories 1 800 207 0685 Saskatchewan 1 800 207 0685 Manitoba 1 800 207 0685 Ontario 1 800 207 0685 Atlantic Canada 1 800 207 0685 Quebec 1 800 207 0685 V Regional Offices REGIONAL OFFICES AREAS COVERED MAZDA CANADA INC WESTERN REGION ALBERTA 8171 ACKROYD ROAD BRITISH COLUMBIA SUITE 2000 MANITOBA RICHMOND B C SASKATCHEWAN V6X 3K1 YUKON 604 303 5670 MAZDA
513. s in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds if the battery power of the advanced key is low Replace the battery with a new one Refer to Battery Replacement page 3 7 3 Push in the start knob from the ACC position and turn it to the OFF LOCK A CAUTION When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched to OFF LOCK NOTE e When switching the ignition to OFF LOCK the ignition switch has to be pushed in from the ACC position and turned Without being pushed in the ignition switch stops at the ACC position and the vehicle battery may be discharged if the ignition switch is left in the ACC position When leaving the vehicle make sure the ignition is switched to OFF LOCK e Ifthe vehicle is left with the ignition not switched to OFF LOCK a beep sound is heard and the indicator light flashes to notify the driver Refer to Warning Beep page 3 18 Operation Using Advanced Key Functions Keyless Entry System This system uses the more traditional keyless entry buttons to remotely lock and unlock the doors and the liftgate and opens the power windows and the moonroof It can also help you signal for attention Press the buttons slowly and carefully NOTE The keyless entry system is designed to operate up to about 2 5 m 8 ft from the center of the vehicle but this may vary due to local conditions The system does not operate when the auxiliary key is in the ignition switch W
514. s occupants et du chargement ne doit jamais d passer XXX kg ou XXX Ib COLD TIRE PRESSURE TIRE SIZE PRESSION DES SEE OWNER S PNEU DIMENSIONS PNEUS FROID MATAL FOR FRONT P195 70R14 200kPa 29 psi iuAasmalleh MM VOIR LE MANUEL ABRIERE P195 70R14 200 kPa 29 psi DEL USAGER SPARE POUR PLUS DE DE SECOURS 7T125 70D15 420 kPa 60 psi RENSEIGNEMENTS V Recommended Tire Inflation Pressure On the tire label you will find the recommended tire inflation pressure in both kPa and psi for the tires installed as original equipment on the vehicle It is very important that the inflation pressure of the tires on your vehicle is maintained at the recommended pressure You should check the tire pressure regularly to insure that the proper inflation pressure is maintained Refer to Tires on page 10 6 NOTE Tire pressures listed on the vehicle placard or tire information label indicate the recommended cold tire inflation pressure measured when the tires are cold after the vehicle has been parked for at least 3 hours As you drive the temperature in the tire warms up increasing the tire pressure 9 31 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada A WARNING Always check the tire inflation pressures on a regular basis according to the recommended tire inflation pressure on the tire label and in conjunction with the information in this owner s manual Driving your vehicle wit
515. s or lower the gears shift down automatically Gear Vehicle speed M6 gt M5 230 km h 142 mph M5 gt M4 90 km h 55 mph M4 gt M3 M3 M2 65 km h 40 mph 40 km h 24 mph Recommendations for shifting Upshifting For normal acceleration and cruising we recommend these shift points Gear Vehicle speed M1 to M2 24 km h 15 mph M2 to M3 40 km h 25 mph M3 to M4 65 km h 40 mph M4 to M5 73 km h 45 mph M5 to M6 80 km h 50 mph Downshifting When you must slow down in heavy traffic or on a steep upgrade downshift before the engine starts to overwork This gives better acceleration when you need more speed 5 16 On a steep downgrade downshifting helps maintain safe speed and prolongs brake life V Driving Tips A WARNING Do not allow the vehicle to move in reverse on an up slope while the selector lever is in a forward gear position or move forward on a down slope while the selector lever is in the reverse position Otherwise the engine will stop causing the loss of the power brake and power steering functions and make it difficult to control the vehicle which could result in an accident Passing For extra power when passing another vehicle or climbing steep grades depress the accelerator fully The transaxle will shift to a lower gear depending on vehicle speed Climbing steep grades from a stop To climb a steep grade from a s
516. s seat always switch the ignition to OFF LOCK set the parking brake and make sure the shift lever is in P It is important to switch the ignition to OFF LOCK even if you are not removing the key from the ignition or leaving the vehicle Leaving the key in other positions will disable some of the vehicle security systems and run the battery down Leaving the driver s seat without switching the ignition to OFF LOCK setting the parking brake and shifting the shift lever to P is dangerous Unexpected vehicle movement could occur This could cause an accident NOTE If turning the ignition switch is difficult move the steering wheel left and right e The ignition cannot be switched from ACC to OFF LOCK when the shift lever is not in P ACC Accessory In this position some electrical accessories will operate NOTE The Advanced Keyless Entry System does not function in the ACC position and the doors will not lock unlock using the transmitter or request switches even if the advanced key is carried away from the vehicle ON This is the normal running position after the engine is started The warning lights except brakes should be inspected before the engine is started page 5 44 NOTE When the ignition is switched ON the sound of the fuel pump motor operating near the fuel tank can be heard This does not indicate an abnormality START The engine is started in this position It will crank until you rele
517. s the pickup button to answer 2 To accept the call press the pick up button To reject the call press the hang up button Pick up button Hang up button V Hanging Up a Call Press the hang up button during the call A beep sound will confirm that call is ended V Volume Adjustment The power volume dial of the audio unit or the navigation system is used to adjust the volume Turn the dial to the right to increase volume to the left to decrease it Audio unit Navigation system VOL PUSH POWER 6 143 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE The volume can also be adjusted using the volume button on the steering wheel The music volume of the audio unit and the navigation system cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used 6 144 Convenient Use of the Hands Free System V Phonebook Usage Phonebook registration Phone numbers can be registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Type A 1 Press the pick up button or talk button with a short press 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep New entry 5 Prompt Na
518. s the OFF switch 6 10 NOTE e Setting the temperature to the maximum high or low will not provide the desired temperature at a faster rate When selecting heat the system will restrict airflow until it has warmed to prevent cold air from blowing out of the vents V Windshield Defrosting and Defogging Press the windshield defroster switch In this position the amp position is automatically selected and the air conditioner automatically turns on The air conditioner will directly dehumidify the air to the front windshield and side windows page 6 5 Airflow amount will be increased A WARNING Set the temperature control to the hot or warm position when defogging SV position Using the W position with the temperature control set to the cold position is dangerous as it will cause the outside of the windshield to fog up Your vision will be hampered which could lead to a serious accident Interior Comfort Climate Control System NOTE e Press the windshield defroster switch to change the mode to the interconnection mode automatically The system does not change to the individual operation mode by pressing the DUAL switch or turning the front passenger temperature control dial e Use the temperature control dial to increase the air flow temperature and defog the windshield more quickly 6 11 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Vent Operation Rear V Adjusting the Vents
519. screen Letter box Full or cinema screen V Display Off Only sound without image can be played Press and hold the DISPLAY button DISPLAY on the remote controller DISPLAY OFF is displayed and then image turns off Press any button on the remote controller to display the image V Remote Controller Operate the Rear Entertainment System with the remote controller except for disc insertion ejection A CAUTION Do not apply excessive force to the remote controller or get it wet Also do not leave the remote controller in a place exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature It could cause a malfunction NOTE Operate the remote controller with it pointed to the disc slot of the unit Signals may not be received depending of the angle Maintenance Stow the remote controller in its case and put it in the seatback pocket of a front seat Place the remote controller into its case properly in the direction shown in the figure and stow it in the front seatback pocket NOTE If the remote controller is placed in the incorrect direction abnormal noise or an operation error could result Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Using the remote controller A battery has already been installed in the remote controller Remove the electrical leak protection insulation sheet before using the remote controller Insulation sheet Replacing the battery If the buttons on the remote controlle
520. scssssesee aoe Rear View Monitor Interior Equipment scsceseeeee SUNVISOLS anae Reena Interior Lights s es Information Display Ws Cup Holder iessen Bottle Holder eeeeeseeeeees Storage Compartments Accessory Sockets sses Power Outlet o cc ecccecsccecsseeessneeeeee Some models 6 1 Interior Comfort Climate Control System Operating Tips Y Operating the Climate Control System Operate the climate control system with the engine running NOTE To prevent the battery from being discharged do not leave the fan control dial on for a long period of time with the ignition switched ON when the engine is not running V Clearing the Air Inlet Clear all obstructions such as leaves snow and ice from the hood and the air inlet in the cowl grille to improve the system efficiency V Foggy Windows The windows may fog up easily in humid weather Use the climate control system to defog the windows To help defog the windows operate the air conditioner to dehumidify the air NOTE The air conditioner may be used along with the heater to dehumidify the air VY Outside Recirculated Air Position Use the outside air position in normal conditions The recirculated air position should be used only when driving on dusty roads or for quick cooling of the interior 6 2 V Parking in Direct Sunlight If the vehicle has been parked in direct sunlight during hot weather open the
521. se the left or right side mirror 3 65 Knowing Your Mazda Steering Wheel and Mirrors 2 Depress the mirror switch in the appropriate direction Selector switch WRN N Outside mirror aa CA ey an Ae After adjusting the mirror lock the control by placing the selector switch in the center position Folding the mirror Fold the outside mirror rearward until it is flush with the vehicle nee A WARNING Always return the outside mirrors to the driving position before you start driving Driving with the outside mirrors folded in is dangerous Your rear view will be restricted and you could have an accident 3 66 YW Rearview Mirror A WARNING Do not stack cargo or objects higher than the seatbacks Cargo stacked higher than the seatbacks is dangerous It can block your view in the rearview mirror which might cause you to hit another car when changing lanes Rearview mirror adjustment Before driving adjust the rearview mirror to center on the scene through the rear window Manual day night mirror NOTE For the manual day night mirror perform the adjustment with the day night lever in the day position Reducing glare from headlights Manual day night mirror Push the day night lever forward for day driving Pull it back to reduce glare of headlights from cars at the rear Day Night lever SSS re Auto dimming mirror The auto dimming mirror automatically reduces glar
522. seatback unlocked is dangerous as it can allow passengers to be ejected or thrown around and baggage to strike occupants in a sudden stop or collision resulting in severe injury After adjusting the seatback at any time even when there are no other passengers rock the seatback to make sure it is locked in place Never allow a passenger to sit or stand on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving Driving with a passenger on the folded seatback is dangerous Allowing a child to sit up on the folded seatback while the vehicle is moving is particularly dangerous In a sudden stop or even a minor collision a child not in a proper seat or child restraint system and seat belt could be thrown forward back or even out of the vehicle resulting in serious injuries or death The child in the baggage area could be thrown into other occupants and cause serious injury CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the second row seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury NOTE The second row seats cannot be removed 2 9 Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat Slide To move the seat forward or backward raise the bar and slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar Make sure the bar returns to its original position and the seat is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward 2 10 V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not dri
523. sed They all unlock when unlock side is pressed Locking unlocking with request switch with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the request switch on the front doors and the liftgate while carrying the advanced key outside the vehicle refer to Operations Using Advanced Keyless Functions page 3 7 Locking unlocking with transmitter with advanced key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 13 Locking unlocking with transmitter with retractable type key All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by operating the keyless entry system transmitter refer to Keyless Entry System page 3 22 Auto lock unlock function A WARNING Do not pull the inner handle on a front door Pulling an inner handle on a front door while the vehicle is moving is dangerous Passengers can fall out of the vehicle if a front door accidentally opens which could result in death or serious injury e When the vehicle speed exceeds 20 km h 12 mph all doors and the liftgate lock automatically e When the ignition is switched off all doors and the liftgate unlock automatically These functions can also be disabled so that they do not operate Auto lock unlock function setting change using door lock switch The doors and the liftgate can set to lock or unlock automatically b
524. setting 2 When the autolock function is enabled windows will not automatically close You must close them before leaving vehicle 10 8 Index A Accessory Socket u s 6 197 Add On Non Genuine Parts and ACCESSOTIES s csesteteeateen viene asthe 9 20 Advanced Key ccescesseeseereeteeseeees 3 2 Advanced key maintenance 3 5 Advanced key suspend PUT CHON raene 3 17 Auxiliary key sosser 3 17 Locking unlocking with request SWItCh enayi eia 3 8 Operational range eee 3 7 Remote control function 3 13 SELVICE E ei has tases 3 7 Warning and beep sounds 3 18 When warning indicator beep is activated aisi pintone 3 20 Air Bag Systems cceeceeseeseeeeees 2 55 All Wheel Drive AWD Operation sssesseseeseseesseseeeesee 5 17 AWD warning light 5 18 Ambient Temperature Display 6 187 Antena o ted a ee ites 6 17 Anti Lock Brake System ABS 5 8 Warning light oseese 5 9 Appearance Care eceeceeseeseeeseees 8 54 Armrest BOX saseleccit Bese oo eet 6 194 Audio System cccccesessesseeseeeeeees 6 17 Audio control switch 6 65 Audio set Type A eeeeerees 6 29 Audio set Type B eee 6 39 AUX mode oo eeeeeeeeeeeeeeees 6 68 Operating tips for audio SY SLC eerie soea h En OEE Enen 6 17 Safety certification 0 0 eee 6 71 A Automatic Transaxle Driving tips ceeeeeeeeseeereetees 5 16 Manual shi
525. shift lever can be shifted freely into any position NOTE The Sport AT has an option that is not included in the traditional automatic transaxle giving the driver the option of selecting each gear instead of leaving it to the transaxle to shift gears Even if you intend to use the automatic transaxle functions as a traditional automatic you should also be aware that you can inadvertently shift into manual shift mode and an inappropriate gear may be retained as the vehicle speed increases If you notice the engine speed going higher or hear the engine racing confirm you have not accidentally slipped into manual shift mode page 5 13 5 11 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving VY Transaxle Ranges The shift lever must be in P or N to operate the starter P Park P locks the transaxle and prevents the front wheels from rotating A WARNING Always set the shift lever to P and set the parking brake Only setting the shift lever to the P position without using the parking brake to hold the vehicle is dangerous If P fails to hold the vehicle could move and cause an accident CAUTION gt Shifting into P N or R while the vehicle is moving can damage your transaxle gt Shifting into a driving gear or reverse when the engine is running faster than idle can damage the transaxle R Reverse In position R the vehicle moves only backward You must be at a complete stop before shifting to or from R except u
526. si 6 82 Before Operation we 6 85 Sound Output eee eeeeeeeeeeeees 6 91 Rear Entertainment System FUNCHHONS cscs cece Boise ee 6 95 DVD video DVD audio Video CD Audio CD and MP3 WMA CD Playback Disc MO de ioncucacsocestesecassectaats ancstecsccese ceed 6 96 Auxiliary Input AUX mode 6 110 Language Code List eee Country Code List ceeeeeseeeeee Error Message 0 Symptoms and Actions Bluetooth Audio Type B 0000 6 125 Bluetooth Audio Type B 6 125 Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation csccccscsecscsssrssrssssssseeees Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition csccscssessssrsssseeseees 6 133 Bluetooth Hands Free 0 0 6 133 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation 6 138 Convenient Use of the Hands Free SYSLEM AEAT E 6 144 Hands Free Setting 0 00 6 153 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be MISCO rinaras ates os 6 162 Safety Certification 0 eee 6 162 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer SEVICE cena rita eian 6 163 Bluetooth Hands Free 0 0 Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation 6 166 Convenient Use of the Hands Free Syste 4 03 Sed hide a R E E EERE 6 169 Hands Free Setting ceeeeeeeee 6 173 When Bluetooth Hands Free Cannot be OE RNE EE A O AEA 6 175 Safety Certification 0 6 176 Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer DELVICE ENE I E eases 6 176 Rear View Monitor sccc
527. sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 8 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V KEY Warning Light Red KEY Indicator Light Green with Advanced Key KEY This indicator has two colors KEY Warning Light Red When illuminated e When the ignition is switched ON it illuminates momentarily and then goes out e If any malfunction occurs in the advanced keyless system it illuminates continuously 5 53 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds A WARNING Do not drive the vehicle with the KEY warning light illuminated If the KEY warning light remains illuminated do not continue to drive using the advanced key system Park the vehicle in a safe place and use
528. ss selection button 1 again to cancel the repeat playback Random playback Tracks are randomly selected and played During music CD playback 1 Press selection button 5 during playback to play the tracks in the CD randomly Random Disc is displayed 2 Press selection button 5 again to cancel the random playback During MP3 WMA CD playback Folder random 1 Press selection button 5 during playback to play the tracks in the folder randomly Random Folder is displayed 2 Press selection button 5 twice to cancel the random playback All random 1 Press selection button 5 twice during playback to play the tracks on the CD randomly Random All is displayed 2 Press selection button 5 again to cancel the random playback Display scroll If each title cannot be fully displayed at one time press the text button TEXT to display the rest of the characters Interior Comfort Audio System If the last character of the title is displayed press the text button TEXT to return the beginning of the title Message display If Check Disc is displayed it means that there is a CD malfunction Check the CD for damage dirt or smudges and then properly reinsert If the message appears again take the unit to an Authorized Mazda Dealer for service V Operating the Auxiliary Jack You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxili
529. ss the mute switch X Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system 6 68 Some models AUX Mode Auxiliary input You can connect portable audio units such as an MP3 player or similar products on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or audio over the vehicle s speakers A commercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug cable is required Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer for details A WARNING Do not adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle Adjusting the portable audio unit or a similar product while driving the vehicle is dangerous as it could distract your attention from the vehicle operation which could lead to a serious accident Always adjust the portable audio unit or a similar product while the vehicle is stopped A CAUTION gt Close the lid when the auxiliary jack is not in use to prevent foreign objects and liquids from penetrating the auxiliary jack gt Depending on the portable audio device noise may occur when using the device with it connected to the accessory socket equipped on the vehicle If noise occurs do not use the accessory socket NOTE Before using the auxiliary jack read the manufacturer s instructions for the product being connected e Use acommercially available non impedance 3 5 stereo mini plug for connecting the portable audio unit to the auxiliary jack Befo
530. ssembly counterclockwise and remove it 8 42 Some models 5 Remove the bulb by pushing it in slightly and turning it counterclockwise Front side marker lights 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal 7 Install the coolant reservoir If you are unsure of how tight the bolts should be have them inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer Bolt tightening torque 6 9 11 8 Nm kgfm ftlbf 9 71 2 5 18 7 Fog lights 1 Make sure the headlight switch is off 2 Turn the screws counterclockwise and remove them 3 Turn the screws and the center section of the plastic retainers counterclockwise and remove them then remove the mudguard Removal 4 Disconnect the electrical connector from the bulb by pressing the tab on the connector with your finger and pulling the connector downward Maintenance and Care Owner Maintenance 5 Turn the socket and bulb assembly counterclockwise and remove it Carefully remove the bulb from its socket in the reflector by gently pulling it straight backward out of the socket 6 Install the new bulb in the reverse order of removal NOTE To replace the bulb contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Ifthe halogen bulb is accidentally touched it should be cleaned with rubbing alcohol before being used e Use the protective cover and carton of the replacement bulb to dispose of the old bulb promptly out of the reach of chi
531. sssssssssseseess Towing Description esner eari Tiedown Hooks eninin er i a a een E E a Recreational Towing In Case of an Emergency Parking in an Emergency Parking in an Emergency The hazard warning lights should always be used when you stop on or near a roadway in an emergency The hazard warning lights warn other drivers that your vehicle is a traffic hazard and that they must take extreme caution when near it Depress the hazard warning flasher and all the turn signals will flash NOTE The turn signals do not work when the hazard warning lights are on e Check local regulations about the use of hazard warning lights while the vehicle is being towed to verify that it is not in violation of the law In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire Spare Tire and Tool Storage Spare tire and tools are stored in the locations illustrated in the diagram Spare tire carrier bolt socket Flat tire belt Tiedown eyelet Jack lever Jack Lug wrench 7 3 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire VW Jack To remove the jack 1 Open the cargo sub compartment 2 Remove the cover 3 Turn the wing bolt and jack screw counterclockwise Wing bolt Jack screw 7 4 To secure the jack 1 Insert the wing bolt into the jack with the jack screw pointing right and turn the wing bolt clockwise to temporarily tighten it 2 Turn the jack screw in
532. st effectively resolved by your dealer If the cause of your dissatisfaction cannot adequately be addressed by normal dealership procedures we recommend that you take the following steps Y STEP 1 Contact the Mazda Dealer Discuss the matter with a member of dealership management If the Service Manager has already reviewed your concerns contact the owner of the dealership or its General Manager Y STEP 2 Contact the Mazda Regional Office If you feel that you still require assistance ask the dealer Service Manager to arrange for you to meet the local Mazda Service Representative If more expedient contact Mazda Canada Inc Regional Office nearest you for such arrangements Regional Office address and phone numbers are shown page 9 9 VSTEP 3 Contact the Mazda Customer Relations Department If still not substantially satisfied contact the Customer Relations Department Mazda Canada Inc 55 Vogell Road Richmond Hill Ontario L4B 3K5 Canada TEL 1 800 263 4680 Provide the Department with the following information 1 Your name address and telephone number 2 Year and model of vehicle U Vehicle Identification Number VIN Refer to the Vehicle Identification Labels page of section 10 of this manual for the location of the VIN Purchase date Present odometer reading NH Nn A Your dealer s name and location 7 The nature of your problem and or cause of dissatisfaction The Department in cooperation
533. stallation Procedure Second Row Outboard Seats m Slide the second row seat as far back as possible 2 Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked 3 Expand the area between the seat bottom and the seatback slightly to verify the locations of the LATCH lower anchors For rear left seat For rear right seat NOTE The markings above the LATCH lower anchors indicate the locations of LATCH lower anchors for the attachment of a child restraint system 4 Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15 5 Secure the child restraint system using BOTH LATCH lower anchors following the child restraint system manufacturer s instruction Pull on the child restraint to be sure both anchors are engaged Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 6 If your child restraint system came equipped with a tether that means it is very important to properly secure the tether for child safety Please carefully follow the child restraint system manufacturer s instructions when installing tethers Anchor bracket location Tether strap position Tether strap Forward 2 51 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint A WARNING Use the tether and tether anchor only for a child restraint system Using the tether or tether anchor to secure anything but a child restraint system is dangerous This could weaken
534. state provincial and federal regulations failure to perform maintenance on these items will not void your emissions warranties However Mazda recommends that all maintenance services be performed at the recommended time or mileage kilometer period to ensure long term reliability 3 If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 45 000 km 28 100 miles a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 10 miles 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 5 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance V Schedule 2 Number of months or kilometers miles whichever comes first N Months 4 8 12 16 20 24 28 32 36 40 44 48 Maintenance Interval x1000 km 8 16 24 32 40 48 56 64 72 80 88 96 x1000 miles 5 10 15 20 25 30 35 40 45 50 55 60 ENGINE Inspect every 160 000 km 100 000 miles Drive belts Replace every 240 000 km 150 000 miles 7 i Puerto Rico Replace every 5 000 km 3 000 miles or 3 months Engine oil Others R R JRI RIRIR IRIRIRI _RIRIR Engine oil filter R R R R RIJ RI RIRIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM FL22 Re
535. status is displayed To operate the audio system refer to Audio System page 6 17 Vv Trip Computer The trip computer can display the following e The current fuel economy e The average fuel economy e The approximate distance you can travel on the available fuel e The average vehicle speed Switch the ignition ON Press the INFO switch to change the display mode 6 188 Some models NOTE When the time is being displayed press the INFO switch to change the display to the trip computer If you have any problems with your trip computer consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Current fuel economy mode This mode displays the current fuel economy by calculating the amount of fuel consumption and the distance traveled Current fuel economy will be calculated and displayed every 2 seconds When this mode is selected CONSUM CUR will be displayed U S A CONSUM CUR mpg a 00S Lue CANADA CONSUM CUR L 100km gis Se When you ve slowed to about 5 km h 3 mph L 100 km mpg will be displayed Average fuel economy mode This mode displays the average fuel economy by calculating the total fuel consumption and the total traveled distance since purchasing the vehicle re connecting the battery after disconnection or resetting the data The average fuel economy is calculated and displayed every minute When this mode is selected CONSUM AV will be displayed U S A
536. straint system Such modifications could damage the supplemental restraint system and result in serious injury Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer if there is any need to remove or reinstall the front seats Do not drive with damaged front seats Driving with damaged front seats is dangerous A collision even one not strong enough to inflate the air bags could damage the front seats which contain essential air bag components If there was a subsequent collision an air bag may not deploy which could lead to injuries Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect the front seats front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after a collision 2 2 Make sure the adjustable components of a seat are locked in place Adjustable seats and seatbacks that are not securely locked are dangerous In a sudden stop or collision the seat or seatback could move causing injury Make sure the adjustable components of the seat are locked in place by attempting to slide the seat forward and backward and rocking the seatback Adjust the driver s seat only when the vehicle is stopped Adjusting the driver s seat while the vehicle is moving is dangerous The driver could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident A CAUTION Be careful not to place your hands and fingers around moving parts of the front seat when adjusting the seat positions to prevent injury V Seat Slide To move a seat forward or backward raise the lever
537. subtracting the total weight of the vehicle occupants from the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed value on the tire label Examples Based on a single occupant weight of 68 kg 150 Ibs and a value of 385 kg 849 Ibs for the combination weight of occupants and cargo should never exceed The cargo weight limit with one occupant is 385 kg 849 lbs 68 kg 150 Ibs 317 kg 699 Ibs The cargo weight limit with two occupants is 385 kg 849 Ibs 68 x 2 kg 150 x 2 Ibs 249 kg 549 Ibs If the weight of the occupant increases the cargo weight limit decreases by that much GAW Gross Axle Weight is the total weight placed on each axle front and rear including vehicle curb weight and all payload 9 39 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada GAWR Gross Axle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight that can be carried by a single axle front or rear These numbers are shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the driver s door frame or door pillar The total load on each axle must never exceed its GAWR GVW Gross Vehicle Weight is the Vehicle Curb Weight cargo passengers GVWR Gross Vehicle Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the fully loaded vehicle including all options equipment passengers and cargo The GVWR is shown on the Safety Compliance Certification Label located on the d
538. system confirms that the correct advanced key is inside the vehicle the KEY indicator light green illuminates and the start knob can be turned to the ACC position page 3 10 When flashing When the advanced key battery power is low the KEY indicator light flashes for 30 seconds after the start knob is turned from the ON position to the ACC or OFF LOCK position Replace with a new battery before the advanced key becomes unusable page 3 7 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds NOTE The advanced key can be set so that the KEY indicator light green does not flash even if the battery power is low Refer to Personalization Features on page 10 8 V Security Indicator Light ein This indicator light starts flashing every 2 seconds when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC and the immobilizer system is armed The light stops flashing when the ignition is switched ON with the correct ignition key At this time the immobilizer system is disarmed and the light illuminates for about 3 seconds and then turns off If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Headlight High Beam Indicator Light This light indicates one of two things e The high beam headlights are on e The turn signal lever is in the flash to pass position
539. t make sure that the center rear seat belt is routed through the seat belt guide If the seat in which you install a child restraint system has a seat slide function slide the seat as far back as possible Make sure the seatback is securely latched by pushing it back until it is fully locked Raise the head restraint to the top locked position Refer to Head Restraints on page 2 15 Secure the child restraint system with the lap portion of the lap shoulder belt See the manufacturer s instructions on the child restraint system for belt routing instructions To get the retractor into the automatic locking mode pull the shoulder belt portion of the seat belt until the entire length of the belt is out of the retractor Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint 7 Push the child restraint system firmly into the vehicle seat Be sure the belt retracts as snugly as possible A clicking noise from the retractor will be heard during retraction if the system is in the automatic locking mode If the belt does not lock the seat down tight repeat this step NOTE Inspect this function before each use of the child restraint system You should not be able to pull the shoulder belt out of the retractor while the system is in the automatic locking mode When you remove the child restraint system be sure the belt fully retracts to return the system to emergency locking mode before occupants use the seat belts
540. t and right door mirrors This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If the BSM system detects a vehicle in the detection area while the vehicle is driven at a speed of about 32 km h 20 mph or more the BSM warning light illuminates on the side of the vehicle where the rear on coming vehicle is detected NOTE e Ifice or snow adhere to the outer mirror surface the BSM warning light may not be visible Ifthe door window glass is tinted it may affect the visibility of the BSM warning light making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the light 5 36 BSM warning beep The warning beep operates when the turn signal lever is operated to the side where the BSM warning light is illuminated NOTE The system can be personalized so that the BSM warning beep does not operate Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y BSM OFF Indicator Light BSM OFF This indicator light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON The BSM OFF indicator light illuminates when the BSM system is turned off by pressing the BSM OFF switch The indicator light flashes if the BSM system has a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a
541. t of names registered to the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook Bluetooth Hands Free can read out the list of names registered to its phonebook 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system 6 151 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Phonebook 3 Prompt Select one of the following New entry edit list names delete erase all or import contact 4 Say Beep List names 5 Prompt XXXXX XXXXX XXXXX Ex John s phone Mary s phone Bill s phone Voice guidance reads out the voice tags registered to the phonebook Press the talk button with a short press during the read out at the desired name and then say one of the following voice commands to execute it e Continue Continues the list read out Call Calls the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed Edit Edits the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed Delete Deletes the registered phonebook data when the talk button is short pressed Previous Returns to the previous phonebook data in read out when the talk button is short pressed
542. t of the loaded vehicle GVW plus the weight of the fully loaded trailer GCWR Gross Combination Weight Rating is the maximum allowable weight of the vehicle and the loaded trailer including all cargo and passengers that the vehicle can handle without risking damage Important The towing vehicle s braking system is rated for operation at GVWR not at GCWR Separate functional brakes should be used for safe control of towed vehicles and for trailers weighing more than 1 500 Ibs The GCW must never exceed the GCWR Maximum Loaded Trailer Weight is the highest possible weight of a fully loaded trailer the vehicle can tow It assumes a vehicle with only mandatory options no cargo internal or external a tongue load of 10 15 conventional trailer or king pin weight of 15 25 fifth wheel trailer and driver only 150 Ibs Consult your dealership or the RV and Trailer Towing Guide provided by your dealership for more detailed information Tongue Load or Fifth Wheel King Pin Weight refers to the amount of the weight that a trailer pushes down on a trailer hitch Examples For a 5000 lb conventional trailer multiply 5000 by 0 10 and 0 15 to obtain a proper tongue load range of 500 to 750 Ibs For an 11 500 lb fifth wheel trailer multiply by 0 15 and 0 25 to obtain a proper king pin load range of 1 725 to 2 875 Ibs 9 42 Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Tire Information except Canada AWARNING Exceeding GVW
543. t the correct mode by pressing the SOURCE button The wrong mode has been selected Refer to Mode on page 6 95 No disc is inserted Insert a disc ae Disc is inserted upside down Insert the disc with the label side up Parent lock level is set Clear or change the parent lock level The ignition is switched off Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Volume is too low Adjust the volume The audio unit navigation system is not Set the audio unit navigation system in the Rear set in the Rear Entertainment System _ Entertainment System mode Sai mode Refer to Sound Output on page 6 91 pe Insert a disc which can be played by this unit A be A amp i invalid dise has beeiinserted Refer to Operating Tips for Disc Sree 6 74 No disc is inserted Insert a disc Disc is inserted upside down Insert the disc with the label side up Playback has been paused Cancel the pause The playback is in slow fast forward or Select normal playback reverse mode Refer to Basic Operation on page 6 96 Audio output from DTS format language is selected and vehicle played back speakers but The wireless headphones cannot play not from back DTS format language headphones Select audio other than DTS format 6 122 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System Symptom Cause Action Image The disc is dirty Clean the signal surface of the disc a
544. tarting the engine includes nearly the entire cabin area except for the luggage compartment Interior transmitter dii Operational range bd NOTE e The luggage compartment is out of the operational range however starting the engine may be possible The engine may not start if the advanced key is placed in the following areas Around the dashboard In the storage compartments such as the glove box e Starting the engine may be possible even if the advanced key is outside of the vehicle and extremely close to a door and window however always start the engine from the driver s seat If the vehicle is started and driven away while the advanced key is not in the vehicle the vehicle will not restart after it is turned off and the ignition is switched off e Ifthe advanced key is detected within operational range the operation indicator light on the transmitter flashes momentarily 3 8 Y Locking Unlocking with Request Switch All doors and the liftgate can be locked unlocked by pressing the request switch on the front doors or the liftgate while the advanced key is being carried Front doors Liftgate Request switch To lock To lock the doors and the liftgate press the request switch A beep sound will be heard once and the hazard warning lights will flash once Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System NOTE Without theft deterrent system The hazard war
545. te the vehicle for long periods when the power steering fluid level is low NOTE Use specified power steering fluid page 10 4 Inspect the fluid level in the reservoir at each engine oil change with the engine off and cold Add fluid if necessary it does not require periodic changing The level must be kept between MAX and MIN Visually examine the lines and hoses for leaks and damage If new fluid is required frequently consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Washer Fluid V Inspecting Washer Fluid Level A WARNING Use only windshield washer fluid or plain water in the reservoir Using radiator antifreeze as washer fluid is dangerous If sprayed on the windshield it will dirty the windshield affect your visibility and could result in an accident Using Washer Fluid Without Anti freeze Protection in Cold Weather Operating your vehicle in temperatures below 4 degrees C 40 degrees F using washer fluid without anti freeze protection is dangerous as it could cause impaired windshield vision and result in an accident In cold weather always use washer fluid with anti freeze protection NOTE State or local regulations may restrict the use of volatile organic compounds VOCs which are commonly used as anti freeze agents in washer fluid A washer fluid with limited VOC content should be used only if it provides adequate freeze resistance for all regions and climates in which the vehicle w
546. ted primarily under any of the following conditions replace the spark plugs at every 96 000 km 60 000 miles or shorter a Repeated short distance driving b Extended periods of idling or low speed operation c Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates If the vehicle is operated primarily under any of the following conditions replace the rear differential oil at every 45 000 km 28 100 miles a Towing a trailer or using a car top carrier b Driving in dusty sandy or wet conditions c Extended periods of idling or low speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 10 miles If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 8 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Scheduled Maintenance Mexico Follow Schedule 1 if the vehicle is operated mainly where none of the following conditions apply Repeated short distance driving Driving in dusty conditions Driving with extended use of brakes Driving in areas where salt or other corrosive materials are used Driving on rough or muddy roads Extended periods of idling or low speed operation Driving for long periods in cold temperatures or extremely humid climates Driving in extremely hot conditions e Driving in mountainous conditions continually If any do apply follow Schedule 2 NOTE After the prescribed period continue to follow the described maintenance at the recommended intervals 8 9
547. tem may not operate the warning light beep under the following conditions The vehicle accelerates from a standing start with a vehicle alongside e Avehicle moves from a lane two lanes over to the adjacent lane The difference in vehicle speed between your vehicle and another vehicle is larger when passing or being passed and the vehicle passes the detection area within a short period of time Ona steep incline or when there is a difference in height between lanes Immediately after the system has been activated by pressing the BSM OFF switch again after it has been turned off BSM OFF indicator light in instrument panel illuminates by pressing the switch Although the system may detect objects on the road side such as parked vehicles or guardrails and operate the warning light beep it does not indicate a malfunction If the vehicle is driven on a road with less traffic and few vehicles that the radar sensors can detect the system may pause The BSM OFF indicator light in the instrument panel flashes However it does not indicate a malfunction 5 35 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving e The following conditions may affect the visibility of the BSM warning lights on the outside mirror making it difficult to confirm the illumination of the lights e Ice or snow adheres to the surface of the outside mirrors The door window glass is tinted V BSM Warning Light Beep BSM warning light Equipped on the lef
548. tensioners Related wiring With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System e Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light e Driver seat slide position sensor e Front passenger seat weight sensors e Front passenger seat weight sensor control module The diagnostic module continuously monitors the system s readiness This begins when the ignition is switched ON and continues while the vehicle is being driven V Maintenance The air bag systems do not require regular maintenance But if any of the following occurs take your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible e The air bag system warning light flashes The air bag system warning light remains illuminated The air bag system warning light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON The air bag system warning beep sound is heard The air bags have deployed With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when the ignition is switched ON or does not illuminate as indicated in the chart For more details about this indicator light and this chart refer to Front passenger seat weight sensors page 2 69 2 74 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags A WARNING Do not operate a vehicle with damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components Expended or damaged air bag seat belt pretensioner system components must be replaced
549. the front or back and hold it Release the switch at the desired position Essential Safety Equipment Seats V Seat Recline A WARNING Do not drive with either front seat reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Always sit in the front passenger seat properly with the seatback upright and feet on the floor With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your front passenger seat has weight sensors sitting in the front passenger seat improperly out of position or with the seatback reclined too far while the vehicle is moving is dangerous as it can take off weight from the seat bottom and affect the weight determination of the front passenger sensing system As a result the front passenger will not have the supplementary protection of the air bag and seat belt pretensioner which could result in serious injury Always sit upright against the seatback with your feet on the floor 2 5 Essential Safety Equipment Seats To change the seatback angle press the front or rear side of the reclining switch Release the switch at the desired position V Height Adjustment Driver s Seat To adjust the seat height move the switch up o
550. the battery power is low e The KEY indicator light green flashes in the instrument cluster for about 30 seconds after the engine is turned off The system does not operate and the operation indicator light on the transmitter does not flash when the buttons are pressed The system s operational range is reduced Replacing the battery at an Authorized Mazda Dealer is recommended to prevent damage to the advanced key If replacing the battery by yourself follow the instruction below Replacing the advanced key battery 1 Pull out the auxiliary key 2 Insert a small flathead screwdriver into the groove shown in the figure and rotate the screwdriver to open the cover slightly Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System 3 Insert the small flathead screwdriver into the gap between the cover and the transmitter and then rotate the screwdriver to detach the cover 4 Remove the battery cap then remove the battery 5 Insert a new battery with the positive pole facing up and then cover the battery with the battery cap 6 Close the cover 7 Reinsert the auxiliary key Knowing Your Mazda Advanced Keyless Entry and Start System A CAUTION gt Be careful not to allow the rubber ring shown in the figure to be scratched or damaged gt If the rubber ring detaches reattach it before inserting a new battery Rubber ring V Service If you have a problem with the
551. the tire NOTE A flat tire which has been removed from the vehicle for repair cannot be carried in the spare tire carrier Secure the flat tire with the flat tire belt in the cargo sub compartment page 7 12 7 If the temporary spare tire is not reinstalled in the spare tire carrier tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely to wind up the spare tire carrier cable A WARNING Always tighten the spare tire carrier bolt completely tight and make sure the spare tire is locked in the highest position A loose spare tire carrier bolt is dangerous The cable could be cut causing the spare tire to fall off This could result in someone being seriously injured or even killed Use a lug wrench to tighten the carrier bolt and make sure to tighten it until a click sound is heard In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire To secure the spare tire 1 Place the tire with the outer side facing upward rotate the small lever on top of the retaining plate and slide the retaining plate through the center hole of the tire Rotate the small lever into place NOTE Secure the spare tire as shown below 2 Raise the spare tire slowly in reverse order of removal 7 7 In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A WARNING Place the specialized temporary spare tire in the spare tire carrier correctly Placing the specialized temporary spare tire in the spare tire carrier wrong side up or using any tire other t
552. the auxiliary key to continue driving the vehicle Have the vehicle inspected at an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible When flashing e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red flashes to inform the driver that the start knob will not rotate to the ACC position even if it is pushed in from the OFF LOCK position e The advanced key battery is dead e The advanced key is not within operational range e The advanced key is placed in areas where it is difficult for the system to detect the signal page 3 7 A key from another manufacturer similar to the advanced key is in the operational range 5 54 e Under the following conditions the KEY warning light red will flash continuously when the start knob has not been returned to the OFF LOCK position to notify the driver that the advanced key has been removed from the vehicle It will stop flashing when the advanced key is back inside the vehicle e The start knob has not been returned to the OFF LOCK position the driver s door is open and the advanced key is removed from the vehicle The start knob has not been returned to the OFF LOCK position and all the doors are closed after removing the advanced key from the vehicle NOTE The flashing KEY warning light red and the beep sound operate simultaneously page 3 20 KEY Indicator Light Green When illuminated When the start knob is pushed in from the OFF LOCK position the
553. the belt feels tight and hinders comfortable movement while the vehicle is stopped or in motion it may be in the automatic locking mode because the belt has been pulled too far out To return the belt to the more comfortable emergency locking mode wait until the vehicle has stopped in a safe level area retract the belt fully to convert it back to emergency locking mode and then extend it around you again If the belt is locked and cannot be pulled out retract the belt once and then try pulling it out slowly If this fails pull the belt strongly one time and loosen then pull it out again slowly 2 22 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems V Automatic Locking Mode Always use the automatic locking mode to keep the child restraint system from shifting to an unsafe position in the event of an accident To enable seat belt automatic locking mode pull it all the way out and connect it as instructed on the child restraint system It will retract down to the child restraint system and stay locked on it See the section on child restraint page 2 36 2 23 Essential Safety Equipment Seat Belt Systems 3 Point Type Seat Belt V Fastening the Seat Belt 1 Grasp the seat belt tongue 2 Slowly pull out the lap shoulder belt Seat belt tongue 3 Insert the seat belt tongue into the seat belt buckle until you hear a click sound Seat belt tongue Seat belt buckle 2 24 A WARNING Positioning the
554. the direction shown in the figure Wing bolt Jack screw 3 Turn the wing bolt completely to secure the jack NOTE If the jack is not completely secured it could rattle while driving Make sure the jack screw is sufficiently tightened Maintenance e Always keep the jack clean e Make sure the moving parts are kept free from dirt or rust e Make sure the screw thread is adequately lubricated V Spare Tire Your Mazda has a temporary spare tire The temporary spare tire is lighter and smaller than a conventional tire and is designed only for emergency use and should be used only for VERY short periods Temporary spare tires should NEVER be used for long drives or extended periods A WARNING Do not install the temporary spare tire in place of the front wheels driving wheels Driving with the temporary spare tire on one of the front driving wheels is dangerous Especially on ice or snow Handling will be affected You could lose control of the vehicle and have an accident Move a regular tire to the front wheel and install the temporary spare tire to the rear In Case of an Emergency Flat Tire A CAUTION gt When using the temporary spare tire driving stability may decrease compared to when using only the conventional tire Drive carefully gt To avoid damage to the temporary spare tire or to the vehicle observe the following precautions gt Do not exceed 80 km h 50 mph gt
555. the sunvisor s range of sun shading To use pull it out a A CAUTION When moving the sunvisor retract the visor extender to its original position Otherwise the visor extender could hit the rearview mirror Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Vanity Mirrors To use the vanity mirror lower the sunvisor The vanity mirror light will illuminate when you open the cover 6 183 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Interior Lights V Illuminated Entry System When the illuminated entry system operates the overhead light switch is in the DOOR position and the courtesy lights turn on for e About 30 seconds after the driver s door is unlocked and the ignition is switched off with the ignition key removed e About 15 seconds after all doors are closed With Advanced key About 5 seconds after all doors are closed when the advanced key is outside of the vehicle e About 15 seconds after the ignition is switched off with the ignition key removed with all doors closed The light also turns off when e The ignition is switched ON and all doors are closed e The driver s door is locked NOTE Battery saver If any door is left opened the light turns off after about 30 minutes to save the battery The light turns on again when the ignition is switched ON or when any door is opened after all doors have been closed 6 184 V Overhead Lights When the center rear overhead light s
556. the user Voice recognition mode cancel If you want to cancel the voice recognition mode during a call the voice recognition mode can be canceled without having to end the call Press the talk button with a long press 6 137 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Voice Recognition Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation Bluetooth Hands Free Preparation Language setting The available languages are English Spanish and Canadian French If the language setting is changed all of the voice guidance and voice input commands are done in the selected language NOTE e Ifthe language setting is changed device registration is maintained Phonebook records are not cleared but each language has a separate phonebook Therefore entries created in one language will need to be re entered in the phonebook of the new language Do these steps before you start driving These less used functions are too distracting to undertake while driving until you are fully familiar with the system Method 1 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Setup 6 138 3 Type A Prompt Select one of the following Pairing opt
557. thout a label The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction Dust finger smudges and dirt can decrease the amount of light reflected from the signal surface thus affecting sound quality If the CD should become soiled gently wipe it with a soft cloth from the center of the CD to the edge 6 21 Interior Comfort Audio System Do not use record sprays antistatic agents or household spray cleaners Volatile chemicals such as benzine and thinner can also damage the surface of the CD and must not be used Anything that can damage warp or fog plastic should never be used to clean CDs Insert discs one by one If two discs are inserted at the same time the system may not operate properly The CD player In dash CD changer ejects the CD if the CD is inserted upside down Also dirty and or defective CDs may be ejected Do not insert cleaning discs in the CD player In dash CD changer Do not insert any disc with a peel off seal affixed to it This unit may not be able to play certain CD R CD RWs made using a computer or music CD recorder due to disc characteristics scratches smudges dirt etc or due to dust or condensation on the lens inside the unit Storing CDs in the vehicle exposed to direct sunlight or high temperature may damage the CD R CD RWs and make them unplayable CD R CD RW exceeding 700 MB cannot be played This unit may not be able to play certain discs made using a computer due to the applica
558. tial Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to SRS Air Bag In severe collisions or roll overs such as those described previously in SRS Air Bag Deployment Criteria the applicable SRS air bag equipment will deploy However in some accidents the equipment may not deploy depending on the type of collision and its severity Limitations to front near front collision detection The following illustrations are examples of front near front collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Impacts involving trees or poles Frontal offset impact to the vehicle Rear ending or running under a truck s tail gate Limitations to side collision detection The following illustrations are examples of side collisions that may not be detected as severe enough to deploy the SRS air bag equipment Side impacts involving trees or poles Side impacts with two wheeled vehicles 2 67 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Limitations to roll over detection The following illustration is an example of an accident that may not be detected as a roll over accident Therefore the front seat belt pretensioners and curtain air bags may not deploy Pitch end over end Org lt iIY 2 68 Essential Safety Equipment SRS Air Bags Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System First please read Supplemental Restraint System SRS Precautions pa
559. tion is switched ON with the correct ignition key The security indicator light illuminates for about three seconds and goes out If the engine does not start with the correct ignition key and the security indicator light keeps illuminating or flashing the system may have a malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE Ifthe security indicator light illuminates and stays on or flashes when the ignition is switched ON the engine will not start Signals from a TV or radio station or from a transceiver or a mobile telephone could interfere with your immobilizer system If you are using the proper key and your engine fails to start check the security indicator light If it is flashing remove the ignition key and wait 2 seconds or more then reinsert it and try starting the engine again If it does not start after 3 or more tries contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer Ifthe security indicator light flashes continuously while you are driving do not shut off the engine Go to an Authorized Mazda Dealer and have it checked If you shut off the engine while the light is flashing you will not be able to restart it Since the electronic codes are reset when repairing the immobilizer system the keys are needed Bring all the existing keys to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Y Modification and Add On Equipment Mazda cannot guarantee the immobilizer system s operation if the system
560. tion writing software setting used For details consult the store where the application was purchased It is possible that certain text data such as titles recorded on a CD R CD RW may not be displayed when musical data CD DA is playing The period from when a CD RW is inserted to when it begins playing is longer than a normal CD or CD R 6 22 e Completely read the instruction manual and cautions for CD R CD RWs e Do not use discs with cellophane tape adhering partially peeled off labels or adhesive material exuding from the edges of the CD label Also do not use discs with a commercially available CD R label affixed The disc may not eject resulting in a malfunction V Operating tips for MP3 NOTE Supply of this product only conveys a license for private non commercial use and does not convey a license nor imply any right to use this product in any commercial i e revenue generating real time broadcasting terrestrial satellite cable and or any other media broadcasting streaming via the Internet intranets and or other networks or in other electronic content distribution systems such as pay audio or audio on demand applications An independent license for such use is required For details please visit http www mp3licensing com e This audio system handles MP3 files that have been recorded on CD R CD RW CD ROMSs Discs that have been recorded using the following formats can be played e
561. tion on what to do in an emergency Maintenance and Care so How to keep your Mazda in top condition Customer Information and Reporting Safety Defects Important consumer information including warranties and add on equipment Specifications 10 Technical information about your Mazda Index 11 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior exterior views and part identification of your Mazda Interior OVER VICW icsisies cscs sessezcess sccceaseecenscsonsesnesssdsendeesseasasveceesoszcess 1 2 Interior Equipment View A ccccceeseeseceseeseesseeseeeeeeeeseenseeaes 1 2 Interior Equipment View B cecceeceseeeseeseeeeeeeeeeeeneeseenseeaes 1 3 Interior Equipment View C ccececceeseeseceseeseeeeeeeeeeeeteeseenseeees 1 4 Exterior Overview ccsssscssssssssssscsssssccssssssscscsssssssssssesessssesensees 1 5 Froni ivy aa aa beetle areola ales 1 5 ROAD accessveidiatecevsedua innne ini i Aecestn ck ET estes thes ewttoes 1 6 1 1 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View A 00 0000 P B ces NIA AC WG 6 W D Door lock knob esiccsezsse sccuzsiessaevestaeciescstiaeiosees AEE EEEE GAEE page 3 29 Power door lock Switch ccccccccccseccssescssecessescsesseseescsesecseseeseeseseescseessseessseeeesees page 3 29 Q Power window lock SWitch cccccccccescssesessescsesseseesesesecseseeseeecseeeeseeesseess
562. to lock unlock function setting table determine the function number for the desired setting and press the unlock side of the driver s door lock switch only in the amount of the selected function number Ex If you select function 2 press the unlock side of the switch only 2 times 3 31 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE There are only a total of five auto lock unlock settings available Be sure to press the unlock side of the driver s door lock switch the correct number of times according to the selected function number If the switch is mistakenly pressed six times the procedure will be invalidated If this occurs start the procedure from the beginning 5 Three seconds after the function setting has been changed a beep sound will beep in the amount of the selected function number NOTE The doors cannot be locked or unlocked while the setting function is being performed The procedure can be cancelled by pressing the lock side of the driver s door lock switch 3 32 Rear Door Child Safety Locks These locks are intended to help prevent children from accidentally opening the rear doors Use them both whenever a child rides in the vehicle If you slide the child safety lock to the lock position before closing that door the door cannot be opened from the inside The door can be opened only by pulling the outside handle A WARNING Never allow a person to ride in the luggage compart
563. to stop Then remove it Fuel spray is dangerous Fuel can burn skin and eyes and cause illness if ingested Fuel spray is released when there is pressure in the fuel tank and the fuel filler cap is removed too quickly Before refueling stop the engine and always keep sparks and flames away from the filler neck Fuel vapor is dangerous It could be To stop the windows and the moonroof from closing release the request switch If the operation is performed from the beginning again the windows and the moonroof close ignited by sparks or flames causing serious burns and injuries Additionally use of the incorrect fuel filler cap or not using a fuel filler cap may result in fuel leak which could result in serious burns or death in an accident A CAUTION Always use only a genuine Mazda fuel filler cap or an approved equivalent available at an Authorized Mazda Dealer The wrong cap can result in a serious malfunction of the fuel and emission control systems It may also cause the check engine light in the instrument cluster to illuminate 3 47 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks VW Fuel Filler Lid To open pull the remote fuel filler lid release Remote Ae filler lid release lt gt SY YY V Fuel Filler Cap To remove the fuel filler cap turn it counterclockwise Attach the removed cap to the inner side of the fuel lid To close the fuel filler cap turn it clockwise until two or more c
564. ton to cancel at any time 4 Press the talk button with a short press 5 The voice guidance reads out the voice input command number refer to the voice input command list for voice recognition learning Ex Please read phrase 1 6 Say Beep 0123456789 Say the voice input command for voice recognition learning 1 to 8 according to the voice guidance 7 Prompt Speaker enrollment is complete NOTE If an error occurred in the voice recognition learning re learning can be done by pressing the talk button with a short press Voice recognition re learning If voice recognition learning has already been done 1 Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone 2 Say Beep Voice training 6 160 3 Prompt Enrollment is enabled disabled Would you like to disable enable or retrain 4 Say Beep Retrain 5 Prompt This operation must be performed in a quiet environment while the vehicle is stopped See the owner s manual for the list of required training phrases Press and release the talk button when you are ready to begin Press the hangup button to cancel at any time 6 Press the talk
565. too soft over time or you have a flat However when you find one low tire in a set of four that is an indication of trouble you should have someone drive the vehicle slowly forward so you can inspect any low tire for cuts and any metal objects sticking through tread or sidewall Put a few drops of water in the valve stem to see if it bubbles indicating a bad valve Leaks need to be addressed by more than simply refilling the trouble tire as leaks are dangerous take it to an Authorized Mazda Dealer which has all the equipment to fix tires TPMS systems and order the best replacement tire for your vehicle 5 31 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving If the warning light illuminates again even after the tire pressures are adjusted there may be a tire puncture Replace the punctured tire with the temporary spare tire page 7 8 NOTE A tire pressure sensor is not installed to the temporary spare tire The warning light will flash continuously while the temporary spare tire is being used Warning light flashes When the warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V System Error Activation When the TPMS warning light flashes there may be a system malfunction Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A system error activation may occur in the following cases e When there is equipment or a device near the vehicle using the same radio frequency as that of the tire pressu
566. topped position 1 Depress the brake pedal 2 Shift to D or M1 depending on the load weight and grade steepness 3 Release the brake pedal while gradually accelerating Descending steep grades When descending a steep grade shift to lower gears depending on load weight and grade steepness Descend slowly using the brakes only occasionally to prevent them from overheating Power Steering Power steering is only operable when the engine is running If the engine is off or if the power steering system is inoperable you can still steer but it requires more physical effort If the steering feels stiffer than usual during normal driving consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Never hold the steering wheel to the extreme left or right for more than 5 seconds with the engine running This could damage the power steering system Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving All Wheel Drive AWD Operation AWD provides excellent driveability on snow covered and ice packed roads sand and mud as well as on steep slopes and other slippery surfaces Some models 5 17 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Vv AWD Driving A WARNING Avoid sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvers when driving this vehicle Sharp turns excessive speed and abrupt maneuvering of this vehicle is dangerous as it could result in the increased risk of loss of vehicle control vehicle roll over pe
567. traint system on the front passenger seat unless it is unavoidable In a collision the force of a deploying air bag could cause serious injury or death to the child If installing a front facing child restraint system on the front passenger seat is unavoidable move the front passenger seat as far back as possible 2 38 Essential Safety Equipment Child Restraint Seating a child in a child restraint system on the front passenger seat is dangerous under certain conditions With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System Your vehicle is equipped with front passenger seat weight sensors Even with the front passenger seat weight sensors if you must use the front passenger seat to seat a child using a child restraint system on the front passenger seat under the following conditions increases the danger of the front passenger air bag deploying and could result in serious injury or death to the child gt The front passenger air bag deactivation indicator light does not illuminate when seating a child in the child restraint system gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seat with the child in the child restraint system gt A rear passenger or luggage pushing or pulling down on the front passenger seatback gt A rear passenger puts their feet on the front seat rails gt Luggage or other items are placed on the seatback or hung on the head restraint gt Heavy items are placed in the seatback map pocket gt The s
568. trol switches on the driver s door Master control ef E Left rear window J rear Power ol lock switch a To open the power window to the desired position hold down the switch To close the power window to the desired position pull up the switch A 3 43 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Engine off power window operation The power windows can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF with all doors closed If any door is opened the power windows will stop operating Y Power Window Lock Switch With the lock switch in the unlocked position button not depressed all power windows on each door can be operated With the lock switch in the locked position button depressed only the driver s side power window can be operated Locked position A WARNING Unless a passenger needs to operate a power window keep the power window lock switch in the locked position Unintentional power window operation is dangerous A person s hands head or neck could be caught by the window and result in serious injury 3 44 V Opening Closing the Power Windows and the Moonroof from Outside The front power windows and the moonroof can be opened or closed from outside the vehicle after the doors and the liftgate are closed The front power windows may be operated remotely when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the
569. trol switch The music volume of the audio unit cannot be adjusted while Bluetooth Hands Free is being used Convenient Use of the Hands Free System VY Phonebook Usage NOTE Do this function only when parked It is too distracting to attempt while driving and you may make too many errors to be effective Import contact Phonebook data from your device Mobile phone can be sent and registered to your Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook using Bluetooth NOTE When the import begins the previous phonebook data is deleted The previous phonebook data remains deleted even if the operation is canceled during the import 1 Press selection button 7 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook import screen Tt takes time to import is displayed 2 Press selection button 1 and select Start to start import Importing is displayed NOTE If you want to cancel the import press selection button 2 and select Cancel The phonebook data being imported is deleted 3 When import is completed the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook screen is displayed Phonebook data deletion 1 Press selection button 7 to display the Bluetooth Hands Free phonebook import screen Tt takes time to import is displayed 6 169 Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation 2 Press selection button 1 and select Start to start import Importing is displayed 3 Before the imp
570. trol system Hazard warning flasher switch cccccsccscsseseseeseescseecsesecsesecsesecsesecseseeseeeeeens page 5 75 Navigation system if equipped ceeceseseeeeeeseseeeteeeeeeees Refer to the separate manual Glove compartment 4 c2 scccsccceeccecec ese cas sa cenes Seseseiaas cessdeataadevedscsdaccavecvsevensvicescanns page 6 194 Accessory SOCKEt oiacsaisieinind a E S page 6 197 COAT shift lever sininen ease seein ended ia senders page 5 11 D Seat warmer switches 225 242 5h e nine E E E E page 2 18 M Rear window defroster switch c ccceceseessescesesceneeseeseeseeseeseeseeeeeeeeecseeseeseeaees page 5 73 3 Hood release Handles ces 2 2 dea ivvnie nti dese devd bhi Ph eee page 3 49 D Coin BOX 222s se eee avis Fee eases edhe Soc a ed sees page 6 194 UB ANIGIO SY StU esaerea E R EEEE EE EESE rar eitausttacsde neat eames page 6 17 Multi information display cccccccceessesseeeseecesecsscseeeeseeseeseeseeseeseeeesecsecseensees page 6 39 The equipment and installation position varies by vehicle 1 3 Your Vehicle at a Glance Interior Overview Interior Equipment View C C Overhead lights ceccsciesscusctentievieciie csi tives di sauna telat iinet page 6 184 CSRS airbags a Nn TENEN N ee i oe te iat oh page 2 55 Seat Delt ee a bits Sidbicestiteadech desi nH oh des Se eee inka oes page 2 20 Rear entertainment System cccccccecccsseseseescsees
571. ts 1 Press selection button 2 to display the Bluetooth audio setting menu screen 2 Press selection button 2 again to display the pairing program screen 3 Enter Pin 0000 and Rotate Press TUNE dial to change code Select OK when complete are displayed for input of the PIN code 4 Turn the manual tuning dial to select the specified number for the Bluetooth audio device and press the enter button ENTER to input the number NOTE Some devices accept only a particular pairing code Usually 0000 or 1234 If pairing cannot be completed refer to the owner s manual of your mobile device and try those numbers if necessary 5 After inputting the four digits turn the manual tuning dial and select OK and then press the enter button ENTER to set the four digits and display Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN xxxx NOTE Press the return button RETURN to return to the pairing program screen 6 Operate the Bluetooth audio device and set it to the program mode while Pairing is in progress Please start pairing procedure on your Bluetooth device Use the PIN xxxx is displayed 6 128 7 When the pairing programming is completed a 5 symbol and Pairing complete are displayed and then the display returns to the normal display If an error occurs during program pairing Erro
572. u or someone else can also undertake the steps for the TPMS to complete the ID signal code registration 1 After tires have been changed switch the ignition ON then back to ACC or OFF 2 Wait for about 15 minutes 3 After about 15 minutes drive the vehicle at a speed of at least 25 km h 16 mph for 10 minutes and the tire pressure sensor ID signal code will be registered automatically NOTE If the vehicle is driven within about 15 minutes of changing tires the tire pressure monitoring system warning light will flash because the sensor ID signal code would not have been registered If this happens park the vehicle for about 15 minutes after which the sensor ID signal code will register upon driving the vehicle for 10 minutes Replacing tires and wheels A CAUTION gt When replacing repairing the tires or wheels or both have the work done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer or the tire pressure sensors may be damaged gt The wheels equipped on your Mazda are specially designed for installation of the tire pressure sensors Do not use non genuine wheels otherwise it may not be possible to install the tire pressure sensors Be sure to have the tire pressure sensors installed whenever tires or wheels are replaced When having a tire or wheel or both replaced the following types of tire pressure sensor installations are possible e The tire pressure sensor is removed from the old wheel and installed to the
573. u are required by law to use a child restraint system for children in the U S and Canada Check your local and state or provincial laws for specific requirements regarding the safety of children riding in your vehicle Whatever child restraint system you consider please pick the appropriate one for the age and size of the child obey the law and follow the instructions that come with the individual child restraint system A child who has outgrown child restraint systems should sit in the rear and use seat belts both lap and shoulder If the shoulder belt crosses the neck or face move the child closer to the center of the vehicle in the outboard seats and towards the buckle on the right if the child is seated on the center seat Statistics confirm that the rear seats are the best place for all children up to 12 years of age and more so with a supplemental restraint system air bags A rear facing child restraint system should NEVER be used on the front seat with the air bag system activated The front passenger s seat is also the least preferred seat for other child restraint systems With Driver and Front Passenger Occupant Classification System To reduce the chance of injuries caused by deployment of the front passenger air bag the front passenger seat weight sensors work as a part of the supplemental restraint system This system deactivates the front passenger front and side air bags and also the front passenger seat belt pretensione
574. uently The power outlet AC115V cannot be used in the following cases e Battery power is weak e Appliances with a capacity of 100 Wor more are used e Cabin temperature is extremely hot Noise may occur during radio or television operation depending on the electrical appliance being used V Using AV Equipment A CAUTION For safe driving adjust the volume while driving so that ambient sound can be heard NOTE Before operating read the instruction manual accompanying the AV equipment to be used 6 112 1 Switch the ignition off 2 Ifa power supply is necessary connect the outlet to the power outlet Refer to Auxiliary Terminals and Power Outlet on page 6 110 3 Connect the image cable and sound cables to the input terminals Accessory socket DC12 V 10 A Plug Auxiliary AV terminals equipment Red ni a 1 ll White o a S 1 Yellow mm 1 Sound cable Right Image cable Sound cable Left NOTE For monaural equipment with one sound output terminal connect the terminal to either of the sound input terminals Red and White The sound is output from the speaker to which the terminal has been connected e Noise may occur depending on the connected equipment 4 Switch the ignition to ACC or ON Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 5 Press the SOURCE butt
575. uine leather is a natural material its surface is not uniform and it may have natural scars scratches and wrinkles To maintain the quality for as long as possible periodical maintenance about twice a year is recommended e Sand and dust on the seat surface may damage the overcoat of the genuine leather surfaces and accelerate wear e Greasy soiling on genuine leather may cause molding and stains e Rubbing hard with a stiff brush or cloth may cause damage Do not wipe the leather using alcohol chlorine bleach or organic solvents such as thinner benzene or gasoline Otherwise it may cause discoloration or stains e Ifthe seats get wet promptly remove moisture with a dry cloth Remaining moisture on the surface may cause deterioration such as hardening and shrinkage e Exposure to direct sunlight for long periods may cause deterioration and shrinkage When parking the car under direct sunlight for long periods shade the interior using sunshades Do not leave vinyl products on the seats for long periods as they may affect the leather quality and coloring If the cabin temperature becomes hot the vinyl may deteriorate and adhere to the genuine leather Fabric Remove dust and loose dirt from fabric with a whisk broom or vacuum cleaner Clean it with a mild soap solution good for upholstery and carpets Remove fresh spots immediately with a fabric spot cleaner Maintenance and Care Appearance Care
576. ully released you may have a brake problem Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way You may notice that the pedal is harder to depress or that it may go closer to the floor In either case it will take longer to stop the vehicle 1 With the engine stopped open the hood and check the brake fluid level immediately and then add fluid if required page 8 23 2 After adding fluid check the light again 5 46 If the warning light remains on or if the brakes do not operate properly do not drive the vehicle Have it towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer Even if the light turns off have your brake system inspected as soon as possible by an Authorized Mazda Dealer NOTE Having to add brake fluid is sometimes an indicator of leakage Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible even if the brake light is no longer illuminated A WARNING Do not drive with the brake system warning light illuminated Contact an Authorized Mazda Dealer to have the brakes inspected as soon as possible Driving with the brake system warning light illuminated is dangerous It indicates that your brakes may not work at all or that they could completely fail at any time If this light remains illuminated after checking that the parking brake is fully released have the brakes inspected immediately Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds YV ABS Warning Light es The warn
577. under normal circumstances 5 47 Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds Charging System Warning Light E This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If the warning light illuminates while driving it indicates a malfunction of the alternator or of the charging system Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer CAUTION Do not continue driving when the charging system warning light is illuminated because the engine could stop unexpectedly V Engine Oil Pressure Warning Light Y7 This warning light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started This warning light indicates low engine oil pressure 5 48 If the light illuminates while driving 1 Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way on level ground 2 Turn off the engine and wait 5 minutes for the oil to drain back into the oil pan 3 Inspect the engine oil level page 8 20 If it s low add the appropriate amount of engine oil while being careful not to overfill 4 Start the engine and check the warning light If the light remains illuminated even after you add oil stop the engine immediately and have your vehicle towed to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A CAUTION Do not run the engine if the oil pressure is low It could result in e
578. uning The 6 preset channels can be used to store 6 AM and 12 FM stations 1 To set a channel first select AM FM1 or FM2 Tune to the desired station 2 Depress a channel preset button for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard The preset channel number and station frequency will be displayed The station is now held in the memory 3 Repeat this operation for the other stations and bands you want to store To tune one in the memory select AM FM1 or FM2 and then press its channel preset button The station frequency and the channel number will be displayed NOTE If the power supply is interrupted fuse blows or the battery is disconnected the preset channels will be erased Auto memory tuning This is especially useful when driving in an area where the local stations are not known Additional AM FM stations can be stored without disturbing the previously set channels Interior Comfort Audio System Press and hold the auto memory button AUTO M for about 2 seconds until a beep sound is heard the system will automatically scan and temporarily store up to 6 stations with the strongest frequencies in each selected band in that area After scanning is completed the station with the strongest frequency will be tuned and its frequency displayed Press and release the auto memory button AUTO M to recall stations from the auto stored stations One stored station will be selected each time its fre
579. unless it is unlocked The power liftgate does not operate unless it is unlocked using the power door lock function Refer to Locking Unlocking with Door Lock Knob on page 3 29 Ifa power liftgate system fuse has blown the liftgate cannot be opened using the power liftgate switch or the outer handle liftgate Use the emergency lever to open the liftgate Fully close the power liftgate before disconnecting the vehicle battery If the battery is disconnected with the liftgate open it cannot be opened or closed automatically after the battery is reconnected e To restore the power liftgate functions perform the following 1 Park on level ground 2 Fully close the liftgate manually 3 Unlock the liftgate and all the doors 4 Press the power liftgate switch or the power liftgate button on the keyless entry system transmitter to fully open the liftgate 5 Press the power liftgate switch or the power liftgate button on the keyless entry system transmitter again to fully close the liftgate Opening Closing the power liftgate If the vehicle has satisfied all the following operation conditions the power liftgate can be opened using the power function Operation conditions 1 The power liftgate is unlocked 2 The shift lever is in park P when the ignition is switched ON NOTE e Ifcondition 2 is not satisfied while the power liftgate is opening electrically the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate
580. unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e Insert the key into the ignition switch and switch the ignition ON e With advanced key e Press a request switch or the unlock button on the transmitter e Switch the ignition ON with the start knob The hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off NOTE When the doors are unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the transmitter or request switch on the front doors or using the key while the theft deterrent system is turned off the hazard warning lights will flash twice to indicate that the system is turned off VY To Stop an Alarm A triggered alarm can be turned off by any one of the following methods e Unlock a door or the liftgate with the key e Press the unlock button on the keyless entry system transmitter e The engine is started with the ignition key Qvath advanced key Press a request switch e Press the unlock button on the transmitter e The engine is started with the start knob 3 63 Knowing Your Mazda Security System NOTE If you have any problem with the theft deterrent system consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer V Theft Deterrent Labels A label indicating that your vehicle is equipped with a Theft Deterrent System is in the glove compartment Mazda recommends that you affix it to the lower rear corner of a front door window 3 64 Steering Wheel A WARNING Never adjust the steeri
581. up the power window switch Blocking the power window just before it reaches the fully closed position or while fully holding up the power window switch is dangerous In this case the jam safe function cannot prevent the window from closing all the way If fingers are caught serious injuries could occur NOTE e Depending on driving conditions a closing power window could stop and start opening when the window feels a shock that is similar to something blocking it In the event the jam safe function activates and the power window cannot be closed automatically pull and hold the switch fully and the window will close The jam safe window function does not operate until the system is re initialized Engine off power window operation The power window can be operated for about 40 seconds after the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or OFF with all doors closed If any door is opened the power window will stop operating NOTE e For engine off operation of the power window the switch must be held up firmly throughout window closure because the auto closing function will be inoperable The two step down function is inoperable during engine off operation Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks V Operating the Rear Power Windows The power windows may be operated when the power window lock switch on the driver s door is in the unlocked position The rear power windows may be opened or closed using the master con
582. us In a collision the full width of the belt is not available to absorb the impact This puts more force on the bones beneath the belt which could cause serious injury or death So if your seat belt is twisted you must straighten the seat belt to remove any twists and to allow the full width of the belt to be used Never use one seat belt on more than one person at a time Using one seat belt for more than one person at a time is dangerous A seat belt used in this way cannot spread the impact forces properly and the two passengers could be crushed together and seriously injured or even killed Never use one belt for more than one person at a time and always operate the vehicle with each occupant properly restrained Do not operate a vehicle with a damaged seat belt Using a damaged seat belt is dangerous An accident could damage the belt webbing of the seat belt in use A damaged seat belt cannot provide adequate protection in a collision Have an Authorized Mazda Dealer inspect all seat belt systems in use during an accident before they are used again Have your seat belts changed immediately if the pretensioner or load limiter has been expended Always have an Authorized Mazda Dealer immediately inspect the front seat belt pretensioners and air bags after any collision Like the air bags the front seat belt pretensioners and load limiters will only function once and must be replaced after any collision that caused them to deploy A seat b
583. use an accident In addition make sure the windshield is sufficiently warmed using the defroster before spraying the washer fluid 5 68 NOTE Because heavy ice and snow can jam the wiper blades the wiper motor is protected from motor breakdown overheating and possible fire by a circuit breaker This mechanism will automatically stop operation of the blades but only for about 5 minutes If this happens turn off the wiper switch and park off the right of way and remove the snow and ice After 5 minutes turn on the switch and the blades should operate normally If they do not resume functioning consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible Drive to the side of the road and park off the right of way Wait until the weather clears before trying to drive with the wipers inoperative V Windshield Wipers Turn the wipers on by pressing the lever up or down With INT position 6 OFF 6 6 Switch Position Wiper operation C MIST MIST Single wipe cycle mist INT INT Intermittent Lo 1 Low speed HI 2 High speed Switch Position Type Type No A B C MIST MIST Single wipe cycle mist AUTO AUTO Auto control Lo 1 Low speed Wiper operation HI 2 High speed Variable speed intermittent wipers Set the lever to the intermittent position and choose the interval timing by rot
584. use exhaust gas contains poisonous carbon monoxide it could cause loss of consciousness or even death to occupants in the cabin 4 4 Before Getting In Be sure the windows outside mirrors and outside lights are clean Inspect inflation pressures and condition of tires Look under the vehicle for any sign of fluid leaks If you plan to back up make sure nothing is in your way NOTE Engine oil engine coolant brake fluid washer fluid and other fluid levels should be inspected See Maintenance Section 8 After Getting In Before Driving Your Mazda Before Starting the Engine Are all doors closed and locked Is the seat adjusted properly Are the inside and outside mirrors adjusted Is the steering wheel adjusted properly Is everyone s seat belt fastened Check all gauges Check all warning lights when the ignition is switched ON Release the parking brake and make sure the brake warning light goes off Always be thoroughly familiar with your Mazda 4 5 Before Driving Your Mazda Driving Tips Break In Period No special break in is necessary but a few precautions in the first 1 000 km 600 miles may add to the performance economy and life of your Mazda e Do not race the engine e Do not maintain one constant speed either slow or fast for a long period of time Do not drive constantly at full throttle or high engine rpm for extended periods of time Avoid unnecessary hard stops
585. usting the Volume To increase the volume press up the volume switch To decrease the volume press down the volume switch 6 65 Interior Comfort Audio System Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system Vv Changing the Source Type A Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio FM2 radio AM radio CD player AUX cyclical 6 66 Type B Press the mode switch MODE to change the audio source FM1 radio FM2 radio AM radio CD changer SIRIUS1 SIRIUS2 SIRIUS3 gt AUX RSES BT audio gt cyclical Without Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system With Bluetooth Hands Free only Bluetooth Hands Free and navigation system NOTE CD CD changer RSES SIRIUS digital satellite radio and BT audio modes cannot be selected in the following cases e RSES SIRIUS digital satellite radio unit or BT audio unit is not equipped on the audio system e CD has not been inserted The AUX mode is unavailable unless you connect a commercially available portable audio unit such as an MP3 player to the auxiliary jack Connect a portable audio unit or similar product on the market to the auxiliary jack to listen to music or au
586. utside handle is operated while the liftgate is opening closing electrically the beep sound is heard and the liftgate moves in the reverse direction automatically If this operation is repeated the system switches to manual operation Jam safe equipment While the power liftgate is opening closing electrically and the system detects a person or an object in the liftgate s path the liftgate will move in the reverse direction automatically A WARNING Always check the area around the power liftgate before opening closing it Not checking for occupants and objects around the power liftgate before opening closing it is dangerous The jam safe equipment is designed to prevent jamming in the event an obstruction is in the liftgate s path The system may not detect certain objects obstructing the liftgate depending on the way they are positioned and their shape However if the jam safe function detects an obstruction and moves the liftgate in the reverse direction an occupant in the liftgate s path could be seriously injured 3 38 CAUTION Sensors are installed on both ends of the power liftgate Be careful not to allow the sensors to be scratched or damaged by sharp objects otherwise the liftgate may no longer open close automatically In addition if the sensor is damaged while the liftgate is closing automatically the system changes to manual operation NOTE The jam safe equipment does not activate du
587. ve the cursor and select the sound select mode or subtitle select mode by operating the select button to the left or right 1 01 0 01 300 03 03 2 D gt Q 1 Sl Jao 1 JaDoD 3 Move the cursor and select the desired language by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Subtitle ON OFF DVD video Subtitle on off can be set 1 Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu 2 Move the cursor to the subtitle ON OFF mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001_ 001 00 03 03 gt a1 01 a0 1 Ja DoD 3 Select ON to display the subtitles or OFF to hide them by operating the select button up or down 4 Press the DISPLAY button to finish the function menu Display angle change DVD video and DVD audio The image can be displayed at the desired angle NOTE Display angle change is not available for discs other than multi angle recorded DVD discs Refer to the instruction manual attached to the disc for details The available angles vary depending on the disc ja Press the DISPLAY button to display the function menu Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System 2 Move the cursor to the display angle change mode by operating the select button to the left or right T 001 001 J00 03 03 2 gt ai 01 Ja oF 1 Ja DaD 3 Move the cursor and select the desired a
588. ve with the seats reclined Sitting in a reclined position while the vehicle is moving is dangerous because you do not get the full protection from the seat belts During sudden braking or a collision you can slide under the lap belt and suffer serious internal injuries For maximum protection sit well back and upright Do not recline a second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied Reclining the second row seatback when the third row seat is occupied is dangerous Because the clearance in the third row seat is limited occupants in the third row seat could be hurt seriously on a reclined second row seatback To change the seatback angle lean forward slightly while pulling the lever Then lean back to the desired position and release the lever Make sure the lever returns to its original position and the seatback is locked in place by attempting to push it forward and backward A CAUTION When returning a rear reclined seatback to its upright position make sure you hold onto the seatback with your other hand while operating the lever If the seatback is not supported it will flip forward suddenly and could cause injury Vv Armrest The armrest can be used no occupant in the center seat or placed upright Essential Safety Equipment Seats YW Third Row Seat Access After folding the second row seat seatback and sliding the seat forward you can access the third row seat easily Entering
589. ver s door cannot be locked using the door lock knob from the outside if the key is in the ignition switch Power Door Locks Vehicle lock out prevention With advanced key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle All doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open 3 29 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks With retractable type key The vehicle lock out prevention feature prevents you from locking yourself out of the vehicle With the key in the ignition switch all doors and the liftgate will automatically unlock if they are locked using the power door locks with any door or the liftgate open Locking unlocking with key All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the driver s door is locked with the key All doors and the liftgate unlock when the driver s door is unlocked and the key is held in the unlock position for one second or longer NOTE Holding the key in the unlocked position in the driver s door lock for about a second unlocks all doors and the liftgate To unlock only the driver s door insert the key into the driver s door lock and turn the key briefly to the unlock position and then immediately return it to the center position 3 30 Locking unlocking with door lock switch All doors and the liftgate lock automatically when lock side is pres
590. vice Mobile phone to the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle making and receiving calls are possible using the audio unit and the pick up and hang up buttons located on the steering wheel A WARNING Perform phonebook registration related operations while the vehicle is parked Performing phonebook registration while driving the vehicle could be a distraction to your driving and result in an accident In addition a mistake in performing the phonebook operation could result in the loss of important data 6 164 Some models Return button TUNE Auno cont CONT FLE zl TEXT Manual tuning dial Enter button Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone A Bluetooth equipped device Mobile phone communicates with the hands free unit equipped on the vehicle using radio transmission Bluetooth For example if the device Mobile phone is placed in a coat pocket the phone calls can be made through your mobile service without taking out and handling the device Mobile phone Interior Comfort Bluetooth Hands Free Panel Operation A CAUTION The types of devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands free unit are limited Therefore before purchasing or changing your device Mobile phone model consult Mazda Bluetooth Hands Free Customer Service or visit www MazdaUSA com bluetooth for a complete list of compatible phones Devices Mobile phone which can be connected to the hands f
591. vigation system s voice recognition command does not function VW How to Use This Section Descriptions in the text are as follows Say Voice commands to be spoken by you Prompt Voice guidance output from the speaker NOTE Say voice commands after the beep sound Beep is heard Example Say Beep Dial Prompt Number please Say Beep XXXXXXXXXXxX Ex 555 1234 Telephone number 6 136 Bluetooth Hands Free Activation Method Press the pick up button with without navigation system or talk button with a short press without navigation system or a long press with navigation system NOTE For vehicles with the navigation system you can also press the talk button with a short press and say Beep Telephone or Phone The hands free system is activated Functions of the hands free telephone such as making and receiving calls can be used after the activation For details on the telephone functions refer to Basic Bluetooth Hands Free Operation or Convenient Use of the Hands Free System NOTE For vehicles with a navigation system the system operates by speaking the voice recognition command of the navigation system after pressing the talk button with a short press For voice recognition details with the navigation system refer to the separate NAVIGATION SYSTEM Owner s Manual Tutorial The tutorial explains how to use Bluetooth Hands Free
592. w Monitor VY Displayable Range on the Screen The images on the screen may be different from the actual conditions Screen display Garnish _ P Check surroundings for safety Bumper Actual view NOTE e The displayable range varies depending on the vehicle and road conditions e The displayable range is limited Objects under the bumper or around the bumper ends cannot be displayed e The distance appearing in the displayed image is different from the actual distance because the rear view parking camera is equipped with a specific lens e Some optionally installed vehicle accessories may be picked up by the camera Do not install any optional parts that can interfere with the camera view such as illuminating parts or parts made of reflective material e It may be difficult to see the display under the following conditions however it does not indicate a malfunction In darkened areas When the temperature around the lens is high low When the camera is wet such as on a rainy day or during periods of high humidity When foreign material such as mud is stuck around the camera When the camera lens reflects sunlight or headlight beams e Ifthe camera picks up high intensity light such as sunlight reflected off the vehicle body a bright belt light line may appear on the display Smear phenomenon e Image display may be delayed if the temperature around the camera is low 6 179 Interior
593. w speed operation d Repeated short trips of less than 16 km 4 If this component has been submerged in water the oil should be replaced 8 13 Maintenance and Care Scheduled Maintenance Cont Number of months or kilometers whichever comes first Maintenance Interval Months 39 42 45 48 51 54 57 60 63 66 69 72 x1000 km 65 70 75 80 85 90 95 100 105 110 115 120 ENGINE Inspect every 40 000 km or 2 years Replace every 240 000 km Drive belts Engine oil R R J R RI RI RIRIRI RIRIRIR Engine oil filter R R R R RIJ RI RIRIRIRIRIR COOLING SYSTEM Cooling system I I eee FL22 type Replace at first proa o biol after that every Others R R Engine coolant level I I I I I I I I I I I I FUEL SYSTEM Air filter C R C R C R Fuel lines and hoses I I Hoses and tubes for emission r I Fuel filter R R IGNITION SYSTEM Spark plugs Replace every 60 000 km ELECTRICAL SYSTEM Function of all lights I I I I I I I I I I I I CHASSIS and BODY Brake lines hoses and connections I I I Brake fluid level I I I I Brake fluid Disc brakes Tire Rotation Rotate every 10 000 km Tire inflation pressure and tire wear I I I I I I Steering operation and linkages I I I I I I Power steering fluid level I I I I I I Front and r
594. ward War PCG cme Always drive with the head restraints in their upright positions when the third row seats are occupied and make sure they are securely locked in place Driving with the head restraints folded down is dangerous With no support behind your head your neck could be seriously injured in a collision Some models 2 17 Essential Safety Equipment Seats Seat Warmer The front seats are electrically heated The ignition must be switched ON EoR eae Press the seat warmer switch to illuminate the indicator light while the ignition is switched ON The mode changes as follow each time the seat warmer switch is pressed E af High l 08 gi Low 2 18 Some models A WARNING gt Be careful when using the seat warmer The heat from the seat warmer may be too hot for some people as indicated below and could cause a low temperature burn gt Infants small babies elderly people and physically challenged people gt People with delicate skin gt People who are excessively fatigued gt People who are intoxicated gt People who have taken sleep inducing medicine such as sleeping pills or cold medicine gt Do not use the seat warmer with anything having high moisture retention ability such as a blanket or cushion on the seat The seat may be heated excessively and cause a low temperature burn gt Do not use the seat warmer even when taking a short nap in th
595. when washing the vehicle Do not use a nylon cloth Rub gently when washing or drying the vehicle e Take your vehicle only to a car wash that keeps its brushes well maintained e Do not use abrasive cleansers or wax that contain abrasives A CAUTION gt Do not use steel wool abrasive cleaners or strong detergents containing highly alkaline or caustic agents on chrome plated or anodized aluminum parts This may damage the protective coating also cleaners and detergents may discolor or deteriorate the paint gt To prevent damaging the antenna remove it before entering a car wash facility or passing beneath a low overhead clearance Pay special attention to removing salt dirt mud and other foreign material from the underside of the fenders and make sure the drain holes in the lower edges of the doors and rocker panels are clean Insects tar tree sap bird droppings industrial fallout and similar deposits can damage the finish if not removed immediately When prompt washing with plain water is ineffective use a mild soap made for use on vehicles Thoroughly rinse off all soap with lukewarm or cold water Do not allow soap to dry on the finish After washing the vehicle dry it with a clean chamois to prevent water spots from forming Maintenance and Care Appearance Care A WARNING Dry off brakes that have become wet by driving slowly releasing the accelerator pedal and lightly applying
596. will move in the reverse direction automatically e Ifcondition 2 is not satisfied while the power liftgate is closing electrically the beep sound will be heard and the liftgate continues closing e When condition 2 is satisfied you can resume power liftgate open close operation with the switches e When the ignition is switched ON the transmitter does not operate Operation using the transmitter Press the power liftgate button for one second or more with the power liftgate in the fully closed open position The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate opens closes after the beep sounds Refer to Keyless Entry System on page 3 13 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Operation from the driver s seat To open close Press the power liftgate switch for about one second or more while the liftgate is in the fully closed open position The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate opens closes fully after the beep sound is heard Power liftgate _ switch Operation from outside To close only Press the power liftgate close switch while the liftgate is fully opened The hazard warning lights flash twice and the liftgate closes automatically after the beep sound is heard Power liftgate close switch 3 37 Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks NOTE If the power liftgate switch power liftgate close switch power liftgate button on the transmitter is pressed or the o
597. witch 5 22 Your vehicle has a tap down feature that allows you to decrease your current speed in decrements of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will decrease your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap V To Resume Cruising Speed at More Than 30 km h 19 mph If some other method besides the OFF switch was used to cancel cruising speed such as applying the brake pedal and the system is still activated the most recent set speed will automatically resume when the RES switch is pressed If vehicle speed is below 30 km h 19 mph increase the vehicle speed up to 30 km h 19 mph or more and press the RES switch YW To Cancel To cancel the system use one of these methods e Press the OFF switch e Slightly depress the brake pedal e Press the CANCEL switch The system turns off when the ignition is switched off NOTE Cruise control will cancel at about 15 km h 9 mph below the preset speed such as may happen when climbing a long steep grade Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving Traction Control System TCS The Traction Control System TCS enhances traction and safety by controlling engine torque and braking When the TCS detects driving wheel slippage it lowers engine torque and operates the brakes to prevent loss of traction This means that on a slick surface the engine adjusts
598. witch is in the DOOR position the center rear overhead light can be turned on or off using the front overhead light switch Front OFF DOOR ei Switch Position Overhead Lights Light off OFF e All overhead lights are off when the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position e Light is on when any door is open DOOR e Light is on or off when the illuminated entry system is on e Light on e All overhead lights are on when the center rear overhead light switch is in the DOOR position ON Center Rear Switch Position Overhead Lights OFF Light off Light on or off in accordance with the DOOR _ operation of front overhead light switch ON Light on Y Map Lights The map lights are switched on or off by pressing the switches Interior Comfort Interior Equipment V Luggage Compartment Light Switch Position OFF Light off DOOR Light on when the liftgate is open Luggage Compartment Light V Courtesy Lights Turns on when any door is open or the illuminated entry system is on 6 185 Interior Comfort Interior Equipment Information Display 3 Tonan Tri ti Without navigation Glock EER CONSUM AVCUREMNG system Type B L 100kmile hLmpg OUTSIDE PASS IPH Zc Bone oo Climate control Climate control display Front passenger display Driver Ambient temperature display With navigation 7
599. with special tools Improper owner maintenance during the warranty period may affect warranty coverage For details read the separate Mazda Warranty statement provided with the vehicle If you re unsure about any servicing or maintenance procedure have it done by an Authorized Mazda Dealer There are strict environmental laws regarding the disposal of waste oil and fluids Please dispose of your waste properly and with due regard to the environment We recommend that you entrust the oil and fluid changes of your vehicle to an Authorized Mazda Dealer A WARNING Do not perform maintenance work if you lack sufficient knowledge and experience or the proper tools and equipment to do the work Have maintenance work done by a qualified technician Performing maintenance work on a vehicle is dangerous if not done properly You can be seriously injured while performing some maintenance procedures If you must run the engine while working under the hood make certain that you remove all jewelry especially rings bracelets watches and necklaces and all neckties scarves and similar loose clothing before getting near the engine or cooling fan which may turn on unexpectedly Working under the hood with the engine running is dangerous It becomes even more dangerous when you wear jewelry or loose clothing Either can become entangled in moving parts and result in injury Switch the ignition to off and make sure the fan is not running before att
600. ws Driver side 8 53 Maintenance and Care Appearance Care How to Minimize Environmental Paint Damage The paintwork on your Mazda represents the latest technical developments in composition and methods of application Environmental hazards however can harm the paint s protective properties if proper care is not taken Here are some examples of possible damage with tips on how to prevent them V Etching Caused by Acid Rain or Industrial Fallout Occurrence Industrial pollutants and vehicle emissions drift into the air and mix with rain or dew to form acids These acids can settle on a vehicle s finish As the water evaporates the acid becomes concentrated and can damage the finish And the longer the acid remains on the surface the greater the chance is for damage Prevention It is necessary to wash and wax your vehicle to preserve its finish according to the instructions in this section These steps should be taken immediately after you suspect that acid rain has settled on your vehicle s finish 8 54 Y Damage Caused by Bird Dropping Insects or Tree Sap Occurrence Bird droppings contain acids If these aren t removed they can eat away the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork When insects stick to the paint surface and decompose corrosive compounds form These can erode the clear and color base coat of the vehicle s paintwork if they are not removed Tr
601. x X 1 x x x x 1 x x x x x 2 x x 3 x Yes No VY Daytime Running Lights Canada In Canada vehicles must be driven with the headlights on during daytime operation For that reason the daytime running lights automatically turn on when the ignition is switched ON Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls NOTE The Daytime Running Lights turn off when the parking brake is applied Some models 5 65 Driving Your Mazda Switches and Controls Turn and Lane Change Signals Turn Signals Move the signal lever down for a left turn or up for a right turn to the stop position The signal will self cancel after the turn is completed If the indicator light continues to flash after a turn manually return the lever to its original position Type A Right turn t Right lane change Left lane change EnS ae Left turn Right turn Right lane change Left turn Green indicators on the dashboard show which signal is working 5 66 Lane change signals Move the lever slightly toward the direction of the change until the indicator flashes and hold it there It will return to the off position when released NOTE If an indicator light stays on without flashing or if it flashes abnormally one of the turn signal bulbs may be burned out Fog Lights Use this switch to turn on the fog lights The fog lights will help you to see as well as be s
602. xtended 128 format English one byte characters capitalized only and underbar _ are available CAUTION This unit can only play MP3 files that have an MP3 file extension mp3 attached Do not attach an MP3 file extension to any other type file as it could cause noise to be emitted or a malfunction in the unit About ID3 Tag display e This unit can only display ID3 Tag album track and artist names that have been input using Ver 1 0 1 1 2 2 2 3 formats Any other data that may have been input cannot be displayed e This unit can only display English including numerals one byte characters Use only English including numerals one byte characters when inputting ID3 tags Two byte characters and some special symbols cannot be displayed 6 24 Specialized glossary MP3 Abbreviation for MPEG Audio Layer 3 A technical standard for audio compression as decided by an ISO International Organization for Standardization MPEG working group Use of MP3 allows for audio data to be compressed to approximately a tenth of the source data size ISO 9660 An international standard for logical formatting of CD ROM files and folders It is divided into three separate levels based on differences in file naming procedures data configuration and other characteristics Multi session A session is the complete amount of data recorded from the beginning to the end of a single period of CD ROM CD
603. xtensive engine damage V Check Engine Light cy This indicator light illuminates when the ignition is switched ON and turns off when the engine is started If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer Driving Your Mazda Warning Indicator Lights and Beep Sounds The check engine light may illuminate in the following cases e The fuel tank level being very low or approaching empty The engine s electrical system has a problem The emission control system has a problem The fuel filler cap is missing or not tightened securely If the check engine light remains on or flashes continuously do not drive at high speeds and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer as soon as possible VY Powertrain Malfunction Reduced Power Warning Light 5 This warning light illuminates for a few seconds when the ignition is switched ON If this light illuminates while driving the vehicle may have a problem It is important to note the driving conditions when the light illuminated and consult an Authorized Mazda Dealer The powertrain malfunction reduced power warning light may illuminate in the following cases e The engine s electrical system has a problem e The emission control system has a problem e The brake switch has a problem If the powertrain malfunction reduced power w
604. y If you feel unsure about jump starting we strongly recommend that you have a competent service technician do the work AWARNING Follow These Precautions Carefully To ensure safe and correct handling of the battery read the following precautions carefully before using the battery or inspecting it 7 Always wear eye protection when working near the battery Working without eye protection is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause blindness if splashed into your eyes Also hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode Wear eye protection and protective gloves to prevent contact with battery fluid Spilled battery fluid is dangerous Battery fluid contains SULFURIC ACID which could cause serious injuries if it gets in eyes skin or clothing If this happens immediately flush your eyes with water for 15 minutes or wash your skin thoroughly and get medical attention Always keep batteries out of the reach of children Allowing children to play near batteries is dangerous Battery fluid could cause serious injuries if it gets in the eyes or on the skin Y Do not allow the positive terminal to contact any other metal object that could cause sparks Flames and sparks near open battery cells are dangerous Hydrogen gas produced during normal battery operation could ignite and cause the battery to explode An exploding battery can cause serious bu
605. y momentarily slow down while ascending or speed up while descending e Cruise control will turn off if the vehicle speed decreases below 30 km h 19 mph when cruise is activated such as when climbing a steep grade Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving YW To Increase Cruising Speed Follow either of these procedures To increase speed using cruise control switch Press up the cruise control SET switch and hold it Your vehicle will accelerate Release the switch at the speed you want Cruise control switch 2 Your vehicle has a tap up feature that allows you to increase your current speed in increments of 1 6 km h 1 mph by a momentary tap of the cruise control SET switch Multiple taps will increase your vehicle speed 1 6 km h 1 mph for each tap 5 21 Driving Your Mazda Starting and Driving To increase speed using accelerator pedal Depress the accelerator pedal to accelerate to the desired speed Press down or press up on the cruise control SET SET switch and release it immediately NOTE Accelerate if you want to speed up temporarily when the cruise control is on Greater speed will not interfere with or change the set speed Take your foot off the accelerator to return to the set speed V To Decrease Cruising Speed Press down the cruise control SET switch and hold it The vehicle will gradually slow Release the switch at the speed you want Cruise control s
606. y selecting any one of the functions from the following table and using the driver s door lock switch on the interior to perform the setting change as indicated in the procedure which follows Knowing Your Mazda Doors and Locks Settings can be changed using the following operation Function Function number The auto door lock function is he disabled All the doors and the liftgate lock 2 automatically when the vehicle speed is about 20 km h 12 mph or more All the doors and the liftgate lock automatically when the vehicle speed is about 20 km h 12 mph or more All the doors and the liftgate unlock when the ignition is switched from ON to ACC or Off When the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is shifted from park P 4 to any other gear position all the doors and the liftgate lock automatically When the ignition is switched ON and the shift lever is shifted from park P to any other gear position all the doors and the liftgate lock 5 automatically When the shift lever is shifted to park P while the ignition is switched ON all the doors and the liftgate unlock automatically 1 Stop the vehicle and close all the doors 2 Switch the ignition ON 3 Press and hold the lock side of the driver s door lock switch within 10 seconds of switching the ignition ON and make sure a beep sound is heard about eight seconds afterwards 4 Referring to the au
607. yed DP op R 4 7 eRegion code must include 1 or ALL eNTSC National Television System Committee recorded type 8 cm 3in or 12 cm Sin size Video CD audio CD CD R and CD RW Video CDs audio CDs CD Rs and CD RWs bearing each of the following logos can be played MSE oise disc DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL AUDIO DIGITAL VIDEO Recordable COMPACT COMPACT COMPACT aise aise Recordable bol ReWritable ePlayback control function supported 8 cm 3in or 12 cm Sin size eMP3 recorded type 1 Audio is not produced by the headphones when DTS audio is selected Listen to DTS audio over the vehicle s speakers 2 Stereo playback is produced 3 Audio is not produced from the headphones Listen to this audio from the speakers Unplayable discs e Discs not bearing the logo mark indicated in the above table e Discs not including 1 or ALL in region code e Discs recorded in other than NTSC e g PAL or SECAM 6 75 Interior Comfort Rear Entertainment System e DVD ROM DVD RAM DVD RW CD ROM CDV CD G CVD VSD SVCD SACD photo CDs non conventional discs e g heart shaped and partially transparent discs e Discs recorded in CD TEXT format e HD DVD and Blu ray discs Handling of discs e Do not use non conventional discs such as heart shaped octagonal discs or discs with a memory portion that is transparent or translucent The unit could be damaged

PDF - Mazda Canada

Contents

Download Pdf Manuals

Related Search

Related Contents